Mass consciousness, that enters through the solar plexus. Solar Plexus — The area of the body below the diaphragm down to and including the perineum. In the understanding of the Christ Consciounsess, the science of the Rainbow Body, the solar plexus is the alchemical laboratory where the higher Christ consciousness is gestating. As humanity begins increasingly to understand the world around us as a perfectly interwoven fractal pattern, with us as the eyes of that pattern, we will enter into the Age of Synthesis. In order to know what Synthesis means, you must first unlock the latent genius within your DNA. The very manifestation of that genius is to see beyond any single discipline. At the level of genius, one can see and directly know the interconnectedness of all patterns and disciplines. As humanity begins to move more as a synarchy, we will begin to externalise the truth of synthesis. Synthesis is the art of unite duality into Oneness or transform opposite state of energies of duality into Oneness and enlightment.

Mass consciousness, that enters through the solar plexus. Solar Plexus — The area of the body below the diaphragm down to and including the perineum. In the understanding of the Christ Consciounsess, the science of the Rainbow Body, the solar plexus is the alchemical laboratory where the higher Christ consciousness is gestating. As humanity begins increasingly to understand the world around us as a perfectly interwoven fractal pattern, with us as the eyes of that pattern, we will enter into the Age of Synthesis. In order to know what Synthesis means, you must first unlock the latent genius within your DNA. The very manifestation of that genius is to see beyond any single discipline. At the level of genius, one can see and directly know the interconnectedness of all patterns and disciplines. As humanity begins to move more as a synarchy, we will begin to externalise the truth of synthesis. Synthesis is the art of unite duality into Oneness or transform opposite state of energies of duality into Oneness and enlightment.

Humanity on your planet is entering a new era where actions and will begin in the heart, and humanity is entering Christ-consciousness. Christ-consciousness is not about the Bible, or Christ as most of you “know” him. It is about having a heart-centered consciousness. When a person enters Christ-consciousness, the center of the will is no longer in the solar plexus or the womb, as so many traditions have (correctly for their time) taught. The new center is the heart chakra, where all actions begin from a place of unconditional love. The entire planet is entering this new form of mass consciousness. Many of your prophets and religious prophets leaders had this form of consciousness, and now it has finally begun to filter into the mainstream mode of being. New chakras are being added to the human body to help this transition become permanent. When you are fully _ connected to Christ-consciousness, when unconditional love is the basis for all your actions, you are fully connected to Source Energy.

Solar Plexus — The area of the body below the diaphragm down to and including the perineum. In the understanding of the Corpus Christi, the science of the Rainbow Body, the solar plexus is the alchemical laboratory where the higher Christ consciousness is gestating. A great transmutation is occurring in this area throughout the human gene pool, and it will in time bring a new kind of human, Homo sanctus, into our world. It is through the complex ganglia of the solar plexus that our individual, racial and collective memories (sanskaras) are being transformed. The genetic mutations in our gut will dramatically change our physiology — gradually human beings are evolving the means to draw and digest higher frequency currents into our bodies. This will in time allow us to live on subtler kinds of nutrition. The likelihood is that the human beings of the future will therefore eat less dense foods. They will stop eating meat and eventually even stop eating plants. As our diet changes, so will our Solar Plexus evolve its new function — to be the equipment for our higher awareness. It is through the belly that human beings will one day realise their oneness with all creation.

Synthesis — The universal principle through which collective intelligence sees and understands the holographic nature of reality. As humanity begins increasingly to understand the world around us as a perfectly interwoven fractal pattern, with us as the eyes of that pattern, we will enter into the Age of Synthesis. In order to know what Synthesis means, you must first unlock the latent genius within your DNA. The very manifestation of that genius is to see beyond any single discipline. At the level of genius, one can see and directly know the interconnectedness of all patterns and disciplines. As humanity begins to move more as a synarchy, we will begin to externalise the truth of synthesis.

Synthesis is the art of unite duality into Oneness or transform opposite state of energies of duality into Oneness and enlightment.

Clearing the solar plexus chakra energetically balances the emotions and overcomes the tendencies of control and manipulation. Aligning the third eye, heart, and solar plexus energies helps Spiritual purpose direct the will. The vibration rate increases by coming into alignment with Spiritual purpose.

The Christ Consciousness is activated when the fourth spiritual chakra and and heart is opened.

Feelings that originate from the center of ego—gut feelings—are most active and open in the mass consciousness. Often these gut emotions are the only emotions a person is able to feel. These are the emotions of hurt pride and ego concerns. The solar plexus’s denser energies are based on insecurity, control, and manipulation that arise from the old reality of com-petition-based survival. A spiritual open heart-energy helps overcome the rigid convictions of the mass consciousness by uniting the energies of the solar with the heart.

As we advance from the solar plexus consciousness to the heart chakra, we begin to expand beyond ego awareness toward an awareness of soul. We begin to honor who we really are in our hearts—the essence of our being that is behind the outer ego personality. We begin to develop an awareness of the spiritual dimension and take the first steps toward integrating our physical life into our growing spiritual awareness.

Mass consciounsess begins at the sacred “second” chakra.

By collective consciousness we mean that level of conscious awareness which is typical of the mass mind.

Our consciousness, which is our ego, subconscious, intellect, or lower mind is the state of consciousness that most humans work from while on Earth.

The great mass of action, the automatic action of the body, is sustained by lower centres, while conscious and voluntary in-fluences alone pass out from the cerebrum. The will-fin-pulse, striking down into this unconscious region, is blind as to the method of its fulfillment, pushing its way ten-tatively through automatic connections.

The great mass of action in the animal kingdom lies far down in the dark region of or-ganic effects, where most of it, even in man, still remains, yet with him it’has assumed quite new dependencies.

What we think is what we are. All reality is in the mind and what we believe comes into physical existence by our thinking it into Being. This is no accident, as the mental body and its outer octave, the Mind Grid, are the computers into which we program what we wish to create and be. The problem is that these computers accept all programming without dis-crimination. If we think it, it becomes so. If we think something that we don’t really want or mean, it still gets programmed in. What we think consciously is programmed, and what we think without awareness or understanding is also programmed in. From this hash we must select a reality we can live with, and make the best of all the confusion that results. It’s a wonder we can function at all.

There is a “sort” function to this computer, but not a highly developed one, and it only works on the lowest levels and the highest ones—we live somewhere in-between. The computer is our mental bodies, its lower levels are the closer-to-physical chakras the mental body accesses, and its higher levels are the Mind Grid, Earth Grid, and beyond.

Perhaps our mental bodies and Mind Grids, and our connection to the mass consciousness of the Earth Grid, need an overhaul, or an attitude adjustment.

The four lower bodies of man, of a planet, and of systems of worlds occupy and make up the frequencies of Matter.

Because humanity’s mass consciousness (in general) is what opposes the consciousness of the Christ Consciousness or Buddha Consciousness, there is still an imbalance in power.

Mental and emotional viruses cause chaos in your mind but can be cleansed once you truly understand what you are feeling and begin by controlling emotions that come up in your mind from the Kingdom of Ego it is in that very moment that you can go to the opposite of the feeling and correct it with a feeling of love rather than fear and continue to work on rebooting your mind every moment into a new you.

Understanding the Effects of Time on Conscious Manifestation

Time is a creation with many hidden qualities to the conscious mind. Time was created by humanity when they first began to form the ego, which believed it was separate from the totality of the soul. The ego created time so the charkas, subconscious mind and conscious analytical mind could use its past perceptions to calculate its future probabilities. Time is a mass consciousness creation, time is not a foundation of reality that was here before humanity existed. The mass consciousness of humanity created it. When God created physical existence, time did not exist until humanity created it. To the mind time seems like a foundation of reality that is not flexible.

Time is a creation that can be transformed by the power of divine love. Time is elastic. It can expand or contract. When you become enlightened, you move from living in the creation of time to living in the “Now” moment.

The now moment is eternity, there is no past and future in the reality of your soul’s unlimited existence. Living in the ‘now’ moment does not mean that you have no remembrance of events of the past or that you do not plan for the future. But it does mean that you stay in the divine power of the ‘now’ moment. If you did not create linear time you would live in the Now Moment in which you would progressively experience, but not because of past or future. The important difference with the Now moment vs. linear time is that you do not build perceptions in the Now moment.

You build perceptions from your experiences in linear time, and you refer to those for your next experience. This is why humanity created time to begin with, because once we thought we were not safe, we thought we needed this system.

In addition to the conscious-unconscious tension, Jung also addressed the tension between individual fulfillment and the necessity of some measure of conformity to social and cultural reality. While one must adopt a persona in order to relate to social conventions, he warned against the danger of becoming more identified with the persona than with the self. It is only as an individual that one can find meaning in life, since subservience to collective conscious ness leads to dissociation from the unconscious and absorption into the mass mind.

The ego creates separation within the mind, and its creates alienation from the real divine higher self, and this strengten the process to be absorbed into the mass mind and mind control programming.

The process of spiritual evolution to become a spiritual master requires us to reverse this by undoing all the mass-consciousness programming. To do this we must undo all the mass consciousness programming! We must get in complete control of the subconscious mind and not let it run us, and instead we must become the total computer programmer of it!

Our task as human beings is to use the mind, first to consolidate, then to separate our egos from the mass, then to lift them clear of instinctive levels toward the true Self.

Its sector of lower vibration (Lower Mind) serves as our organ of logical thought, our vehicle for concrete thinking. Because of our predominant, and often conditioned, thought patterns, the Focal Point’s primary reference rests here, directing most of the mental body’s force-matter to the brain in the physical body, which records the ongoing thoughts and emotions of the per-sonality; the “i.” A diffused and less conditioned consciousness, it creates a small ‘envelope’ identified strongly with our emo-tions and ego. Focusing on this dimension of awareness limits capacity and options, and we easily getting entangled in the external world. This aspect of the analytic mind predominates in most people today; it is mass consciousness.

At this time mass consciousness grids controls the mind on planet Earth. The one most people are connected to is the polarity grid that runs on the surface of the Earth. Just like our minds are an auxiliary artificial intelligence software program for our bodies. It has all the polarity programs loaded into it. It is what is described in the movie Matrix. Right now the grid is being heavily bombarded by fear-based propaganda and it is affecting the emotional body of everyone plugged into it.

This means you do become free and disconnected from the reservoir of the energetic grid of duality; as you become a conscious creator that will never again serve the collectiveness of the mass group anymore that are still part of the reservoir of the energy grid of duality. In other words, for the very first time in your life, you will create what you desire without using the dualistic field of energy that surrounds most humans. It will be a time when you begin to focus on “who you truly are” for a change, and not on trying to serve someone else.

“The Veil of Mass Consciousness Programming”! We have a Lower Mind—which is restricted consciousness, and we have a Higher Mind—which is expanded consciousness. The ego, mass consciousness keeping humankind trapped in the lower mind. We think of slavery in the physical sense readily, but the worst form of slavery is not the slavery of the physical body. The worst form of enslavement is the enslavement of the soul. The veil of ignorance keeping humankind trapped through The Veil of Mass Consciousness Programming (negative and fear programming). Mass consciousness is the limited and restricted ego consciousness. In time, as the veil of suppression was lifted from the masses’ experience, that great battle for minds was decided.

In time, as the veil of suppression was lifted from the masses’ experience, that great battle for minds was decided.

Mass consciousness primarily lives in the Lower Mind.

We have a Lower Mind—which is restricted consciousness, and we have a Higher Mind—which is expanded consciousness.

If we define consciousness as “awareness”, then our individual consciousness defines our individual “awareness of Self’: what we are aware of as “Self’. Your knowledge of Self is your level of awareness, which is then your vibrational signature. As long as you exist in the little picture of Self you are existing at a “limited” level of awareness or consciousness. Our journey is about expanding our consciousness to become aware that we are part of the wider universe. We could call this limited awareness of Self superficial. This limited Self believes the physical body and brain/ego are all there is. This has been our third-dimensional life. The person with the limited belief of Self usually does not seek the deeper truths of Self. However, each step you take on this spiritual ascension journey, when you learn something new about yourself, and you understand and integrate it, then that step lifts you up to the next level of awareness and consciousness. Before we can achieve these higher levels we need to go deep into the many layers of the sub-conscious to discover who we really are.

When we die and leave our body, we become our soul consciousness once more. This soul consciousness is a field of energy: our energy matrix containing our divine essence. In other words, we become a “matrix of light” which consists of colours, tones and vibrational frequencies. This is how we are seen and recognised in the higher realms. Our soul consciousness does not need a form. The physical body, our form, is not who we are. We can exist without form in the higher dimensions of light.

ASCENSION IS A CHOICE

The definition of our ascension is “transcending third-dimensional reality”. It is transcending the four lower bodies: physical, mental, emotional and spiritual. These are presently based on third-dimensional constructs which in turn create our third-dimensional perceptions, beliefs and truths. Ascension means completing our earthly cycles and moving to higher levels of consciousness.

Ascension is a journey, not a destination. It is an individual journey of the soul. We are always on a journey of ascension because we are always seeking the truth, seeking that which we feel we have lost. To live life in the lower realms of 3D demands that we lose our connection with God in order to experience duality, both sides of the opposing energies of our world. Our ascension journey is about traversing the frequencies of the lower realms, garnering the truth that we are beings of light, and then transcending the 3D vibrational frequencies of duality. This is a journey to find our truth, our light and our divine essence, that “We Are God Also”. Only when you have this belief well and truly imbedded into your heart can you reach up to the upper realms and begin the ascension home, taking your physical vessel with you. In the journey of ascension into the higher dimensions of self, the Higher Self begins to meld with the biological body. Slowly the physical body takes on more and more of the Divine Intelligence, the Divine Wisdom, the Divine Creativity of the Higher Self, evolving into a manifested Lightbody form living on Earth.

This lightbody form is multi-dimensional and acknowledges its higher aspects of Self which have not been available to it for eons of time in the lower dimensions.

Life journey is like playing hide and seek. The invisible world within is hidden, dormant, and waiting to be discovered and connected so that we can explore the divinity within us. Unless we are aware to a certain degree that we are spirit beings, it is not easy to attune to the concept. So it is important to become aware of all the vital supreme power which is responsible for every phase of life. Once the knowledge of spiritual truth has been discovered or consciousness has dawned within our being or to know who we are, we become transformed and view life differently and confidently through new eyes, with new understanding, for its purpose begins to fall into place to realise the divine plan to equip ourselves by service for the fulfilment of our inevitable destiny. Within us is a spirit being, and when we tune into the spiritual power that higher source can access the divine part of us when we realise and become aware.

As you continue to learn about Soul and the fuller, wholer, and deeper realities of this multidimensional life, all aspects of your daily routines, situations, and affairs undergo transformations. When any of us move past the level of marking time into actively exploring further what life can be, it is hard to comprehend all the stages and changes our thinking, feeling, and behaving patterns will move through. However, what you need to be aware of is the fact that once you have actually experienced the realities of spirit, it is impossible to try to go back to a way of thinking and living that excludes spirit/SouUThe Divine. THE NEEDS OF THE SPIRIT, OF THE SOUL, ARE A PART OF EVERYDAY LIFE.

Once the shell of mass consciousness starts cracking around and in you, the spiritual emptiness which comes from having shut down the ways you are connected to Soul and to The Divine starts being “in your face as the expression goes. You will be DRIVEN BY AN INNER PUSH to know, do, and be that which is once again consciously connected with spirit, with Soul, and with God/Goddess. One of the tasks of being Soul in physical, human form is to EXPERIENCE YOUR UNIQUENESS WHILE STAYING CONSCIOUS OF YOUR ONENESS WITH EVERYTHING. Life on Earth is really about BRINGING FORTH THE SOUL POTENTIALITIES that exist in everyone of us. And we obviously cannot do that without spirit.

Operating from Soul, being 100 % Higher Self Integrated, means that you will be TUNING IN FOR HIGHER GUIDANCE IN EVERY AREA, CONCERNING EVERYTHING, ALL THE TIME. You will be functioning from Soul Knowledge, integrating spiritual or Divine Wisdom with the practicalities of living and working in a material world.

The collective unconscious is the consciousness that covers the original nature of the Earth. When the unconsciousness improves and its shell is finally cracked, the original consciousness of the Earth will be revealed; it is the same principle of the expansion or evolution of the human consciousness. If the collective unconscious doesn’t improve, the original “me” would always be shadowed by it.

When we close down our physical perception through our ego beliefs, the other rooms within our mansion continue to shine with light.

As we crack the cosmic shell of our ego, we rend the veil of our beliefs that surrounds our intellect and find ourself open to the wisdom and ingenuity of our soul and to the love, truth, and equality of our spirit. We will look upon our soul and spirit with total humility as we recognize the insignificance of our intellect when it is compared to our magnificent soul and spirit mind. Cracking our ego shell to access the wisdom and ingenuity of our soul and the love, truth, and equality of our spirit will heal us of all physical, mental, and societal disease. From that moment forward the soul will consciously, with absolute freedom of choice, use disease only to complete a lesson of transformation. We have consciously denied our soul and spirit for millions of years. Our ego denial has made it necessary to hypnotize our conscious mind so that we can communicate with our subconscious soul and our unconscious spirit mind as a way to stay balanced within our intellectual mind. This is the state that we call sleep, and we have an inherent dependency upon sleep for our mental balance. Our soul and spirit has gently worked with us in our sleep to encourage our soul growth despite our state of ego denial.

Once we rind the veil of our ego we can also access our future soul experience and our angel hierarchy that covers the seven levels from our spirit consciousness to the Archangel energy of our Spirit. These higher levels of our energy can’t be accessed until the veil is rent, but we may experience temporary communica-tion with other levels as we perforate our cosmic shell. The subconscious memory of our soul lives serves our intellect as an alternate reality when we reach our threshold level of absorption in fear, pain, anger, abuse, and drama within our physical life experience. When we can no longer cope with our physical or mental reality and our emotions, we change the focus of our mind into another soul print of memory, which is not understood by medicine. Changing the focus of our mind will be a common event when our soul memory and the Universal mind of our spirit is understood. We will have the mind power to con-sciously change into other life experiences to give us an opportunity to find the lessons that we have been intent upon repeat-ing. Once we rend the veil of our cosmic shell we are able to reach into all levels of the soul and spirit mind without difficulty.

To shift our consciousness as humans we must release our belief in inequality that has cast us into fear, control, and dependency as we have descended through the shadow side of our soul path. With absolute equality being practiced within a culture there is no dependency, and therefore there is no fear and control.

to pierce the veils of self-deception and illusion, and crack the eggshell of ignorance to most intimately encounter oneself? Through honest self-inquiry and no-holds-barred meditative introspection over a sustained period of time, one can take apart and deconstruct the but that ego built, thus entering the mansion of Authentic Being.

It is through the process of searching for our Soul that we are able to move from human or mass consciousness back into Divinely Connected Soul Consciousness. As we do so, we uncover our real abilities and POWERS or THE ABILITY TO MAKE THINGS HAPPEN. The veil of ignorance hides the real divine self, real reality, spiritual gifts and powers. Through our human conditioning, we stifle, block, and inhibit our Soul, developing a personality, or means of life expression, that is oriented toward human or mass consciousness. This LOWER SELF PERSONALITY has to be transformed into a HIGHER SELF PERSONALITY if we want to let the wholeness and fullness of our Souls shine forth. We think of slavery in the physical sense readily, but the worst form of slavery is not the slavery of the physical body. The worst form of enslavement is the enslavement of the soul. The soul is trapped and imprisoned by the archons.

We’ve got to develop the characteristics, or thinking, feeling, and behaving patterns. that encourage Soul to make itself known in the material or Earthly environment. As Souls, we have within our beings the highest and most powerful Divine Energy/life force that needs comparable means of expression. Through our human conditioning, we stifle, block, and inhibit our Soul, developing a personality, or means of life expression, that is oriented toward human or mass consciousness. This LOWER SELF PERSONALITY has to be transformed into a HIGHER SELF PERSONALITY if we want to let the wholeness and fullness of our Souls shine forth.

As pure Souls, we have no limits, no boundaries that our Soul’s energy cannot penetrate and transform. It is our perception and belief of being a limited human with strict material boundaries that has covered up our Soul’s energy. requiring SOUL RETRIEVAL. It is through the process of searching for our Soul that we are able to move from human or mass consciousness back into Divinely Connected Soul Consciousness. As we do so, we uncover our real abilities and POWERS or THE ABILITY TO MAKE THINGS HAPPEN.

As Souls in human bodies, we can develop the powers of COMMUNICATION. SELF-EXPRESSION. PERCEPTION, ENERGY READING, TRANSFORMATION, HEALING, MANIFESTATION, DEMONSTRATION. COCREATION. and CAUSATION. Through developing these powers on a Soul level, we can know everything about life past, present, and future. We can gracefully change what is no longer valid for living attuned as a spiritual being through human form, experiencing full PROSPERITY. Our natural skills of clairaudience, clairvoyance, and clairsentience, which include channeling or spirit communication and mediumship, and auric vision, mental telepathy, psychokinesis, out of body travel, psychometry, materialization, spiritual and hands on healing, and others, develop and become a daily reality.

Most human beings have had experiences in which they realized that they knew what they did through INTUITION, which is THE ACT OR FACULTY OF KNOWING WITHOUT THE USE OF RATIONAL PROCESSES.

Our Soul’s abilities and energies are capable of moving out beyond the illusional limitations and belief systems of mass consciousness and our lower selves or ego personalities. This not only includes developing and using abilities of mind, body, and spirit that go way beyond what has traditionally been labeled normal or ordinary, but also includes the abilities and skills that enable one to live one’s life in full Prosperity.

PROSPERITY CONSCIOUSNESS is the study and practice of the spiritual laws of wholeness. It includes being and having financial independence and freedom (to have all the financial and material resources you need in order to be free to give, express, and cocreate as your Higher Self or Soul), whole health, true place success, joyful relationships, peace of mind, and a whole and spirit filled lifestyle and environment. In other words, Prosperity is being fully integrated into and as your Higher Self, because true Prosperity is the result of DELIBERATE HIGHER THOUGHT AND ACTION. True Prosperity is having all the time, energy, financial, material, spirit, human, and nature resources to do and be my/your/our Soul highest, wholest, and happiest each and every moment. And this requires SOUL POWER!

Each and every one of us has the SOUL POTENTIAL for developing and integrating all the SOUL POWERS AND ABILITIES mentioned in the last few pages. All the EXTRA SENSORY or HIGHER SENSE PERCEPTIONS we have read or heard about are ours for the recognizing and developing.

Our true Soul’s abilities and powers need to shine forth through the clarity and wisdom of Higher Consciousness. Lower-self personality characteristics run distorted and negative energy currents that inhibit Soul’s real and full light to shine into and over the denseness of The Earth Plane. However, there are a lot of personality characteristics, abilities, skills, and energies that run the energy currents compatible with Divine Love’s Light. It is these Higher Self personality characteristics that Developing Souls need to understand and integrate as their ways of being, thinking, feeling, and doing in the everydayness of life on Earth.

When one is running TRUE SOUL ENERGY, the personality one uses to express that Soul energy will often be labeled ECCENTRIC because one is departing or deviating from the conventional or established norm, model, or rule. In today’s world, mass consciousness has established negative and destructive personality characteristics and lifestyles as the norm. The process of Higher Self Integration usually necessitates changing and transforming one’s personality characteristics and lifestyle habits from a conglomerate of modeled behavior taken from our childhood familial and societal environments into thinking, feeling, and behaving patterns as perceived through our more Higher and Divine Inner Guidance and Knowledge.

Impatience has to be transformed into patience, rigidity into flexibility, and critical judgmentalness into detached discernment. One has to DEVELOP ADVANCED LEVELS of awareness, focus, concentration, creativity, organization, problem solving, decision-making, goal attaining, whole thinking skills, mindfulness, meditation, trance, and inner/spirit communication. And these abilities have to become so natural that their essence permeates every part of one’s life.

Attunement to Soul or Higher Self Integration has everything to do with learning to TURN INWARD FOR GUIDANCE. It is all about developing the abilities to be aware of and perceive guidance from higher more developed sources than the general human race. However, our Souls and other advanced Souls only in spirit form (angels/spirit guides and teachers) use what’s available on this planet in the form of written and taped materials, workshops, human teachers, situations, circumstances, and nature to help us out in our growth/transformation.

Where we are going is largely dependent upon our awareness, understanding, and intentional connecting and working with and through the different Levels and Stages of Earth-based Soul Consciousness. There are very real and practical levels and stages we all must go through before we are ready to move out of human incarnation, having learned and integrated into our beings all that Earth living has to offer. Even though each one of us as individuated Souls in human form go through these stages in our own ways, taking our own time (be it ten or a hundred lifetimes), there are certain understandings, experiences, and tools that are most helpful in moving through these LEVELS OF SOUL CONSCIOUSNESS EXPERIENCED ON EARTH.

The more we understand how the SOUL EVOLVES, the better we can direct our CONSCIOUS, SUBCONSCIOUS, and SUPERCONSCIOUS INTENTIONS to happily dance along with natural evolution, instead of rebelliously warring against it. At a certain point in our Soul Development as a human, we have to make an UNWAVERING COMMITMENT TO SOUL MASTERY before we are able to make further progress on our “Journey home to God.” We have to align the energies of our personality to the energies of our Soul and The Divine Love Light. We have to develop and enact characteristics that are in tune with our Soul’s energy, such as being balanced, compassionate, patient, inspirational, vibrant, and harmonic, as well as many other Soul attributes.

Our Soul housed within our Spirit or Etheric body helps to form THE HUMAN ENERGY FIELD which is the manifestation of Universal Energy that is intimately involved with human life. Our Human Energy Field, or our Aura, can be described as a luminous body that surrounds and interpenetrates the physical body emitting its own characteristic radiation. Our AURA is divided into seven major layers that interpenetrate and surround each other. These seven layers are also connected to seven major CHAKRAS, which are swirling energy vortexes that extend out from our bodies through our aura.

A spinal flow functions as our main vertical power current. In addition, we also have smaller chakras or energy points located throughout our etheric body correlating to points throughout our physical body. In actuality, we are, each and every one of us, pulsating masses of energy.

What has happened and happens with us is that we get stuck. We literally get blocked. Throughout our Soul’s journey and development, we create “ENERGY BLOCKS” that jam us up and keep us from growing and integrating our Higher Selves. Unless we become consciously aware of, release, and heal these blocks, we remain stuck with jammed energy circuits. To be truly whole, to have all parts of our lives running at maximum potential, and to run the Divine Life Force through our beings at 100%, we have to release our energy blocks.

We think of slavery in the physical sense readily, but the worst form of slavery is not the slavery of the physical body. The worst form of enslavement is the enslavement of the soul. By overcoming these first three chakras, you enter “the heart of the yogi” (the sacred heart) which is the place of unconditional Love. Satan clouds the human mind. While Satan blinds the human mind, God illumines the heart, which is the wellspring of life. As in God is liberty, so in Satan is bondage. As God seeks. to lead us into liberty, so Satan seeks to lead us into bondage. The crucifixion of the lower-self and the rising of the inner Christ within you. And it comes as an individual experience. Satan clouds the human mind. While Satan blinds the human mind, God illumines the heart, which is the wellspring of life (Prov 4:23).

Man has consciousness of his physical body, of his physical environment. He has no consciousness of his Higher Self because he cannot see it. His ignorant mind shrouds his spirit. It is vital that every effort be made to realise his real self, the spirit. Only deep meditation will lift the veil of ignorance and reveal to man his true nature.The ultimate goal of meditation is to reach this pure consciousness. It is the highest state of consciousness man can attain and become capable of enjoying his full potential. If the body does not get sufficient rest and sleep it gets out of gear. So it is with the spirit. The spirit lost in the abyss of the mind and unable to manifest itself has made us run into spiritual bankruptcy.

“Wherever energy is tied in knots of self-deception, of dissonance, of selfishness, fears, doubts through the ego – thus, when the momentum of dissonance becomes too great, the top of the threefold flame cannot spin. When its three plumes are of different height, out of balance, it cannot spin, and therefore the resurrection fires do not glow. Light is the alchemical key. The alchemical key, is the key to the key. The key is the Apocalypse or cruxifixion of the state of duality and the outcome is Oneness, Harmony and Balance. In this balance the energies starts spinning and the threefold eternal starts to glow. Without the cruxifixation of duality, there can be no transforming (resurrection), no ascension, and without the bridge (cross) between the physical matter and spiritual dimension , there can be no Oneness (crown).

THE HIDDEN CHAMBER OF THE HEART. Your threefold flame of life is sealed in the eight-petaled chakra called the hidden, or secret, chamber of your heart. The threefold flame, or “divine spark,” makes your heart a replica of the heart of God. It is literally a spark of sacred fire from God’s own heart. The threefold flame is your soul’s point of contact with the Supreme Source of all life. It is your potential to become the fullness of all that your Real Self is. The threefold flame has three “plumes” that embody the three primary attributes of God. The blue plume (on your left) embodies God’s power. The yellow plume (in the center) embodies God’s wisdom, and the pink plume (on your right) embodies God’s love. By accessing the power, wisdom, and love of the Godhead anchored in your threefold flame, you can fulfill your reason for being.

The prime object of alchemy was held to be the production of the Philosopher’s Stone ; that perfect and incorrupt substance, or ‘ noble Tincture,’ never found upon our imperfect earth in its natural state, which could purge all baser metals of their dross, and turn them to pure gold. The quest of the Stone, in fact, was but one aspect of man’s everlasting quest of perfection, his hunger for the Absolute. . . . Gold, the Crowned King, or Sol, as it is called in the planetary symbolism of the alchemists, was their standard of perfection, the ‘ Perfect Metal.’ Towards it, as the Christian towards sanctity, their wills were set. It had for them a value not sordid but ideal. . . . Upon the spiritual plane also they held that the Divine Idea is always aiming at ‘ Spiritual Gold ‘—divine humanity, the New Man, citizen of the transcendental world,—and ‘ natural man ‘ as we ordi-narily know him, is a lower metal, silver at best, a departure from the ‘ plan ‘ ; who yet bears within himself, if we could find it, the spark or seed of absolute perfection, the ‘ tincture ‘ which makes gold. . . . The art of the alchemist consists in completing the work of per-fection, bringing forth and making dominant, as it were, the ‘ latent gold-ness ‘ which ‘ lies obscure’ in metal or man.”

” Gold, the Crowned King ” is a symbol of the Higher Self (sol), and the ” noble Tincture ” signifies the Divine Life or buddhic functioning in the human soul. The ” natural man ” is the lower mind (silver at best), and the ” New Man ” is the perfected personality transmuted to the higher mind. ” The Sulphur and the Salt, or ‘ metallic soul and body’ of the spiritual chemistry are the body and the ‘ rational ‘ soul or mind of man—Sulphur his earthly nature, seasoned with intellectual salt. The Mercury is Spirit in its most mystic sense, the Synteresis or holy Dweller in the Innermost, the immanent spark or Divine Principle of his life. Only the ‘ wise,’ the mystically awakened, can know this Mercury, the agent of man’s transmutation : and until it has been brought out of the hiddenness, nothing can be done.”—” Sulphur ” stands for the desire nature with its appetites and passions, and ” Salt ” for the reasoning faculty of the lower mind. ” Mercury of the Wise ” is the indwelling Spirit without which no transmutation of lower qualities into higher can be effected. The Higher Self must be born in the soul in order that its dross may be turned into pure gold.

“The Three Principles being enclosed in the vessel, or Athanor, which is man himself, and subjected to a gentle fire—the Incendium Amoris—the process of the Great Work, the mystic transmuta-tion of natural into spiritual man, can begin. . . . The first matter, in the course of its transmutation, assumes three successive colours ; the Black, the White, and the Red. These three colours are strictly analogous to the three traditional stages of the Mystic Way : Purgation, Illumination, Union.”—Ibid. The desire, mental, and spiritual natures interactive within the human soul, or causal-body (Athanor), are subjected to the slow process of combination and evolution, whereby development proceeds in three stages. “The alchemists call the first stage, or Blackness, Putrefaction. In it the three principles which compose the ‘ whole man’ of body, soul and spirit, are ‘ sublimated ‘ till they appear as a black powder full of corruption ; and the imperfect body is dissolved and purified by subtle Mercury,’ as man is purified by the darkness, misery, and despair which follows the emergence of his spiritual consciousness. . . . The black beast,’ the passional element of the lower nature, must emerge and be dealt with before anything further can be done.”—Ibid.

The first stage represents the present state of human nature, full of imper-fections, and undergoing ethical and spiritual discipline and purification in conditions of conflict and suffering. The lower nature is gradually dis-solved away by the Spirit (Mercury). ” The second stage, Whiteness, the state of Luna, or Silver, the chaste and immaculate Queen,’ is the equivalent of the Illuminative Way : the highest point which the mystic can attain short of union with the Absolute. This White Stone is pure and precious ; but in it the Great Work of man’s spiritual evolu-tion has not yet reached its term. That term (third stage) is the attainment of the Red, the colour of Perfection or alchemic gold ; a process sometimes called the ‘Marriage of Luna and Sol ‘— the fusion of the human and divine spirit. Under this imago is concealed the final secret of the mystic life, that ineffable union of finite and infinite—that loving reception of the inflowing vitality of God—from which cornea forth the Magnum Opus, deified or spiritual man.”

When we transform our energy vibrations into vibrations of Light, when we discipline our normally chaotic thoughts, when we turn our words into an image of the desired, then the material results automati-cally come as a materialisation of the Spirit by the attractive power of the Cosmic Magnet. We humans call this process “miraculous”. But, in truth, such is the normal mode of action for multi-dimensional Essences of the Divine Hierarchy. We, three-dimensional people, sometimes also reach miraculous results by our own enormous efforts. We can remember events, when we experienced or, at least, witnessed the miracles of escape, healing or creation. “On the edge of an abyss”, we are able to activate our inner Magnet, and it attracts the desired conditions.

Self-Transformation is the Essence of Alchemy.

When you begin your search for your Inner God, you start the al-chemic process of self-transformation. Through this process, gradually, you begin to become aware of yourself as of an instrument of the Logos in Its Search. The law of the Cosmic Magnet will attract the best conditions when you really try to reflect “the Search” of the Logos. The Logos experiences and develops Its spiritual qualities through your earthly experiences. If you reflect Its “Search”, your efforts will be in harmony with divine Purpose and with your Path. Kalagia describes this process thus: “The purpose of the Search is to reflect, as in a mirror, the Seeker (Logos) and to merge with this reflection: then the goal Sought for will be found on Earth and re-flected as an energy focus — into the Centre of the Logos, into Its Heart, becoming Its Heart.” (Kalagia, 2.6.2). In such a way, through the alchemic process of self-transformation, an earthly human being becomes transformed into an Essence with the properties of the greatest Alchemist — God.

Since you are the multi-dimensional being that you are when you bring in this pure unbiased energy to pattern your creations, then those in power such as religion, government, businesses, family, and friends, lock you into a consciousness that only results in everyone and everything outside of you becoming your master in what you will manifest for your reality. This is what you are asleep to!

What you don’t realize is that your human consciousness becomes owned and controlled by everyone around you as if you are a slave to them. These groups and more will keep you locked into repeating your creations over and over, all because of you are a slave to your belief patterns. You will do it by following their “will” and not your soul’s “will.”

The human consciousness, and how it has been programmed, deals with just one aspect of itself, and it tries to relate everything that you are experiencing to it from one dimensional phase, thus leaving out all other aspects of yourself.

You see, the first thing in understanding energy is that you must recognize that your core essence is of Spirit Consciousness and that you are a divine being first and foremost that holds the authority (power) to create and manifest whatever you please, even the human body. This also means that your core essence is of no form or no-mind.

You see, from these billions and billions of potentials that we all created together a long time ago, the greatest and grandest potentials we, as souls, chose to express and bring into our life to experience first was “belief systems: and with the creation of it, came the belief in duality. Through belief systems we found that we could structure our creations in a manner where they feel very real to us. So real that we could lose ourselves in our own creations, which we did. Therefore, it is your dogmatic belief systems that are preventing you from rejuvenating your physical body because you are not accepting “who you truly are and “how energy works. You see, once you understand “who you truly are: and that you have the oneness of your own divine essence, you would actually see and understand that you did expand your consciousness to the point where you re-created yourself into something you were not., and through this become the ego-body-identity, and not the real higher spiritual divine self.

Therefore, since your physical body has the make-up of a dualistic energy force, because of your beliefs, you have the tendency to believe that everything, including God, is in a state of having two parts. Therefore, it is the doctrine of opposing forces where good and evil always determines the course of your thoughts, beliefs, and the actions you place on this pure unbiased energy coming into your consciousness for expression.

So, knowing from a soul level, that energy has to evolve back to its original form of oneness and neutrality, we souls chose the path of evolution (soul growth) as the means to move forward in our quest to answer the question, Who are we?” This way, when our energy got stuck, because of forgetfulness being part of our consciousness, we knew that energy would go back into itself to explore the reason for it being stuck.

You see, the reason why governments and religions are so successful in keeping us in a hypnotic state is that they tap into our primitive mind, the “pre-adolescent self”. It is through your ‘pre-adolescent you’ where government and religion easily hijack your freedom to become sovereign and an independent soul.

Our desired outcome for this first shift will be a consciousness which is totally clear, and a new sense of self or identity, enabling us to move forward with confidence.

‘The time has now come for us to be bold and move out from behind our mind-filters of selective perception and face the fiillness of the light. There exists a vast reservoir of inter-related knowledge in which a far deeper truth is always consealed within multiple levels of meaning. A new, more universal perspective will make it possible for us to see through the fog of our present conceptual confiision.’

The second major shift is to a more fluid and open system of thought and perception which includes a fully holistic paradigm of thinking and an unobstructed vision of reality (seeing beyond the goldfish bowl). Our earlier views, including some of our beliefs about life and the universe, may be challenged by these radical new ideas, but this does not mean that they were (or are) incorrect In fact, they may have served us well up to this point but will simply be inadequate to explain the new Insights and experiences which come with a higher level of consciousness and perception.

In order to expand our perception of reality, the pathway has to be further cleared for the passage of consciousness through our minds and this involves having to enter our unconscious and change those conditioned mental structures (called ‘constructs’ in psychology) which govern our present consciousness and perception. It is likely that these structures are neurologically hard-wired, but some groundbreaking work has shown that they can be reconstructed using powerful processes which involve taking in new ideas and engaging inner experiences which are way outside of our normal field of interpretation, thus forcing a shift. In this regard, we will be introduced to some hidden ‘dimensions’ of our mind, in which we can work directly with energy and even create alternate realities which radically challenge these pre-conditioned structures.

‘We must learn to tailor our concepts to fit reality, instead of trying to stuff reality into our concepts’.

For the final major shift, we are invited to move into a totally new experience of life by reconnecting with our ‘authentic’ or true selves on a different level of reality (in other words, coming to realise that we are not ‘goldfish’ at all and climbing out of the bowl). However, this requires a huge amount of effort and energy, and this energy will need to be gathered from much higher sources of con-sciousness which are available to those who know where to find it. A storehouse of energy is within reach and available within our own consciousness as accumulated energy stored in our own archetypes deep within our unconscious mind.

Another and even more powerful source originates outside our own consciousness, in the embodiment of more universal archetypal forms, revealed in religious scriptures as the celestial hierarchy of spiritual masters, angelic beings and spirit guides, and often referred to collectively as ‘Spirit’. The processes at this stage are therefore designed to bring about our final awakening into a state of absolute clarity in which we can escape from the collective delusion of the world of appearances and rediscover our origins in the ultimate source of all consciousness, sometimes called the universal or ‘divine Mind or Intelligence.

The final outcome for this shift should therefore be a new state of consciousness and clarity which includes an ongoing ‘intimate’ and mutual relationship with our own unconscious mind, a permanent connection with our true (authentic) self and the potential for communication and interaction on all levels of consciousness and reality. ‘Once there is a certain degree of Presence, of still and alert attention in human beings’ perceptions, they can sense the divine life essence, the one indwelling consciousness or spirit in every creature, every life form, recognize it as one with their own essence and so love it as themselves.

Until this happens, however, most humans see only the outer forms, unaware of the inner essence, just as they are unaware of their own essence and identifij only with their own physical and psychological form’ .

The goal of alchemy is to restructure and reshape the ego so it consciously understands that it is not the centre of operations, it doesn’t know everything and it is not its job to run the show — its job is to serve the divine essence that resides within all of us: the Eternal Self. This is the unifying root of existence that perceives and knows everything. And I mean everything. Unlike our ego, the Eternal Self is all-knowing. It is the infinite inner nature that is wise, spiritual, mysterious and mythical. Alchemy helps put the ego back in its rightful place — in service to the Eternal Self. The Eternal Self connects us to all existence both seen and unseen. The ego only connects us to our outer, temporal reality.

But the ego has taken over the show on Earth and the ego has become the God of this world, and this ego-show has become the new hive mind of mass consciousness. This is ego is not the divine higher collective self, it´s the shadow collective of the matrix that runs the mind “brainwashing” control “negative” programming on Earth.

But first we must dig deep. We must look into the innermost, shadowy regions of our unconscious in order to mine the rich golden essence that will make us feel fully alive. But to break through to a Bigger Life that bubbles with juice and joy — the luminous Mythic Life that awaits each of us and is our inherent birthright — we must first face an initiation. That means a descent to the mythic Underworld — the dark underbelly of our psyche, a foreboding place where fears and wounds gape open, waiting to be redeemed and healed.

But, as Greek mythology points out, it is also a rich place, the richest place available to each of us, full of gold and hidden treasures that can enliven and enrich our topside worlds. However, these are treasures we must earn the right to redeem.

They remain hidden until we are brave enough to dig deep into the subtle earth of ourselves, wriggle down through labyrinthine tunnels where we often cannot see where we are going. We must “break down” and “break up” in order to “break through” — learn to sit in the dark places and honour the process as it takes us into its folds as a chrysalis. We must allow ourselves to experience a psychic death that involves patience and stasis, dissolution and decay.

The Greek word for soul was psyche, which means butterfly. Like the butterfly, the human soul undergoes a transformation so it can ascend to ever greater heights. But first it must completely die to its old way of being as a caterpillar.

Human beings don’t enter into a physical chrysalis. What we must do is surrender to the initiatory pattern of life, death, rebirth. Like the caterpillar, we must acquiesce to winds of change that carry us through Life and make our own Alchemical Soul Journey. That means separation, initiation and disorientation, trials and tribulations, loss and sacrifice. And that takes courage.

The aim, in the transmutation of metals, was to find the “quintessential” substance which would “tincture” the base metal to the likeness of gold.

Alchemists believe that the ultimate goal in alchemical transfor-mation is to produce what they call the Philosopher’s Stone. This is something that is not attained easily, and never by some. In the vari-ous processes of seeking the Stone, we have had to fight through and earn it by working all the alchemical processes of transformation, many times over: incinerating the ego’s control; redeeming emotion and intuition; discovering discernment and wisdom; opening the heart through balancing the inner masculine and feminine; integrat-ing lower levels of consciousness with the higher through fire and fer-ment; distilling all the work already done and developed to a pure essence; and surrendering into a new consciousness of wholeness. Every one of these processes requires a sacrifice, generally consisting of old, outdated, and cherished beliefs.

Enlightenment and the Alchemy of Light Ancient alchemists worked to turn lead into gold, which was to turn heavy and base metal into metallic light. The great psychologist Carl Jung explained this alchemical process as a metaphor for transforming the dark matter of the unconscious into the pure gold of the integrated self — for turning our own internal darkness into light'”

The universe reflects an alchemical process of transforming matter into consciousness, which we could call the ‘alchemy of light’. From mineral to plant, to animal, human and then to enlightened sage is a progressive evolution of the light of consciousness. This ability to extract consciousness from matter is the internal alchemy of light.

Our lives are part of this churning process, to bring the light out of darkness, to bring our soul out of our bodily density and inertia. Through the inner light of awareness we can discover light, truth and beauty in all things, which is to return the world to God without any loss of diversity. All life is moving towards this alchemical transformation of consciousness.

The process of evolution does not end with the human mind as we know it. The mind too must evolve further to its source — which is pure consciousness or pure light transcending all material forms. We must move beyond our current dualistic thought-based intellect, trapped as it is in likes and dislikes, attractions and repulsions, opinions and prejudices to a greater unitary awareness. This pure light of universal consciousness is what great yogis and mystics have always sought to realize through their meditation practices.

The universe is evolving toward enlightenment as its true goal. Our role as a species is to bring the evolutionary process to its decisive phase in which we consciously seek enlightenment, so that the plenary light of pure consciousness can come forth out of the half-light of the mind. This search for enlightenment is our real contribution to the evolutionary movement.

It was the alchemist’s job to separate prima maieria into two or more of the elements, to alter and cleanse them through various alchemical processes in order to release their divine “spirit” and, finally, to transform the base matter into an entirely new transcendent substance—the philosopher’s stone, the lapis philosophorum. This is akin to the Jungian process of individuation.

The materia prima contains the lead, the gold, and every other metal, as well as the substances necessary for their transformation.

IN ALCHEMICAL PRACTICE, the heart is the organ or crucible that contains the materia prima, or first substance, that needs to be transformed.

Alchemists referred to the process of this transformation as chrysopoeia, from the Greek khrusos, meaning “gold,” and poiein, meaning “to make.” It was said that a philosopher’s stone could also serve as an elixir of life that both cured disease and bestowed immortality. It could also serve as a universal solvent.

The non-physical substance or “One Thing” needed to turn base metal into gold. Through the Great Work, we are creating our own versions of the Philosopher’s Stone—the unique touchstone or magical essence formed through the union of soul and spirit within that can transform any situation or thing in our lives. No one can create a stone for us, and no two stones are alike. The Lesser Stone is a term used for the first formation of the stone upon awakening at stage four, but it’s a fragile conjunction susceptible to breakdown, thus we undergo subsequent procedures and take the Second journey in order to form the second or Greater Stone within the heart.

The process of raising consciousness beyond the limits of duality and into oneness is a lesson in alchemy. Historically, alchemy focused on the processes by which we might transform base metals into precious metals, such as lead into gold. Although many historical alchemists pursued the literal transmutation of one substance into another, the core principles of alchemy reflect spiritual transfiguration, with physical changes being a secondary manifestation of the inner changes taking place. In healing the heart center, we are brought to the cusp of this evolutionary process. Once we arrive at this plateau, we must make a concerted effort to rise to the next level in growth. This is where we stop identifying with the world of the material plane altogether and find our awareness moved into the realm of the unseen. Even the word spirit denotes an invisible essence, something that is just out of reach or comprehension in the physical world. The heart recognizes this quality, and embracing it yields dynamic change in our life.

The art of alchemy is shrouded in mystery and intrigue. In a historical sense, the chemical reactions and mathematics explored by early alchemists gave rise to the modern science of chemistry. But even amidst the birth of a hard science, alchemy followed a spiritual directive. Today the notion of alchemy has mostly been reduced to the search for the philosopher’s stone. It has been veiled as a romanticized treasure hunt, one that possibly yields unimaginable wealth and eternal life. The true work of the alchemist, however, isn’t oriented around the physical world; it is a spiritual journey that uplifts and refines the heart.

Literature has favored a technical approach to alchemy. Obscure tomes are littered with arcane symbols and complex rites and formulas depicting the Great Work of the alchemists. However, alchemy could also be seen as an art so simple that it could be written on an emerald. Alchemy is not a process to be explored with reason alone, for it is the process of reuniting our heart with the divine mind. Thus, the master alchemist is our own heart. Listening to our heart and actively working to remember its union with Source are the only tasks we need to perfect.

When we stay engaged in spiritual practice, our life begins to change. These shifts may be small at first—almost imperceptible—but will grow exponentially with diligence. The outcome of healing the heart center is a return to Source, the source of all love, and this change is so radical that it empowers the heart to transfigure our entire life to become congruent with this spiritual perspective. As ego dissolves, the conventional separation between heart and mind yields to a state of perfect heart-mind unity, and, similarly, other tokens of duality or conflict in the material world are reworked into the truth of unity.

Spirit is the basis for inspiration. It is literally the act of being filled by spirit, and it applies equally as well to the breath as it does to creative pursuits. In both instances we empty ourselves in order to receive the blessings of life itself. Medieval texts describe “spirits” as vapors or energy fields originating from the heart, not unlike how the heart center, or Anahata, of ayurvedic tradition is closely linked to the air element and to the breath. Whichever view you choose, the heart orchestrates our existence, as it is at the center of our physical and nonphysical anatomy.

The very hollowness of our physical heart reminds us to become empty as the alchemical crucible. By focusing on a spiritually oriented paradigm of the heart, we start to lose our attachment to the mundane, dualistic world. The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness. In this awakening, we cultivate a direct, continuous relationship with Creator, and through this relationship, unconditional love transforms everything that it touches in our lives.

The stones that support the process of heart-centered alchemy have uplifting, opening, and evolutionary energy. These crystals are often described as “high-frequency” stones, for they have tangible effects that border on becoming overwhelming, especially when we are not quite ready for them. Use them with respect and a modicum of caution, as it is easy to overload the energy field when being introduced to these alchemical gemstones. These Stones for Alchemy of the Heart accelerate our spiritual growth. They clarify and strengthen our connection to Source and speed up our processes of manifestation, growth, and healing. As they broadcast their energies into our aura, these gems fine-tune and elevate the consciousness of the heart, assisting it in broadening and strengthening its influence. When the heart is fully awakened, it can be harnessed to transmute any aspect of our existence into its highest potential. Thus, the pinnacle of healing the heart can be considered the noblest form of alchemy.

The individual frustrations and social tragedies of our time are leading men of conscience and goodwill to search for some alembic that will transmute our leaden instincts into golden conduct.

For alchemy truly was a profound marriage of science and spirituality. Its actual aim was for the alchemist to transmute from a state of “leaden” earthly awareness to one of “golden” spiritual perfection. And its core philosophy is that an underlying and all-pervasive energy or consciousness connects everyone with everything, all with all, mind with body, and biology with psychology.

Within the individual, it is coming into true wholeness. In an interior alchemy, our leaden, fragmented self is transmuted into gold, its true nature and highest expression. Whether we then are immortal, as the alchemists predicted, is a mystery beyond knowing.

⦁ The esoteric alchemist’s aim was to transmute the base metals of ignorance into the gold of awareness.
⦁ Turning base metal into gold is a metaphor referring to the psychological transmutation of turning the leaden aspects of our mind into the golden strands of consciousness.
⦁ The objective was to transmute leaden consciousness into golden consciousness. It was to transmute bondage into freedom and poverty into prosperity through a direct rapport with the Higher Self.
⦁ The Philosopher’s Stone – the latter was said to be the catalyst for the transmutation of lead to gold. In alchemical writings, this was often viewed as a metaphor for the transmutation of the self from the crude ego-bound person to the awakened spiritual human.
⦁ “This resonates with the old alchemical assertions that the lipid” is inherent within the lead; and that the processes of transmutation will “free” the gold within the lead.
⦁ The alchemical steps which lead to the making of gold were processes in their own bodies and built up and vitalized organs. This body of gold was to be transmuted out of the ordinary body, which is like lead. The symbols of transmutation: Both the body and the psyche can be transmuted, or refined and perfected, by means of a regenerative transformation which is psycho-spiritual alchemy.
⦁ For alchemy truly was a profound marriage of science and spirituality. Its actual aim was for the alchemist to transmute from a state of “leaden” earthly awareness to one of “golden” spiritual perfection.
⦁ The very hollowness of our physical heart reminds us to become empty as the alchemical crucible. By focusing on a spiritually oriented paradigm of the heart, we start to lose our attachment to the mundane, dualistic world. The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness.
⦁ The master alchemist is our own heart. Listening to our heart and actively working to remember its union with Source are the only tasks we need to perfect.
⦁ The process of raising consciousness beyond the limits of duality and into oneness is a lesson in alchemy. Historically, alchemy focused on the processes by which we might transform base metals into precious metals, such as lead into gold.
⦁ The soul in its chaotic, unregenerate state is lead.
⦁ The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness.
⦁ Hermeticism could have to do with transmuling the “lead” of ordinary experience into the “gold” of consciousness.
⦁ We can learn the art of transmutation, that process philosophers and alchemists dreamed of long ago by means of which we might turn the lead of ordinary consciousness into the gold of self-realization. Transmutation of the human identity into lasting awareness of the Self cannot take place unless it is preceded by a process of individuation.

The true alchemical trnasformation is the true gold of conscious realization of the Self, redeemed from the leaden matter of its unconscious existence – a emergent evolution, an alchemical vessel that takes our leaden thoughts and turns them into gold- a flame burning and purifying the ignoble leaden condition until it reaches the sublime golden state

The ordinary state of the body and ego is the slumbering state of leaden consciousness, so civilisation has been kept in this state of mind for eons, thosuends of years, generation after generation by the controllers of this planet.

The slumbering state of the veil of ignorance may be the leaden consciounsess that´s keeping humankind trapped and imprisoned within matter, and prevents the spark of life to become enlighten. “This resonates with the old alchemical assertions that the lipid” is inherent within the lead; and that the processes of transmutation will “free” the gold within the lead.

Man’s inner self hides various latent and active abilities which expand his being, his consciousness, beyond the physical. An alchemical process can occur whereby the leaden ego is transmuted into the gold of the Self.

Blessings is said to set in motion a series of neurobiological shifts within the brain of the recipient by which previously dormant functions of the frontal lobes are activated; this eventually results in a new enlightened perception of reality.

We cannot activate the future circuits of our CNS/RNA-DNA systems until we start developing a new language for it Meditation activates the inner Language of Light. Consciounsess is Light, and Light is Spiritual Intelligence. Meditation is like building a spiritual bridge were spiritual energy or electricity can flow through the system. Meditation activates the lamp and electricty and activates dormant light codes of higher level of consciousness. Meditation activates this spiritual alechemy and meditation it the experience that will make the lamp to shine brigher and brigher. It has taken thousends of years of conditioning to downgrading gold consciousness to the lead consciousness, and it will take some time re-connect, re-program to re-store this inner temple.

Language of Light and DNA Light Codes Activation

Each of us holds light codes in our energetic body that are connected with our DNA, these light codes are pre-set to activate higher consciousness at different stages of one’s life. Everyone’s are different; you can speed up the activation with Light Language, meditation, light body activation, and with assistance from inner guides, and one also activates these light codes during the travel to your home star during mediation.

On your journey toward self-realization, you start out as an apprentice Alchemist. Eventually, you will acknowledge the urges and impulses that compel you to seek knowledge that will empower your transformation.

To accelerate the process of attaining the ‘golden consciousness’ that unlocks the full might of your Inner Power, requires the presence of a catalyst. The most powerful catalyst in the metaphysical Universe is the Philosopher’s Stone. The Stone will accelerate your growth exponentially and grant you access to true power.

According to medieval alchemists, the key to activating The Philosophers Stone is with a substance they called Vitriol. The word Vitriol derives from the Latin word vitreus, meaning glass, referring to the glassy appearance of the sulphate salts. For example, blue vitriol is copper sulphate and green vitriol is iron sulphate. Vitriol was so important to the alchemists because it is extremely corrosive. In fact, it can dissolve every metal it encounters, except for the one that they were seeking — Gold. Gold is the only metal that can resist the corrosive action of Vitriol!

Pay particular attention to the wording on the outside of the emblem, which says Visita Interiora Terrce Rectificando Invenies Occultum Lapideni. Upon closer inspection, you will notice that it is also an acronym spelling V.I.T.R.I.O.L. This then is the secret formula to producing the esoteric alchemists Vitriol. So what does it mean?

Translated, it simply says ‘Visit the interior of the earth and, by purifying it, you will find the hidden stone’. The interior of the earth is a metaphor for consciousness or awareness. So, to forge the stone, you purify your awareness to the point that mind is transcended entirely. That is, to enter the state of ‘no-mind’, also known as ‘cessation’.

Hence, the Philosophers Stone is not a thing, not a stone, but the state of mind that transcends mind and its polarity altogether. It is to abide in the domain of First Cause, of Pure Awareness itself. During these brief windows of cessation, you achieve the integration of the part with the whole, the local with the non-local, the finite with the infinite. The contemplative traditions refer to this state of being as Cosmic or Unity Consciousness. You experience the brilliant radiance of your own true nature, Pure Awareness itself. Like Vitriol, Pure Awareness dissolves everything in its presence, except for true gold. As a result of repeated exposure to the Stone, you take the individual (part), infuse it with the Universal (whole), and take both back to your everyday life. It results in the ultimate realization of your essential whole/part nature. To produce the Stone is to unite with your wholeness and to open a window to the causal domain of the metaphysical Universe.
When we are forced into the left-brain by our conditioning, we find ourselves in an artificial world, like the unconscious residents of the Matrix. We are outside creation, separated by our beliefs from the natural world. The unconscious nature of our beliefs forces us to view nature as separate from ourselves; we can no longer see how we affect what we experience.

Despite this bleak picture of the cosmos, some gnostics still held that there is a mixing of the light from God, or beyond, with the darkness of these imprisoned realms.

Within this framework, then, humans are prisoners. Humans are considered to be composed of flesh, soul, and spirit’s seems to use soul and spirit interchangeably. The body and soul are the result of the cosmic powers/gods who imbue them with the passions and appetites of the lower spheres and are therefore subjected to the created prison. The spirit, on the other hand, is seen as having fallen from the beyond and is held captive by the body and its liberation, its awakening, only comes via knowledge.” This spirit is sometimes seen as the presence of an inner “Self,” that is “the transcendent and true subject of salvation.

‘Salvation is viewed as a reuniting with this part of ones self.” However, while trapped, this spirit longs for freedom for it is understood to be slumbering in matter; to be asleep.” “‘Ignorance’ is:’ therefore, “the essence of mundane existence.”” It is an ignorance of one’s spirit about itself and about the transcendent God” because of this slumbering. This spirit is also considered to be battled for by the various forces of creation.” Hence, God’s true “Life” is seen as being trapped inside the body,” as well as within this cosmic prison, while the body is seen as being totally impure and not to be trusted along with the rest of the material and lower realms?

Spiritual empowerment is the personal awakening to its power. We have all the opportunity to awaken to the reality that we are spiritual beings in a biological body. Humans is a soul with a body, not a body with a soul. The body likes to be in control (through five senses) and the spirit has to be awakened to its power. That is the process of becoming aware that we are more than humans with bodies. Once we become aware, we start a process of transformation that requires us to set up our sights on the intention of heightened awareness.

Sometime is the evolutionary history Earth was throught these unseen spiritual powers, authorities, principalities made to their domain and they went about rearranging the D.N.A of native human species through genetic manipulation and through unplug the other 10 spiritual dna strands (the 98% junk dna) so the human race would be manageable and easier to control. Therefore, everything that was unnecessary for survival was disconnected. Man was left just with a subconsciousness script and code that controls the template of the 2 dna strand of the carbon-body of humans.

The 2 dna strand hold the genetic codes for our physical evolution. But there is another part of our DNA structure that has to do with the spiritual component of the human being, one that science has not presently considered. If one is persuaded that the human being consists of a soul imbedded within a biological body, then it should logically follow that the genetic links within each individual would also contain spiritual infonnation. And if this is so what has become of it?

Many of these spiritual elements were deliberately turned off in our ancient history because there was a struggle to control this aspect of a human being. Very dark energy extraterrestrial forces, who were also genetic engineers, desired to keep the development of humankind firmly under their control. They achieved this through the use of genetic manipulation to produce fear and domination. This event occurred over 200,000 years ago, when the human DNA molecule was breached. When these dark forces unravelled and reprogrammed our DNA, they were able to shut down and isolate many of its strands. Our human DNA was reduced to only a double helix.

Each cell is part of the body’s hard drive, the official memory source. When conditions in the environment change, the D.N.A. mutates so the body-computer can compensate for survival. When we drug our bodies with pollutants, the information processing unit (the brain) and the hard drive (the cells) become corrupted, much like a computer that has been affected with a virus program. The virus slows down the flow of information and energy, and when this happens, disease occurs.

The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment and fear is the bounding link of attachment and control, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. The true alchemical transformation is the true gold of conscious realization of the Self.

This veil of ignorance holds a rigid structure in place that does not allow the DNA software programming and the coding structure of the DNA to actively integrate into the higher-dimensional chakra system necessary to activate aspects of the hypothalamus, medulla oblongata and pineal gland. These aspects are limited by this veil or partition. This partition is also what holds you in third-dimensional linear time (time as a past-present-future loop) and creates major restrictions to knowing yourself.

As long as we allow the archon-controlled powers to suppress our vibration using fear tactics, we will have great difficulty progressing as a people. Fear is a sure fire way to shut down our vortex of creation and turn us into impotent spirits that can be easily manipulated in mass. As long as our vibration is kept low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the new world order desired by the archons.

Of course the answer to fear is to raise our vibration by not being afraid of anything, what good will that do anyway? Once we align with our vortex of creation and see our power as infinite consciousness, all fear (and the archons promoting it) will dissipate and the world will change.

Archons are known to focus their attention on complete control of entire planets through processes of manipulation of the minds of the inhabitants. The archons gain power through our fear, but they do not have more spiritual power than a human who vibrates on the frequency of love. Moreover, according to the scriptures, “There is no fear in love, but perfect love casts out fear, because fear is tormenting. He who fears is not made perfect in love.

The main point is to just work on yourself, find your own connection and have confidence. Yes the Human mind over time, as it has been conditioned, has be conditioned to give you doubt, that is part of the Archon trait which was also given to the Human body computer, this is distraction. Anything with distraction and hierarchy is an illusion and is not coming from a place of love and serviced, it is a distraction.

Within the human being too a sharp distinction is drawn between body and spirit. Each person has a divine spark (pneuma), which comes from the divine world of light and has fallen into this world. The Archons try with all their might to keep these sparks imprisoned on earth and in humans, so as to prevent them from ascending to the divinity, of which they were originally a part. The divine spark or inner person is asleep, but must awaken and be liberated by means of knowledge (gnosis) both concerning God and humanity and its world. This knowledge is gained when an envoy from the world of light manages to get past the Archons to wake up the inner person and give him or her gnosis.

The soul is held captive by matter and placed under the tyranny of outside cosmic forces alien to its true life. Yet it contained a divine spark, and by “knowledge” (gnosis) might free itself and win its way back to the sphere from which it came. Release comes through “self-knowledge” (hence the name, gnosis) and an awakening to the real meaning and dimen-sion of life. This “salvation” was attained by intellectual illumination, assisted by abstinence and asceticism. Hence, the gnostic literature is punctuated with calls to become self-aware and arouse oneself from sleep. Ignorance is a form of sleep or slumbering state. So the Archons don´t want humankind to awaken from this ignorance by opening the “third eye” of intuition. The third eye dissolves ignorance and the state of duality and ego, and the outcome is then “Oneness”.

Man is composed of flesh, soul, and spirit. The body and soul are creations designed to hold captive the spirit, which is a spark of the divine substance from the highest God. The spirit embedded in body and soul is unconscious of itself, asleep, deadened by the poison of the world. While asleep, the spirit reincarnates from one human life to the next. Only the proper knowledge can awaken and liberate the divine spark. The goal of gnostic striving is the release of the spirit, the “inner man,” from the prison of the world and his return to his native realm of light.

The masters of deception exist within their own group complex as discarnate entities within the astral planes of the mental, emotional, and psychic levels of experience. They feed off of the negative energy of those they infect to keep themselves going. They have to do this because they are disconnected from the indwelling life force by refusing to abide by what you call the higher organizing intelligences’ incantational principles. They spend their time traveling our world and attaching themselves to humans vulnerable to them, basically using the dark side of the force (negativity) to achieve their means.

They sought to steal the power of her soul unto themselves, so that the Soul of the World and the Light of humanity would be their own. It has always been this way since humankind has walked in the world. The demiurgos and archons cloud the minds of human beings so that they cannot see the divinity within themselves and remain as beasts of the field, driven by hidden spiritual forces.

The Archons wanted take the free man and make him slave to them forever, and limiting their access to the divine connection, and therefore keep souls enslaved to their principles of the world.

As long as it is ignored, it takes root in our heart and dominates us. We become its slaves, and such is our enslavement that we are compelled to do things that we do not want to do, and are unable to do the things we want to do. If we are not conscious of the archons within us, they fall into the shadow, and that suits the archons just fine. From there they can carry on their diabolical activities unhindered. Liberating the soul begins with recognising the darkness.

Once our conscious and subconscious self has become infused with a new path, and convinced against the former, you will then possess within your living-soul the required information that will allow your soul to remain “aware and alert” at the moment it needs to rebel against their Archon entrapment. Archons using all forms of mind control technology – and programs of mind control — or soul enslavement — and using entanglement psychology to binding the mind to lower vibrational frequencies. Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there.

The human mind is overpowered by deep ignorance and covered by dense darkness in sleep where the real Self is obstructed by dark and dense clouds of ignorance. The denser we find the cloud to be the more we attain the invisible light within the cloud.

To be able to enslave everyone they need a Matrix, they need the mass consciousness and they need to have control over perception (the ego).

By controlling our perception of reality they can manipulate our thoughts at the source, keeping us trapped under their spell, in a constant state of bewilderment and fear, unwitting slaves to unseen masters. Things are looking bleak. We are within the Archons’ evil clutches. Humanity is teetering on the edge of total enslavement. Game over: The reptiles win.

But that doesn’t have to be our fate. There is a glimmer of hope. The Archons have one fatal weakness: They must work in the dark, in secret. When their plans are exposed to the light, Icke says, the spell is broken, and their control system will topple like a house of cards. And there’s a change in the air. More and more people are opening their minds, waking up, beginning to shake off the shackles of the Archons and their humanoid minions. If we keep up the momentum, the Archons will be defeated, and the shadow will be lifted. There will be a new dawn. Humanity will come together again as one consciousness, and we will reclaim our rightful place in the cosmos.

The Matrix hold its binding powers of bondage by staying beneath the radar screen of the human conscious and awareness. In other terms this mean to keep humankind in the slumbering state of the mind (with low awareness and conscious), or in the dream-state, or the sleep stasis, that then makes the mind mechanical and automatized, and this then hides reality, hides the real self, hides all other dimensions. The Matrix becomes the experienced virtual reaility – for this is how humans are designed to think. The Matrix on Earth is a farm, a kind of factory, and what it manufactures and processes is emotions (the matrix of emotions and the generator of emtions is the ego and the five passion senses).

This life we are living is based primarily on ego and emotions. As earth is a reflection of heaven, so the ego is a reflection of the real self. Therefore, in our efforts to grow beyond the earth we must attempt to overcome the level of reflection that comprises the ego and emotions. Earth is made of water and the moon controls all waters, and waters means emotions, so the second water-moon chakra controls the emotions and the second chakra is also “the mind” (the matrix). The Matrix, “the ego”, the mind, the second water-moon chakra has been designed to feed on primarily on the negative emotions, those of fear and frustration, anger and despair, pain and misery – and to be conducive to the production of such emotions.

The planetary suffering will continue on this planet until the curse is broken. Whoever attempts to break this curse is attacked with a relentless force of dark beings, which keeps the curse in place. Like the Medieval group known as the Cathars, the Gnostics believed that the Devil rules the material world, and in order to be free of the Devil one must free oneself of material possessions. They understood that this lower Earth matrix keeps us attached through our attachment to material possessions. The Gnostic creation myth is unique in that it includes how inorganic alien beings came into our universe, our world and our minds. In a text called, Nag Hammadi, the Gnostics describe their visionary journeys, and it is in these journeys that they discover the Archons. What you will see from the Gnostic description of the Archons. The word Archon is often used to describe any powerful being in the fourth dimension who psychically attacks the Light and infects humans with dark energy. What the Gnostics discovered is that these Archons infect the human mind, and pull it downward into darker, less evolved states of being. They affect the human mind with subliminal conditioning techniques.

There was once a golden age of humanity. It was a time of harmony and bliss. Our ancient ancestors lived in perfect interconnectedness with each other and with the universe. There were no wars, no famines, no pollution; everyone just got along. Then the peace was rudely shattered. A sinister power began casting a dark shadow over humanity. A conspiracy was afoot. For millennia now, the conspirators have been secretly implementing an elaborate control system, designed to suppress our natural connection to the cosmos and keep us trapped in a state of constant fear and confusion. The modern world is a shrine to their hidden machinations. The mainstream media, the education system, science, politics, and Western medicine are all tools of the conspiracy, used to control our minds and keep us subservient. Everything that happens in the world—every war, recession, natural disaster, and terrorist attack—is engineered by secret cabals of dark-suited men in smoke-filled boardrooms. But that, Icke says, is just the outer rim of the rabbit hole. These earthly oppressors are merely the puppets of an even more sinister enemy. The true perpetrator of this heinous plot, according to Icke, is a race of interdimensional reptilian aliens called Archons. And the conspiracy, he says, goes beyond our five senses. The Archons feed off human energy like vampires. They have a particular taste for fear and hatred, and they harvest our darkest emotions by keeping us trapped within a virtual reality prison. Our universe is nothing more than a hologram, Icke explains, and the Archons have hacked into the very fabric of the cosmos.

As you believe something, you give it power; when you generate emotions around the thought, you enforce the object of your belief, gelling it, so to speak, into physical form. Even if you don’t consciously affirm/confirm a particular belief, if you don’t question or even are not aware of the underlying belief, it means that you implicitly believe in it and are part of the social agreement. When masses of people adhere to a collective belief, their consciousness has a collective creative effect. If you are born into this system, you are educated into what is considered to be real by everyone around you, and you never come to see the cage of beliefs that surrounds you, nor do you understand your own participation and complicity in supporting the system. The Controllers very cleverly use the creative power of each individual by getting them to agree upon a system of belief that supports the Controllers who hold the puppet strings of the human collective. They need the collective for its energetic mass—the reality that is created by consensual agreement. While there is certainly a personal reality system for every individual on Earth, the sheer pressure of the collective agreement makes it very hard for an individual to rise in vibration and attain his own personal freedom outside the collective agreement.

The Matrix, while disempowering the humans that supply the Matrix its power. The Matrix uses your innate creative power to sustain a world that doesn’t benefit you. The Matrix is set up to control and dominate us; we are its subjects as long as we remain ignorant of our own power. A new, amazing future is arriving. We are all facing a decision: we can choose to stay in the Matrix or leave it for a life of freedom.

Humans are programmed from an early age to help strengthen and contribute energy to the energy grid created by the Archons.

The grid is controlled by an artificial intelligence, which now controls the Archons (The Lower Light) due to them creating it to do so, it runs their program.

This program has a safe guard and virus protector to protect them from their program being bought down. There is a frequency in your Solar System, trying to keep you all under control through low vibrational frequencies.

The logical, left part of our brain has its own safety mechanism that does not necessarily want any intrusive or outlandish right-brain possibilities to have their unlimited expression. It would disturb its sense of security. It has an inbuilt defence mechanism that protects its current understanding of the world; the nutshell of its existence. Thus it sometimes labels incoming psychic impressions as silly, made up or just the workings of the imagination.

Cracking this nutshell is therefore something that is usually done slowly and safely in order to protect our delicate psyche. Opening to the possibility of channelling guides from the inner planes is mostly a creative exercise that promotes communication across the Corpus Callosum, the neural information highway located between the two hemispheres of the brain.

Divine search progress upwards: up, and through the neural pathway, across the corpus callosum, the bridge that spans the brain’s hemispheres, down the lateral fissure and into the deep brain. He concentrated on the one area of the mind not yet conquered; the Limbic system. It was here, in the seat of Emotions and Cognitive connections, that he was to find his destiny.

Through this pathway, he was able to find the Godspace, this designated area into which no downloads could be downloaded. It was here that no binary key would fit into its neural lock.

With the capability to recycle Souls within the Solar System, the reincarnation process here in the Universe has affected the other Universes in evolving also. That will soon change, which is why all this is happening now. The Archons (The Lower Light) are able to capture, trick and recycle Souls here. They have been able to basically recycle their power source, which is negative emotional energy.

Technology can only be used within the constraints of how it is designed, how the culture perceives it, the knowledge that users have, and the society that has assimilated it. Undoubtedly, it funnels our experience into a certain pattern of behavior and thought. The Elite perpetuate the myth that we need technology and cannot disconnect from it. Technology is always harnessed to a particular end. Technology is not neutral. We think it frees us. We are free to walk within the prescribed parameters of the app or website we inhabit. That is not freedom. That is an animal in a digital cage, nothing more. The larger context is that Technology exists to enslave you…look beyond your immediate gratification to understand this. Currently, we are addicted to technology. That was the plan. It was on purpose. Technology reflects the Elite’s passions, capacities, and values. It is all about control and hypnotism.

Artificial intelligence is potentially more dangerous than nuclear weapons because it can destroy humankind without any nucelar weapons is been used. The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment and fear is the bounding link of attachment and control, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. “And yet the mind seems to act independently of the brain in the same sense that the programmer acts independently of the computer. The more they can keep you coming from the left side of the brain, the more easily you can be controlled, manipulated and programmed like a robotic being, and the easier it is to distract you from finding out who you truly are and what you are truly doing here. The leaft brain is also the core that is using fear to stay in control and power, and fear is also the component that opens up the channels for mental nefative programming of the mind. The ego has become the god behind these actions.

James 4:1 reveals how the carnal mind is designed to protect the carnal desires of this world or the desire consciousness of this world, and Revelation 13:17 reveals how the RFID chip system will protect the carnal beast system of the mind; nobody will be able to buy or sell – or do much of anything, for that matter – without the RFID-chip. The RFID will captor the carnal mind into the lower matrix and prevent spiritual progress.

This new era, has already started with the forced reengineering of our planet and us humans. ChemTrails are not only changing the environment we live in, but are changing us from the inside out. Planetary re-engineering goes beyond controlling the weather. The people behind geo-engineering are after the human race. Transhumanism

Transhumanist intend to replace all natural laws with their own set of rules which will make it easier to control it all. It is nothing more than an agenda to destroy humanity and human nature. It seeks to devolve and enslave humans in a way that will be irreversible.

How to control everyone in the easiest way? Through the collective Hive Mind, and because of its collective properties The Hive Mind as Sensorimotor Network It is possible for a neuroprosthesis to link the mind of its host with other intelligent agents to a Computer Brain, Mind Control Technology, or the Global world brain.

Control the bio-neurology of the human population through electromagnetic signals, prescription drugs, medical devices, GMO’s, and an assortment of toxins and poisons placed in the air, water and food supply, that generate many human diseases, while ensuring that the knowledge to cure these diseases is made unavailable to the masses.

If a technologically advanced extradimensional race has decided to implement a gradual takeover of a planet and its inhabitants, what kind of strategy would it use? First they would look to how they could maximize the efficiency of the invasion process and reduce the expenditure of resources that they have to generate themselves. To achieve this goal the secretive infiltration of the core societal organizational structures such as: religions, medical, financial and legal systems, would be ideal to shape the value systems that generate reality belief systems they want to control. Through the engineering of a labyrinth of self—enforced enslavement policies based on fear and intimidation among the earth inhabitants, they would achieve the use of minimal “off planet” resources by piggy backing on the earth-human resources. The people on earth would effectively enforce their own enslavement as well as enslave their own global human family by giving up their rights and their resources. This is very effective for takeover and invasion with minimal resistance or revolt by inhabitants who are unaware they are being invaded. This is called the Archontic Deception Strategy.

One genre of magic, ESP or telepathy, operates upon the same electromagnetic spectrum as radio waves. “Basically, every human body is a walking radio station, broadcasting and receiving on ultra-long wavelengths of the standard electro-magnetic energy spectrum…And 99 percent of all instructions for casting spells are ways of changing your neural system!’ These neural patterns link together creating something called a “switchboard:’ a “metapattern” or mass mind which is the common sea of consciousness shared by all individuals linked together like an invisible psychic internet. Jung called this the “collective unconscious” and it is in this realm that the sorcerer can do his best work.

Artificial Intelligence and the Matrix have no other references to other worlds or other dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the False Matrix. Icke believes humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false matrix. We are infinte beings, he believes, designed for harmony and peace, who are trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind. Aren’t we constantly fed false realities in order to keep us quiet and to prevent us being free?

Technocrack: Thanks to the advent of technology, the devil’s mind-control regimen is delivered via an addictive barrage that enters our minds through smartphones, MP3s, TV, Internet, video games, etc. Technology is the syringe through which the poisonous drugs of Masonic programming are administered. With each passing generation of electronic equipment, the human mind becomes increasingly more addicted, as we are rapidly disconnected from our friends, family, and nature via these novel gadgets. In the process of our technical addiction, our minds are overloaded with a plethora of both explicit and subliminal messages that are meant to enslave us to the materialistic and carnal programming of Hell, Inc.

The commercial possibilities biochip implanting is tremendous. In the coming years the biochip implants will become a billion dollar business. The biochip implants will be used for enhancing human capabilities. In the future the computers will be implanted inside human body. Then the communication and Control the computers will be aocomplished by connecting the signals and thoughts of the individuals nervous system to the computer. Then keyboards and mouse will become unnecessary. Gradually mankind may lose its dominion to machines.

“Machines cannot become like men, but men can become like machines”

Machines will begin to control man. Machines will make choices and man will have to obey them. Man will lose his capacity to make independent choices by the exercise of his freewill. On the other hand man will begin to choose by succumbing to the imperatives set by the technological circumstances. Man will begin to consider machines as more valuable than humans. Ultimately man will worship the machines. Biochip implants will be promoted on the justification that the domination of machines can be countered only by enhancing man’s capabilities by implanting computers inside human body.

In The Matrix, Neo is “saved” through gnosis, or secret knowledge about the unreality of sensory perception. The Matrix is described by Morpheus as “a prison for your mind.” It is a dependent “Construct” made up of the interlocking digital projections of billions of human beings who are unaware of the illusory nature of the reality in which they live and are completely dependent on the hardware attached to their real bodies and the elaborate software programs created by Al.

Humans are trapped in a cycle of illusion, and their ignorance of this cycle keeps them locked in it, fully dependent upon their own interactions with the programs, the illusions of sensory experience which these provide, and the sensory projections of others. These projections are strengthened by humans’ enormous desire to believe that what they perceive to be real is in fact real.

Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light). Ego is the reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to all this.

If they prevents humans from reconnecting to their inner higher divine source, be sure they constantly working with opposite strategies to connect to something other that can control, entrap and enslave them within the ego-reality-perspective.

This is the work of transhumanism, the global digital world brain.

The Global Elite, are simply a group of people who realized what the true nature of our Universe was, eliminated everyone else who knew this information, and used the information to harness the power (chi, ability to do) of the uninformed masses. The global elites know the truth about the Universe. They know that we create and the power of thought. Therefore, mainstream news channels and media are doing the work for the global elites, which promotes fear, ego, negative public opinion, competition, hate, separation, and lower vibration mental states. They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through the prison bars (the low vibrational state of ego and break through the veil of ignorance) and free ourselves from the prison – the matrix. The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

Their methodology is very mechanical in nature. They use sacred geometry, power points on the Earth, as well as mind control via the media and chemicals. Plus a continuing elimination of those individuals as well as native people and cultures who hold the sacred knowledge of creation.

Their bread and butter is FEAR. When we are fearful, we are weak and a low frequency or vibration. The lower state of the ego is more fixed in the vibration of what we call ‘negativity’. As you are born into a physical body and learn how to control it with your physical brain, you automatically become absorbed into Mass Mind. The three dimensional world and reality is disconnected from the divine source becaus elow vibrations not vibrate fast enought to be in touch wither higher levels of consciousness. The ego waves of fear has come into every center of consciousness. These dark masses of energy bring our vibration down and keep us heavy in the lower frequencies of the physical world and reality.

The mind, the intellect, the lower mind (not the soul or the higher mind or intelligence) thus arises from a basic fear reaction to this state of unknowingness. This basic fear polarizes as desire and crystallizes as the ego, not the pure I of the conscious Self.

Fear keeping separation in place and prevent all forms of spiritual progress. They inducing negativity, stress, fear, woriies, anxiety and panic into the mass consciousness to keep the state od duality in action. Beyond the veil of ignorance is the Higher Self and in the state of Oneness there is no fear, so to prevent humankind from transforming themselves from the ego-identity (of fear) to the state of Oneness (state where there is no fear). Fear feeding eth ego-diality state on Earth. In the three dimensional reality/world “Matter mentality” suppresses “Spirit mentality”, in this state it is Matter over Spirit, but when one has transform from ego to spirit its “Consciousness over Matter”. At this state one can create with Consciousness. This new state can not just create it can also heal, and one will have access to unlimited knowledge about life and existence, and living in present reality of here and now. One will also be able to see into the future. In this new state of mind there is no past or future. just present and one will be able to live in present time of reality. FEAR keeps these spiritual asleep and affects the free will to do want others want you to do and think.

The Elite are presently working very hard at cultivating FEAR among the masses. They do this by staging, or broadcasting, natural or man made disasters, wars and pestilence around the world at regular intervals. FEAR keeps people ASLEEP. Someone who is ASLEEP has no FREE WILL. They are enslaved. FREE WILL is one of the fundamental laws of this universe. The Elite have broken that law by taking away the FREE WILL of billions of living beings in this planet.

Fear and illusion are synonymous. Fear has no reality whatsoever. Fear is that component of the illusion that says you can be destroyed somehow, or you can be harm or you can experience pain which is perceived to be all very real to the ego. The large part of the illusion lies in who you believe you are. In the perceptions of many lifetimes you believe you have a physical body that can be destroyed or can be hurt. You believe that you can be controlled. You believe that you can control others. There are a lot of beliefs that you have. Now, these beliefs say that you are in danger, and so the beliefs d say you are in danger translates to fear. Fear started expressing through emotions. Now fear began to express itself emotionally in many ways as the ego reacted to its perception of its experiences. Fear reacts in the emotion of happiness.

The illusion is the ego’s limited belief of who you are. The illusion is that little tiny pie-shape of your total consciousness, when reality is the totality of who you are. If you knew your reality, you would have no reason for fear, because there would not be anything that would take place that would create the reactions that you are having in this limited state of illusion. “Fear and illusion” versus “Divine Love and Reality”. Fear expresses as an emotion, a part of the ego system, a belief system of this limited part of your knowing of your consciousness. Fear expresses as the ego belief you are separated from your soul’s

Fear attacks the amygdala, the reptilian, survivor portion of the brain. The induction of fear bypasses the operation of the frontal lobe, the logic, reasoning, and reality center of the brain.

Fears and intimidation blocks the access to easily obtain information.

Fear is generally the reason those with access to higher conscious awareness are persecuted.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

During the twentieth century, more people have been turned into dupes along those two false-trail pursuits than any competing obsessions.

The effect of that sort of misdirected search for the ultimate, global master-conspiracy is principally twofold. The dupes themselves are misled away from the secrets being hidden in this manner. Secondly, the discredit which is directed to fall upon the lured turns most others, foolishly, away from all searches for the secrets of those “inner elites” which have in fact run the world’s affairs during approximately three thousand years of known history.

The daily news programs concentrate the majority of their programming on getting us to accept what they want us to believe, and incorporating it as part of our natural environment. The entire population is unknowingly subjected to many covert subliminal transmissions through overt mind manipulation programming through major media, entertainment, news, video, games, and significant programming. The Global Elite easily promote overall programming of the entire population through telecommunications around the world, used to manipulate and control national and global views through planted stories in the media. Extensive social manipulation and programming are brought about through consciousness modification programming involving health and mood-altering substances placed in the air, food, and water supply. The media is no more than a disinformation campaign to discredit the truth and promote any government agenda or program.

Even new age philosophy has been infiltrated and manipulated to keep your general perceptions continuously controlled and manipulated. All of history has been thoroughly manipulated so that you will only know what they want you to know. Everything around you is designed so that you only see and hear what they want you to, to keep you ignorant to the reality of the way things really are. The educational system reinforces preplanned programming, while the media verifies lies to keep building and forming our culture.

The global elite has created a egotistical-social-superstructure to be winning the battle for global self-consciousness. Technocratic controlled governments become the new Global Dictatorship by the Ruling Class or Super Elite.

[Ground Wave Emergency Network] towers, microwave cell-phone towers, and the soon-to-be-mandatory High Definition Digital TV that will enter your home via: a) cable, b) satellite, c) HD TVs, or d) those oh-so-easy-to-obtain ‘digital converter boxes’ that the government is so anxious to help you obtain and underwrite most of the cost on your behalf.” Because of surreptitious programming broadcast at high or low frequencies outside the range of conscious perception. All content aside, the television has become a dangerous mind-control device. Why the need for such control? The would-be masters of the world desire an undisciplined public, ignorant of the basic principles of individual liberty. They wish to keep them confused, disorganized, and absorbed with unimportant or distracting issues.

Agents of the world’s elite have been long engaged in a war on the populace of Earth. Greed is the motiva-tion for this war, a greed so pervasive that it encom-passes the planet and all of the beings on it, but in recent times a philosophy has been used to justify that greed. It is the philosophy of mass control, that ultimately aims at dic-tating every aspect of human life—even remolding man’s perception of reality and himself. Although the lust for control can be discerned since the beginning of recorded history.

The war is the war on consciousness. Let’s start with the media and its impacts on society.

All media is out to control us. There are many TV shows and broadcasts that promote good vibrations, were created for pure entertainment, and to focus on personal self-development

Mainstream media, highlighting the ways the global elites and these mainstream corporations and governments manipulate human consciousness through subliminal messages, symbolism, and false propaganda. The reason for this mind control—or conscious control, is to ensure that we don’t think for ourselves and to keep us in a low vibration consciousness level so that we keep turning to the media to solve our every issue and so that we fight to keep the status quo. They want us in a low vibrational state because it keeps us from raising our vibrations and becoming aware of who we are and our Divine gifts. It keeps the global elites in control by having us “freely” hand over our Divine power. It keeps the global elites in power. The global elites need us to be in a low vibrational state to keep the status quo. Those who seek to control the masses thrive of fear and use that fear to create that which they wish to see in the world.

The global elites know the truth about the Universe. They know that we create and the power of thought. Therefore, mainstream news channels and media are doing the work for the global elites, which promotes fear, ego, negative public opinion, competition, hate, separation, and lower vibration mental states.

Remember, we are all creators of that which we experience. The same can be said for the collective experience. One mind creating is powerful, but two minds creating is extra powerful. Can you imagine all the minds of the world collectively creating and our power and energy combined? It’s a power that we can’t even begin to fathom, a power that could move mountains and part the seas. If we were to become aware of the power of the collective consciousness, then we would no longer sit in front of a box (the TV) listening to what it is telling us to be, do, and feel. We would no longer buy magazines and newspapers full of false news and that only produce negativity. But of because this is not what the powers that be want for us. People strongly believe that TV is here to help us, teach us, and entertain us. While that belief this is partly true, it is not the purpose of mainstream programming. The TV is not your friend. It doesn’t want you to love who you are or love others. It doesn’t want to teach you positive things, to be your own person, or to think for yourself, and it most certainly doesn’t want you to remember who you truly are.

When you look at mainstream TV from this perspective, you will see the real agenda behind this programming. Seeing TV from this perspective will enable you to enjoy the entertainment aspects while removing yourself from the attempts of false programming upon your subconscious. One clue is in the name: television programming. “Program” as in “to program you.” Let’s define the word “program.” There are many different definitions of the word “program,” and that is no accident. These multiple definitions were created to give us a false idea about what is truly going on. We find this a lot in the English language. One word with on hundred meanings. This situation serves to create more confusion and mental manipulation.

Regardless of the other hundreds of meanings, the definition of “program” we are focusing on is this perspective meaning “to tell a device or system to operate in a particular way, or part a particular time.” This definition is the truth the agenda is when it comes to TV, magazines, and radio, for that matter. They are there to program you, to program your subconscious (the system) regarding what is right and wrong, what is good and bad, what to feel and when to feel it (operate in a particular way), and how to perceive yourself, people, and the world. You are subconsciously being programmed to be how the global elite wants you to be, and they do this by creating mass public opinion and corporate profits. The media’s new agenda seems to be to distort your moral compass and family values. Take soap operas for instance, the main theme of these shows are affairs, death and disease. Just take a minute and think about that, how TV or media have caused you judge and label things and people.

Did you know that when the patent for the TV was issued, scientists did some research on its effects on the watcher? This is what they found: Physiological effects have been observed in a human subject in response to stimulation of the skin with weak electromagnetic fields that are pulsed with certain frequencies near ‘/z Hz or 2.4 Hz, such as to excite a sensory resonance. Many computers monitor’s and TV tubes, when displaying pulsed images, emit pulsed electromagnetic fields of sufficient amplitudes to cause such excitation. It is therefore possible to manipulate the nervous system of a subject by pulsing images displayed on a nearby computer monitor or TV set.

There is much more they say on this topic, but I want to focus on the statement, “It is therefore possible to manipulate the nervous system of a subject by pulsing images displayed on a nearby computer monitor or TV set.” The media can not only implant ideas through the images on a TV screen but also affect the viewer’s emotions natural bodily functions. The global elites know that if we all put our energy into a cause created by them, then we will create that very cause ourselves. Therefore, they create endless fake wars, terrorist attacks, and other false flag events that they promote through TV. They know that these energies, events, and experiences can only be created by us for their gain and agenda, but only if we give them our energy and permission.

Again, we are going back to the law of free will. Nothing in the universe can harm us or take or use our energy useless we give it permission to do so. If we didn’t give our conscious energy to the things we see on mainstream media, the corporations and governments would simply hold no power. The only way the global elites can bring these energies and experiences into fruition is by using our collective creative energy against us to create that which they wish to see, which is exactly what they do. But why? There are more of us than them, so they want to prevent an uprising, so to speak. That is why the global elites try to convince us that endless wars are going on. They want to control the whole world, and to do so, we must give permission. The only way they can get us to give them permission is to make it seems like we need them to be safe and survive. This propaganda is all an attempt to keep us in survival mode so that we don’t raise our vibrations and start to bring forth new energies of Divine love and unite. They know that unity creates power, which would overthrow their plans. What we have forgotten is that every emotional reaction and word spoken adds energy to the cause, each person causing that certain thing or energy to gain momentum. With all creative processes, enough energy given to the cause will create it to happen in the physical.

Don’t be who they wish you to be. Be that which you are! That which you were born to be! Bring in those divine vibrations and say goodbye to the global elites for good. Only when we stop getting sucked into the TV, papers, and all things external and focus on the internal will we change the outcome. It simply takes a change of thought and redirected focus.

⦁ They’re all end-of-the-world and alien-invasion films. This mas release is simply to program how you react in these situations.
⦁ The same awareness can be applied to the music and radio industry. Yes, the global elites have infiltrated these channels, too, and use them again to control us, steal our creative consciousness energy, fonn public opinion, and implant pro-programming.
⦁ Scientists have done experiments with water to see if certain sounds and vibrations have an effect, and the results were remarkable.

It is estimated that the human body is made up of 70% water. That would mean that if certain vibrations have a negative effect on water, then those same vibrations would and do have a negative effect on our bodies and consciousness.

Subliminal messaging has been used by the global elites since time began to keep us in a low vibrational state. They do so through repetition. We associated certain symbols with a certain emotion. Subliminal messages aim emotionally trigger us, and they are used not only subliminally but also through media outlets. Much of what is seen on TV and in magazines is set to create an emotional response. This emotional response is the creative energy or driving force behind the creation of much of the world we see today.

TV and media have only one use: to produce an emotional reaction. While you give your energy to the negative events shown in the media (which have basically been made up), others can use their energy to create these events to benefit the powers that be. They prevent or distract you from using that same emotional or creative energy to create that which you wish to see in your reality and, even more so, distract you from uncovering who you truly are, finding your happiness, and feeling your joy and peace.

The media does this work by triggering a change in emotional states, and they are doing without you even knowing or being aware of it. It’s this emotional hijacking that creates all sorts of problems in the individual and collective consciousness. The global elites want to replace positive vibrations with negative vibrations.

The global elites’ main source of consciousness is manipulation. These mediums are all designed to distract us from the real issues going on in and around us, create fear in ourselves, create negative public opinion, and persuade us to buy, buy, buy so we that we get into debt, debt, debt. They do all this while also causing competition (separation between people and nations)—who’s got the latest gadgets, what wealth, health, and success look like— so that we hand over our creative consciousness to those who wish to use it against us. Don’t look to governments to govern you. Govern yourself, your thoughts, your healing, and your creations. Come together with like-minded souls and simply be the change you wish to see.

One need not to become an introvert and retreat from society. Rather, simply take a step back from that which you’re attached to—in this instance, emotionally attached to—and focus on your being through meditation, writing, adventures in nature, and self-development. By doing so, we can diminish the effects of the campaigns and programming unknowingly set upon us. Through cultivated awareness of the bigger picture of the war on consciousness, we have the power to dissolve the global elites’ agendas and missions of mind control and, eventually, all of their control. It is about the willingness to consciously dedicate time to uncover Divine knowledge of the Universal processes (Universal laws) and of the self, to pay attention to personal problems and creations, such as self-healing, mental processes, and to direct your energy in a way that serves you and the world. You can call on the angels and ascended masters to help and support you in every way, in all your endeavors. Simply being aware of the true agenda gives you all the power you need to take yours back.

Governments use fear to keep us in check—or the illusion of fear. Governments were created to set in place the agenda of the global elites—to put the plans into action but without the true leaders being seen or known. They are the puppets of the system, having their strings pulled.

One can start to protect onerself and take your power back. Once you see with Divine eyes the true agenda of the government and mainstream media and entertainment, you can start to refocus your conscious energy on that which you wish to create rather than creating for the global elites.

As our consciousness raises its vibration, the lifestyle of that soul will dramatically change, this is normal within the ascension process.

The main reason for the extensive use of computers and technology within the education system is to stomp out independent thinking.

The powers that be are using computers to dumb down the masses and the next generation. Computers eliminate all right-side brain activity. The right side is the side that produces creativity, innovation, intuition, imagination, and insight, and these aspects go hand in hand with consciousness, creating, and the essence of your soul.

It is scientifically proven that we use fewer muscles and experience less brain activity—including the ability to remember—when using computers. That is why they say if you really wish to remember something, write it down. Writing uses more muscles and increases brain activity, activating the right side of the brain.

The powers that be do not want that. The more they can keep you coming from the left side of the brain, the more easily you can be controlled. manipulated, condtioned and programmed, and the easier it is to distract you from finding out who you truly are and what you are truly doing here.

The leaft brain is also the core that is using fear to stay in control and power, and fear is also the component that opens up the channels for mental nefative programming of the mind.

The gods spoke about the importance of purification. This is a process of clearing all blockages and allowing light to restore you to your true-self and help you grow. Many people will attempt the process; some of them with their eyes closed and others who are able to see they will walk on a dark path. One of the obstacles will be your ego. Human beings were born with the mechanism of ego which is related to the mind and helps them survive during their life cycle. Ego was created to co-operate with the mind but also to help human beings connect to the third dimensional reality. Your ego helps you to be grounded in this reality and is affected by the energies of Earth. Ego recognises and accepts many artificial structures on Earth such as polarities, fragmentation, distortion and illusion. Human beings are affected by all these artificialities through their ego. When one wants to be successful according to social criteria, control others or focusses on materialism and consumerism, he has the ego as his driving force. Many people on Earth exist in a low vibrational reality because the ego and the mind lock them in a survival state.

When you are behaving like slaves, you are losing your humanity; the only way to freedom is through your truth. There are many ways used to convince you that you have to remain a slave although the truth about your current state is never mentioned to you: You have to remain a slave for your family, for social and financial success, to attract others, to follow what others do. They are people who think that being a slave will bring them freedom and happiness and they fully surrender to the illusion. The result of all this is an imbalanced life full of disease, confusion and dissatisfaction. You are diseased if you allow yourself to become a slave when you true nature and purpose is to be free and connect to cosmic laws. You can go against the plan of slavery any time you wish. You just have to wake up to the understanding that most people’s lives are formed by a contagious disease called illusion. You have the power to escape, remember that illusion has no life or true power over you. Now is the time that people on Earth take responsibility for their lives and wake up to a new and meaningful existence. If you are seeking enlightenment, illusion is your first challenge.

If illusions is the first challene, then the last challenge is to overcome death of the ego. This actually means to piercing the veil of ignorance, The ego is the veil of ignorance and by piercing the veil of ignorance one overcomes death by become alive within spirit.

Entanglement after entanglement, the problems seem to ensue like a knotted up wad of yam; difficult to find the beginning or the end and all the pieces in between just an entire mess.

Remembering that separation is only a tool of the ego to further attempt to divide and conquer the Son of God. But it is not so, and it cannot be done for Oneness remains whole and complete and unfettered by anything.

Ego-Discontentment is the problem. There is always a feeling of discontentment in the world no matter what you do and no matter how many goals you accomplish. The feeling is that if I were to get that job over there, then I would feel happier and have a happier life. If I were to move into that bigger home, then I would feel happier and have a happier life. If I were to move to a nicer climate, then I would feel better and have a happier life experience. How many times have we come up with these kinds of inspirations, pursued them and accomplished them, then later come to the realization that something still is missing? Something still doesn’t quite feel right. It’s not quite perfect yet. And then we begin the endless cycle again.

Light is the only solution to the problem. There is nothing in the world that will give you fulfillment and contentment like the experience of finding the Light of your Christ Self within yourself. Once we find it, we intuitively know and understand that this is the solution to every problem of fear, worry, anxiety, tension, etc. that we encounter in our lives. Once we know it is there, how healing it is and how good it feels to go there, we know that we can go there anytime we want and have each of our pains healed one at a time, spark by spark. This is where we want to remember to practice looking. The Gift of Contentment and the Solution is found within. The ego provides a solution; more of same that created the problem and this is the endless cycle of the ego-lifestyle.

The ego plays its games over and over again until you don’t get it. You never will be able to solve the ego’s problems because the ego thought system in the split mind is designed to never be resolved. It is designed to sustain itself in conflict and chaos as long as it can. Conflict and chaos is what sustains the ego thought system. It is what appears to give it life but it cannot be life because it is a thought that was made.

The memory of God has been placed inside of your mind. It has never left you and goes with you wherever you go. It is the miracle that you are seeking to find. You will know when you begun to find the miracle within yourself, the path to the memory of God when you have begun to see the sparks and the flashes of white light. That is the answer to the problem. That is the solution to every problem that you will ever encounter while you awaken from your dream of illusions. Everything you see and experience is an illusion with the exception of the light within your mind.

You have been teached and programmed to be afraid to listen to your One Self. Negative programming in this world makes humans afraid to listen to their One Self because it means no more compromises. Only the ego would have you make compromises. In Reality, there are no compromises because you are an unlimited One Self as the Son of God. Everything has been given to you by your Creator, all power in Heaven and on earth.

Falling into duality means going against the divine harmony of the Whole. Just as opposing the light creates shadows, opposing God creates the ego. ‘Ego’ means the loss of one’s original consciousness of being eternal and individual, which is an illusion because in reality we are always parts of the Whole. This opposition is an act of free will because it is neither forced nor necessary.

Under the influence of the ego, one’s original state of consciousness is covered and eclipsed. There is no longer the experience of eternity (timelessness, spacelessness). Consciousness is now projected into the duality of ‘past’ and ‘future’. All of a sudden, eternity and divine harmony look boring and impractical.

All of a sudden, one thinks that one has to be busy and has to become something. Why? Because one feels that one has lost something. And one starts to run and race, thinking this to be necessary! The concept of ‘having to become something’ comes out of the ego. It indicates that one has lost the consciousness of one’s original nature. In reality, ‘I am always what I am’ — the eternal indivisible part of the Whole. This is the deep meaning of the I-AM consciousness’, a notion very common in modern esoterics. It is an essential truth. (Nobody speaks about an `I-BECOME consciousness’!)

The dark forces are no longer only reaching for man’s mind and intellect, they now want to absorb his entire consciousness, the being as such, including ‘heart and soul’. The individual aspect of this battle: the role consciousness plays in meeting the different forms of outside influence, and their subtle effects on our free will — which is no longer that free when we allow ourselves to be influenced.

If transhumanism and technoracy is growing humans will be treated and as machines and not humans, and as consequense; computers do not have a free will. They are meant to be manipulated and programmed. Machines cannot become like humans, but humans can become like machines. They will be manipulated and programmed in same way machines and robots is been programmed; to follow the instruction. This is lost of the free will they think is their free will.

This is one of many examples of materialistic propaganda: Consciousness is considered to be a product of the brain, and the question ‘Who am I?’ is suggestively answered in the sense of ‘You are nothing but a material body’. If people’s understanding of life is limited to a materialistic concept, they have no access to their real self and are not immune against negative influence. Identifying oneself with the mortal body makes one vulnerable and fearful. However, the materialistic concept of life is neither logical nor substantiated by experience.

Great mystics, divine revelations, paranormal phenomena, out-of-body experiences, natural intuition and research in reincarnation as well as holistic philosophy — all of this `circumstantial evidence’ points out that living entities are more than mortal bodies. We have a body and a brain, but we are not our body and brain. Life and self-consciousness are not produced by the brain. Rather, the non-material individual (the soul) emanates consciousness and thus animates the material body. When the body is no longer animated by the presence of the soul, it decays. In order to understand the workings of the subtle energies, one has to know about the metaphysical aspects of ife, and this again will open up the door to the spiritual aspects of life.

The global materialistic system can only survive within the dualistic tension of supply and demand. Stagnation is tantamount to a threat to this system. Content people are a potential danger because they might be interested in other things than mere production and consumption. Apparently, this system depends on people never finding real, inner peace! Is this the reason why the world is constantly being flooded with new needs, demands and products? At least one thing is obvious: The result is not content satisfaction but restless gratification. In order to avoid a saturation or stagnation of the turnover, consumption has to be continuously increased by the creation of new artificial needs, by new ways of propaganda, and by opening up new markets If that is no longer possible, consumption has to be expanded by yet another method, namely by increasing destruction.

The easiest way to bring about total control is to create an atmosphere (atmos-f ear!) of fear and intimidation. And this, again, starts in the mind.

Learn to control vibrations by controlling thoughts and you will hold the keys of Eternal Life in your hands. The Eternal energy surging through all matter, the power of existence in atoms with their whirling molecules and electrons in all earthly substance are nothing more or less than vibrations condensed to the point of slow, heavy, mortal tangibility. Control the vibrations and the power to control substance and material energy will eventually be given, that is the keys of handling Eternal Life.

As the ego boundaries become stronger, we gradually ‘Fall’ into separateness. And at the same time, what you could call a ‘redistribution of energy’ occurs. The energy that used to be left free for perception of the world’s is-ness and radiance is diverted to the ego. The desensitizing mechanism starts to operate, as a way of conserving energy for the ego. As a result, our perceptions become automatic, and the world which was once so full of wonder becomes a shadowy, half-real place. This is the point when, as individuals, we fall asleep, and knowledge fall in sleep, the DNA Helix keeps humankind trapped in the three dimensional world.

The desire soul obstructs the realization of the true soul life. Intuition comes when ego and duality is dissolved. “Wherever energy is tied in knots of self-deception, of dissonance, of selfishness, fears, doubts through the ego – thus, when the momentum of dissonance becomes too great, the top of the threefold flame cannot spin. This is how the archons have hijacking the flow of energy and influence it with negative fear programming.

The god of this controls this world because the Ego bends every effort to quicken vibration to be change to higher vibrations. Therefore humans is held in a reality where one single dimension dominates the mind and perception. When vibrations not vibrating fast enough it prevents humans from be in touch with the spiritual realm. Low vibrational frequencies keeps humankind disconnected from the Divine God, disconnected from their real higher divine nature. To live life in the lower realms of 3D demands that we lose our connection with God in order to experience duality, both sides of the opposing energies of our world.

This is the concept of duality and concept of the matrix or the mind prison on Earth. Its a “vibratory prison” where humans in kept in one dimension and one dominating vibration – this vibration is based on fear or the fear frequency. The veil of ignorance produces fear for the unknown and fear for the unknown is a result when humankind don´t are in touch with their other higher vibrations. Lack of knowledge creates fear for the unknown or it creates fear what is outside the single dimension of reality humankind is expericing through the ego-perception. And mass consciousness buing his concept because mass consciousness is the egp of this concept of duality.

Once you have an account of your belief system, you then face a second difficulty: acknowledging that your actions and current path may not be leading you to a higher vibrational existence. Within this second difficulty, there are two blocks: the ego, which cannot admit to an imbalanced course, and tribal pressure (mass consciousness), which hinders you from going against what is accepted by everyone around you. Humankind is enslaved within a three dimensional vibratory mind prison based on low vibrational frequencies, and mass consciousness (the ego) bends every effort to quicken vibration or raising their inner vibrations.

Low vibrational frequencies creates an enviroment that prevents vibrations to vibrating fast enough to be in touch with the spiritual realm. The link to God is broken and disconnected and this creates free space to the ego to become god of this world. The ego teaching there is no god and them who think they can become like god´s are wicked, but the ego itself can become god and rules the world. Low vibrations breaks the communication link to the divine source of light and when vibrations not vibrating fast enough to be in touch with the spiritual realm they also are disconnected from the path as multidimensional divine beings.

The combat transformation principles are the story of applying the rich innate transforming divinity in the colt of your life. It is the motivation of your soul that will empower you to walk the road of enlightenment towards the healing of the source of conflict and war within you.

Our fear is manipulated. heightened. and eventually harvested. This tactic also promotes fear waves of bioenergy to halt, or obstruct, the energetic evolutionary impulse of humankind. We are being sold short not only on who we are but also on what we can become. As a consequence, we are selling our future(s) short and not only for ourselves but also for the new generations to come.

Technology can only be used within the constraints of how it is designed, how the culture perceives it, the knowledge that users have, and the society that has assimilated it. Undoubtedly, it funnels our experience into a certain pattern of behavior and thought. The Elite perpetuate the myth that we need technology and cannot disconnect from it. Technology is always harnessed to a particular end. Technology is not neutral. We think it frees us. We are free to walk within the prescribed parameters of the app or website we inhabit. That is not freedom. That is an animal in a digital cage, nothing more. The larger context is that Technology exists to enslave you…look beyond your immediate gratification to understand this. Currently, we are addicted to technology. That was the plan. It was on purpose. Technology reflects the Elite’s passions, capacities, and values. It is all about control and hypnotism.

Artificial intelligence is potentially more dangerous than nuclear weapons because it can destroy humankind without any nucelar weapons is been used. The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment and fear is the bounding link of attachment and control, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. “And yet the mind seems to act independently of the brain in the same sense that the programmer acts independently of the computer. The more they can keep you coming from the left side of the brain, the more easily you can be controlled, manipulated and programmed like a robotic being, and the easier it is to distract you from finding out who you truly are and what you are truly doing here. The leaft brain is also the core that is using fear to stay in control and power, and fear is also the component that opens up the channels for mental nefative programming of the mind. The ego has become the god behind these actions.

James 4:1 reveals how the carnal mind is designed to protect the carnal desires of this world or the desire consciousness of this world, and Revelation 13:17 reveals how the RFID chip system will protect the carnal beast system of the mind; nobody will be able to buy or sell – or do much of anything, for that matter – without the RFID-chip. The RFID will captor the carnal mind into the lower matrix and prevent spiritual progress.

This new era, has already started with the forced reengineering of our planet and us humans. ChemTrails are not only changing the environment we live in, but are changing us from the inside out. Planetary re-engineering goes beyond controlling the weather. The people behind geo-engineering are after the human race. Transhumanism

Transhumanist intend to replace all natural laws with their own set of rules which will make it easier to control it all. It is nothing more than an agenda to destroy humanity and human nature. It seeks to devolve and enslave humans in a way that will be irreversible.

How to control everyone in the easiest way? Through the collective Hive Mind, and because of its collective properties The Hive Mind as Sensorimotor Network It is possible for a neuroprosthesis to link the mind of its host with other intelligent agents to a Computer Brain, Mind Control Technology, or the Global world brain.

Control the bio-neurology of the human population through electromagnetic signals, prescription drugs, medical devices, GMO’s, and an assortment of toxins and poisons placed in the air, water and food supply, that generate many human diseases, while ensuring that the knowledge to cure these diseases is made unavailable to the masses.

If a technologically advanced extradimensional race has decided to implement a gradual takeover of a planet and its inhabitants, what kind of strategy would it use? First they would look to how they could maximize the efficiency of the invasion process and reduce the expenditure of resources that they have to generate themselves. To achieve this goal the secretive infiltration of the core societal organizational structures such as: religions, medical, financial and legal systems, would be ideal to shape the value systems that generate reality belief systems they want to control. Through the engineering of a labyrinth of self—enforced enslavement policies based on fear and intimidation among the earth inhabitants, they would achieve the use of minimal “off planet” resources by piggy backing on the earth-human resources. The people on earth would effectively enforce their own enslavement as well as enslave their own global human family by giving up their rights and their resources. This is very effective for takeover and invasion with minimal resistance or revolt by inhabitants who are unaware they are being invaded. This is called the Archontic Deception Strategy.

One genre of magic, ESP or telepathy, operates upon the same electromagnetic spectrum as radio waves. “Basically, every human body is a walking radio station, broadcasting and receiving on ultra-long wavelengths of the standard electro-magnetic energy spectrum…And 99 percent of all instructions for casting spells are ways of changing your neural system!’ These neural patterns link together creating something called a “switchboard:’ a “metapattern” or mass mind which is the common sea of consciousness shared by all individuals linked together like an invisible psychic internet. Jung called this the “collective unconscious” and it is in this realm that the sorcerer can do his best work.

Artificial Intelligence and the Matrix have no other references to other worlds or other dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the False Matrix. Icke believes humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false matrix. We are infinte beings, he believes, designed for harmony and peace, who are trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind. Aren’t we constantly fed false realities in order to keep us quiet and to prevent us being free?

Technocrack: Thanks to the advent of technology, the devil’s mind-control regimen is delivered via an addictive barrage that enters our minds through smartphones, MP3s, TV, Internet, video games, etc. Technology is the syringe through which the poisonous drugs of Masonic programming are administered. With each passing generation of electronic equipment, the human mind becomes increasingly more addicted, as we are rapidly disconnected from our friends, family, and nature via these novel gadgets. In the process of our technical addiction, our minds are overloaded with a plethora of both explicit and subliminal messages that are meant to enslave us to the materialistic and carnal programming of Hell, Inc.

The commercial possibilities biochip implanting is tremendous. In the coming years the biochip implants will become a billion dollar business. The biochip implants will be used for enhancing human capabilities. In the future the computers will be implanted inside human body. Then the communication and Control the computers will be aocomplished by connecting the signals and thoughts of the individuals nervous system to the computer. Then keyboards and mouse will become unnecessary. Gradually mankind may lose its dominion to machines.

“Machines cannot become like men, but men can become like machines”

Machines will begin to control man. Machines will make choices and man will have to obey them. Man will lose his capacity to make independent choices by the exercise of his freewill. On the other hand man will begin to choose by succumbing to the imperatives set by the technological circumstances. Man will begin to consider machines as more valuable than humans. Ultimately man will worship the machines. Biochip implants will be promoted on the justification that the domination of machines can be countered only by enhancing man’s capabilities by implanting computers inside human body.

In The Matrix, Neo is “saved” through gnosis, or secret knowledge about the unreality of sensory perception. The Matrix is described by Morpheus as “a prison for your mind.” It is a dependent “Construct” made up of the interlocking digital projections of billions of human beings who are unaware of the illusory nature of the reality in which they live and are completely dependent on the hardware attached to their real bodies and the elaborate software programs created by Al.

Humans are trapped in a cycle of illusion, and their ignorance of this cycle keeps them locked in it, fully dependent upon their own interactions with the programs, the illusions of sensory experience which these provide, and the sensory projections of others. These projections are strengthened by humans’ enormous desire to believe that what they perceive to be real is in fact real.

Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light). Ego is the reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to all this.

If they prevents humans from reconnecting to their inner higher divine source, be sure they constantly working with opposite strategies to connect to something other that can control, entrap and enslave them within the ego-reality-perspective.

This is the work of transhumanism, the global digital world brain.

If you stood in the middle of a vast stadium of pure white light that represented the transforming power of divine love, your freewill could set an intent to heal a limiting perception stored in your chakra. The vibrational rhythm pattern of divine love would connect to and raise the lower vibrations of the limiting perception. In this example there is a clear playing field between your creations and the purity of divine love.

Now add billions of creations of fear to this vast stadium of pure white light. This transforms the pure white light where you could see, touch and connect to pure divine love everywhere into a jungle of limiting perceptions that hide and distort your connection to the pure white light of divine love. To fix this problem of billions of creations of limitation blocking your access to pure divine love, humanity’s requests and prayers for help to higher awarenesses in the universe were answered with the solution of seven energy pathways being anchored by them on the planet as a gift. I

It’s as if you had engineers who went through the jungles and built a road, so that you could now go through the jungle on your transportation much easier then cutting your way through and fighting all of the tree limbs, all of the plants, and all of the things that were in the way. The seven energy pathways anchored to your planet simply have cut a path for you through the vast amounts of limiting vibrational rhythm patterns of the mass consciousness. These pathways are maintained the same as the road may be maintained. You need do nothing to maintain these pathways.

The author of fear is the ego, and ego is the mass consciousness, and to control the masses the ego of mass consciousness using massmedia, television and masstechnologies to stay in power and control of the human mind or the matrix.

The mass media provides us with our on-the-surface view of reality. This superficial view reflects the beliefs we currently hold to be true of reality. The news media’s reports tend to focus on events that stimulate our fears—which are generated by our collective core beliefs. As you may have gathered from the media, the prevailing worldview suggests we live in an unsafe universe—echoing a primal fear within our collective psyche, that we are separated from Source. The beliefs of both science and religion predominantly support this view.

We have been intoxicated with these media news and dramas of life as social media. These bind us to collective consciousness. These collective consciousness polluted by our collective energy release and affecting the psyche of every one of us. When we are into these fearful thoughts, vibrating negativity, we are forced to feel the collective energy response, whether we like it or not. We feel everything, but may feel difficult to express. But when we free ourselves by detoxifying ourselves, remaining media free, news free, ads free, etc you will free yourself from this matrix.

Then once the authorities were tuned in, they manipulated the mind into controlling the mass through fear and false belief systems. Even today, the authorities control us with fear, obligation, and punishment.

Once the authorities of those days gained mind control over the mass population of the land, the more we, as a human group, separated ourselves from our own spirit, soul, universal divine mind, and body. And today, those in power, even our motivational speakers, now look at the rational mind as the king and the source of what is gained in life. Because of the hypnosis of rile mind, using fear, belief systems, motivational workshops, and intelligence as the foundation, we now

Such control, was never considered as belonging to the Soul. Bodies and feelings, with their intermediate images, were thought of as the Self and were held by thought forms, which crystallized all of life in a rigid way and manifested behaviors that separated the human instruments from each other time and time again. People never learned that the crystallization in which they were held was the controlling form of one thought — the mass consciousness of humankind, from which there was no escape.

Only your choice of the ego and the mass consciousness stop you from expressing the totality of who you are.

Separated consciousness is rather susceptible to the mass energy of others’ separated energy.

Man’s problem is that of dual vision … recognizing another reality other than the Absolute, besides which there is no other. What we recognize, we materialize. Separation only exists as the illusion platform within the dual mind of form-consciousness. Separation is the ruling principle in the plane of duality . . . that which keeps the pendulum swinging. The apex frequencies can be instructional to the masses, resident in the realm of polar opposites .. . base-consciousness (mass consciousness). At the bottom of the pyramid is where the masses reside in consciousness. This is usually represented on the pyramid as the two extremes of the pole which must be reconciled before our desired estate can come forth. How we perceive, interpret, observe and recognize energy, determines whether or not we reconcile our discordancies.

Mind control (mass consciousness hypnosis). Mass consciousness primarily lives in the Lower Mind, using logic and emotion as primary modes of information/decision. Film and television are undoubtedly the most powerful techniques in the mass technology of mind control.

One of the forces that can stifle your force of will is the illusion of a communal or shared material-plane reality. This illusion is a highly deceptive one, suggesting a perceptual harmony in which large numbers of people believe that they see the same or very similar realities. Perceptual harmony allows a large group consciousness matrix to overtake or overlay your own individual consciousness matrix. While this sounds sublime, lovely and convenient as well, perceptual harmony can have its dark side. Once your own consciousness matrix is fully sucked into a mass consciousness matrix, it loses its ability to effectively determine from outside the mass perception the actual nature of the mass matrix and can no longer decide for itself how the energy of your consciousness gets used. Although this can be a positive development, only clear discernment can detect the right use of one’s will in this engagement with a mass consciousness matrix.

The process of spiritual evolution to become a spiritual master requires us to reverse this by undoing all the mass-consciousness programming. We must get complete control of the subconscious mind and not let it run us; we must totally become the computer programmer of the subconscious mind, or one can let the psychology of the mass consciousness enslave the mind and once the own consciousness matrix is fully sucked into a mass consciousness matrix, it loses its ability to effectively determine from outside the mass perception the actual nature of the mass matrix and can no longer decide for itself how the energy of your consciousness gets used.

THE POWER OF MASS CONSCIOUS Mass conscious is a powerful frequency that manipulates those of a fragile personality, those who fall for shallow advertisement and empty promises, or accept to be made afraid. Mass conscious makes them forget the divine insights they may have gained, which could otherwise lead to benefits for all involved. Mass conscious is likely to be initiated or used by someone or a group, desiring to control the individual or the masses for their own gain, for revenge, or for the enjoyment of undue power or profit. Vain promises or creating urgencies, obligations, negative sensational news, dangers, emergencies, rush and anxieties, even “pandemics,” are some of the means to gain general power, directing mass conscious, and hindering the individual to reach Alpha, the state of increased healing and intelligence.

Earth is a vibrational mind prison and humans is kept within a full-scale vibratory imprisonment or enslavement of this world

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

One dimension and one low vibrational frequency 3D reality; The human ego will do its best to keep us in the small enclosed area of accepted reality (the reality of the matrix and mind prsion). This work is done through the mass consciousness.

The stepping up of our physical low vibratory frequencies will also include the reactivation of dormant DNA strands thus enabling a more conscious absorption of the higher spectrum of light and facilitating an enhanced level of sensory perception and awareness.

Part of the physical changes which we will manifest will be an ability to withstand a higher level of high frequency light, holding it within the cellular structures of our bodies. This will be due to changes in the spiritual make-up, those aspects that hold our cell structures together. New, light encoded will allow more light to be contained inside us.

Once you realize that the consciousness is not the body, you will have realizations as to the eternal nature of consciousness, and the illumination of who you really are. You will see that death is an illusion, just as all the great teachers in history have expounded.

If you so choose, you will no longer sleep in the traditional sense of the word. The physical body will be rested, while the awareness and consciousness are eternally present. In other words, you will retain your consciousness even though your physical body is asleep. The Truth and The Path will become of utmost importance in life. Everything else in the world becomes secondary to being in touch with the Divine Presence.

So, connection to source is simply a matter of upgrading our energetic wirings and removing the trapped static energy within our bioenergetic fields so the higher frequencies can flow. When we chose to live in a slower, denser vibration (through life style choices or unawareness), our knowledge is limited because we do not have the capability of gathering the higher wisdom that comes through the faster channels. As we lift our vibrations, we are able to connect to source in a way that we can not only hear but completely understand the message.

We become better receivers, enabled conduits and a perfect match to source energy. We are moving from lightworker (copper cables) to light beings (fiber optics). We have now regained the ability to once again tap into source for full disclo-sure. An ancient paradigm is being reborn in the 21″ Century, one that states we are source energy, that we have never been separated, that techniques are to be used like training wheels until we have grown into our full remembrance. And, we are being upgraded in every layer of our being to store this higher wisdom so that future generations can use us as a spring board into an even greater connection.

Becoming keenly aware that the old paradigms of techniques keep us mired in the 3 dimensional realms will be the challenge. Because we like our stuff, our ways of doing, it comforts us as humans to let change be someone else’s job.

The archons has pushed human race into a “an ever-depening spiritual sleep.” David Icke has written in The Veil of Tears that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information, and that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information.

Through technologies they can create a “vibratory prison.” He asserts that all we need to do is extend this concept to the planet as a whole to get an idea of how spiritual information is being perceptually blocked from the 4th dimension, creating a material prison. He writes:

The complete takeover of the Earth by extraterrestrial expressions of the Luciferic Consciousness was accomplished by creating a vibratory prison. We are multidimensional beings, naturally able to experience many frequencies and dimensions at the same time. However, when the imprisoning vibration an imposed blocking ‘frequency net’- was thrown around this planet long ago, it prevented us from accessing the higher levels of our consciousness and potenpotential – or, the higher dimensions. It caused us to cease to be ‘whole’ or tial we became disconnected from ‘the Father.’

According to Icke, the full-scale vibratory imprisonment of Earth humans may also have been effectuated by closing down crucial Earth vortexes linking the physical (3-D) world with other space/time dimensions. Some of these important windows, however, are still open, and, as well, certain rituals are said to be able to re-open them. Icke speculates that these interdimensional portals may have been closed to prevent negative entities from entering this space/time reality. Thus, this may have been a necessity to minimize chaos and disorder. However, it left Earth humans detached from higher levels of being and cut off our “eternal memory” of who we are. This is essentially the story of the “Fall of Man.”

He writes, “we forgot who we were and where we came from.” Icke explains:

The human race has for ages been living out its existence inside a kind of meta-physical box with the lid held down. We sit in the dark, believing that our potential, and Creation in general, is limited to what is within that box, within that vibratory prison. Over the ages since the vibratory net was cast around the Earth, we have been a people working at a fraction of our full and infinite potential. Life on Earth was changed dramatically by our extraterrestrial jailors, and this also affected the animal kingdom.

Luciferic consciousness works through human consciousness to manipulate human nature and our understanding of reality. It stimulates us to perform inhumane acts by awakening negative emotions. Icke believes, however, that there are positive 4th dimensional extraterrestrial groups working to help humanity rise up and reconnect with our lost identity.

In the universal order pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that are controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system.

Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it. The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out their eternal divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies.

Because pain is located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.

Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred.

Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there.

Fear here is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain.

Understanding that all species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do, may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding that emotion and the memory of that pain.

Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform.

It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the archon system.

The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through the prison bars and free ourselves from the prison.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

The “Global Elite,” Icke wrote, operates the Brotherhood and through the Brotherhood the world, by controlling a “pyramid of manipulation.”

The topmost level of the conspiracy Icke calls “the Prison Warders.” He makes clear his view that the Prison Warders are extraterrestrials without being specific about where they came from: “A pyramidal structure of human beings has been created under the influence and design of the extraterrestrial Prison Warders and their overall master, the Luciferic Consciousness. They control the human clique at the top of the pyramid.

In his work, Icke began to speak in New Age terms of “negative energy” and “blocking vibration.” By utilizing these forces, the aliens have imprisoned us in “a frequency ‘net’ thrown around this planet.”

Earth as a frequency fence. The frequency fence is a high-tech, vibrational barrier, maintained by a central computer and a system of satellites, which surrounds the Earth, and which blocks vital energy from the universe from reaching us. The frequency fence, for all these hundreds of thousands of years, has turned the Earth into a vibrational prison.”

The spark of life is imprisoned and surrounded by a low vibrational prison of the mind. The mind prison on Earth is controlled by low vibrational frequencies. The mind prison is been controlled by a vibratory imprisonment on Earth and the three dimensional world or reality of the matrix.

To move from one to the other it is necessary only to change one’s rate of vibration or else to be able to shift one’s consciousness to focus in a different stratum of vibrations. It is like changing ones vibrations from those of the material of the electric wire to those of the electricity itself. It is this capacity to shift the consciousness from plane to plane which is the aim of yoga and most spiritual training. The hidden wonders of the spheres are discovered not by sailing off into the clouds, but by withdrawing ever inwards, within and within through the higher dimensions.

The ego keeps humankind trapped within this low vibrational mind prison, and when one raising the vibrational frequency of the consciousness one is able to reach the Higher Self.

Ignorance is an enemy of knowledge: Ignorance never cooperates with knowledge. They always fight each other. Both are enemies. Ignorance always prevents knowledge from taking over its place. The archons prevent the soul from acending to higher levels of consciousness or enlightment and prevent spiritual progress.

The mass of humanity is caught up in the quagmire of ignorance. With no vision of their ultimate goal of Self-realisation. . The entire humanity is lost in the abyss of ignorance.

Ignorance gives room to the enemy: A person who lacks knowledge is never secure. What ignorance do is to open the door widely for the enemy to come in and you may have believed to have gotten adequate security.

It can put one in bondage for long: Ignorance doesn’t have pity on people. It makes sure he keeps its victim in bondage as long as it could until the person dies or breaks loose.

It is a limitation: Ignorance will always limit you. It will make you to lag behind, to be stagnant, and to go spiritually backward. The ego don´t want any kind of spiritual progress of the real higher self.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

The backstory is that these governmental agencies are the front-men for forces by which they foster division and polarized realities so that people spend all their time defending one position against another, even on trivialities, thereby fracturing the mind and disconnecting it from the Infinite which brooks no polarity.

David Icke writes: that a reptilian race has controlled the planet for thousands of years and continues to do so today. … “They are everywhere,” he told astonished journalists, “in the sky, in the sea and on the Earth…” He said that ‘they’ controlled humanity through the mind. Revealing such informations opens up to mass ridicule, or they will be persecuted.

Technology can only be used within the constraints of how it is designed, how the culture perceives it, the knowledge that users have, and the society that has assimilated it. Undoubtedly, it funnels our experience into a certain pattern of behavior and thought. The Elite perpetuate the myth that we need technology and cannot disconnect from it. Technology is always harnessed to a particular end. Technology is not neutral. We think it frees us. We are free to walk within the prescribed parameters of the app or website we inhabit. That is not freedom. That is an animal in a digital cage, nothing more. The larger context is that Technology exists to enslave you…look beyond your immediate gratification to understand this. Currently, we are addicted to technology. That was the plan. It was on purpose. Technology reflects the Elite’s passions, capacities, and values. It is all about control and hypnotism.

Humanity can remove the veil of Ignorance by ascending to the supramental level and by realizing integral knowledge. Here is a key principle of wisdom: illusion operates throughout the personality. As long as the ego and persona continue resisting and repressing, they are in a state of identity with the shadow entities.

The underlying root of all delusions is the fundamental ignorance mis-apprehending the nature of reality. This ignorance is a state of misconception. Since it misapprehends the nature of reality, it has no valid grounding in our experience or in reality. In fact, it apprehends reality in a manner contradictory to the way things actually are. Hence, it is an erroneous and distorted state of mind. As this is so, it opens up for us the real possibility of eradicating it.

The ordinary man is ruled by this ignorance. But in the state of uplifted divine consciousness, ignorance is dethroned and wisdom rules in its stead.

The widely agreed goal of a spiritual teaching is to free the human being from the ignorance that keeps him/her in bondage to the material plane.

The limit expresses the circle to which it belongs. Hence, mind seeking for treasure where it is not, is mind directed by ignorance. It is directed by a will not controlled by wisdom. Wisdom never disappoints. Ignorance always deceives. Ignorance controls. Ignorance has no power to heal. Wisdom only has power.

Ignorance is the root of the notion that the “ego” is important, and the human being who is occupied by his e§o is therefore often incapable, weak and distressed.

If you are weak, the soul remains ignorant and attaches itself to worldly objects and desires in its ego-consciousness. When you awaken from this ignorance, your spiritual personality expands and the spirit makes its real presence felt.

Illusion is meant to entrap and enslave humanity. This enslavement can be maintained only through ignorance. Ignorance is a limitation of knowledge.

Humanity can remove the veil of Ignorance by ascending to the supramental level and by realizing integral knowledge. It is possible to realise the Divine Truth or integral knowledge again only through the spiritual evolutionary process.

Ignorance is like a veil wrapped around the human mind, a veil that prevents the mind from breaking free of the shackles of materialism. Through this veil, we see only a material world, with material beings. We see a material sky and material plants and animals. The veil of ignorance keeps us disconnected from life’s deeper reality.

Man has consciousness of his physical body, of his physical environment. He has no consciousness of his Higher Self because he cannot see it. His ignorant mind shrouds his spirit. It is vital that every effort be made to realise his real self, the spirit. Only deep meditation will lift the veil of ignorance and reveal to man his true nature.The ultimate goal of meditation is to reach this pure consciousness. It is the highest state of consciousness man can attain and become capable of enjoying his full potential. If the body does not get sufficient rest and sleep it gets out of gear. So it is with the spirit. The spirit lost in the abyss of the mind and unable to manifest itself has made us run into spiritual bankruptcy.

Meditation teaches man that all knowledge has its source in the concentration of the mind. The three states merged, reveal to man his untapped intelligence: the other 90% or more of his true potential. Our consciousness is only a part of the three states that constitute our nature and that project it into infinity. Through constant practice of meditation the mind gradually unravels its innermost secret wealth and treasures. Man discovers new worlds manifesting themselves in the once dark abyss of his illumined mind. Man’s spiritual perfection is the goal of meditation. The whole object of meditation is to raise the kundalini, that spark of the great primal energy lying.

Meditation does not depend on anything external: the mind is the only means. When we meditate we focus on the superconscious state of the mind, beyond the senses.

The moment this veil of ignorance or darkness is torn to pieces by our incessant efforts or by any other means, we discover that we are light which is our real higher self. Receiving the divine flash means discovery of the real nature of our self which is all light. It is the awakening of our soul from its slumber — a kind of spiritual awakening.

The moment you fully realize your control over your destiny (through the right use of your mind), the picture of your life will begin to change for the better. It changes because you see the obliteration of the veil of ignorance that once held you bound. That veil is what causes the ignorance and blindness of the mind.

The base, carnal, worldly, self-seeking desires which, by keeping the soul in ignorance of its true nature and destiny.

The personality is a mask we show to others. The belief that the personality is the true self is an illusion must be shattered. The Veil of Illusion lies between our ego and our Spirit. Everything below the Veil is an illusion. True Reality is on the other side, where our Spirit resides. We can pass from the world of illusion through the veil into the world of spiritual reality Matter consists of energy. At the atomic level it is mostly empty space in constant movement, a mirror of the cosmos. All matter is illusion. There is no real separation between the physical and the spiritual existence. To remove the veil of illusion is to raise consciousness, to become aware that we are actually in the Spirit.

To be able to rasie consciousness one must be able to change the inner vibrations from lower to higher to break the chains of negative fear programming of the evolutionary old brain.

Our limited consciousness prevents our realizing our divinity. To reach beyond consciousness one has to gain control over the mind. To go beyond limited understanding and unravel the all-pervasive consciousness is to realise our perfection. As man’s mental perceptions get finer and finer his understanding of the true reality will improve to gradually unveil to him the One Reality behind all things.The purpose of meditation is to bring the mind by constant practice to dwell specifically on that One Reality, God.

The mass of humanity is caught up in the quagmire of ignorance. With no vision of their ultimate goal of Self-realisation. The entire humanity is lost in the abyss of ignorance.

Ignorance creates the ego. As the seeker gains the knowledge of the Self his ignorance recedes. His ego, attachment, desire decrease. The veil of ignorance prevent higher consciousness from be progressed and archons prevents the soul from ascending, “The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. The ego is the state of ignorance and the ego is what denied its own real self and true source of knowledge and the inner being. The knowledge of the not-Self (the ego) which man had laboriously built up turns out in the end to be only a form of learned ignorance.

The more we give in to their (reptilans and archons) agenda through our free will, the more they can take control. It is as if we are inviting them into our existence by our choices. At some point this negative vortex will lead to some sort of alignment with the matrix hive mind they are putting into place. Then it would be nearly impossible to overcome the world of the archons.

The divine future needs the visionary drive within faith. When Satan attacks he using psychology to make man; so he has no goal, no drive, no movement, no results, no progress. These methods can be found in organized gang stalking.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.

Fear blocks visions and and it blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the organized gang stalker program creates sleep deprivation this means; “When we don’t sleep well, we lose the ability to integrate and synthesize information and this hindering spiritual growth. The organized Gang stalking hindering the process of new information from be configurated into the human body system. The organized gang stalkers does have any education in these advanced methods of psychology and everyone seems to know hoe to use this knowledge. Darwin evolutionary theory may just be a deception. Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises. Organized Gang Stalking using gaslighting psychology and the goal is to create confusions in the mind, create breakdowns and triggering cognitive chaos.

Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.

When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking).

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

Through the evolutionary history we were isolated in one dimension of our total world, the rest of us cut adrift in the void. Our self-conscious being could only use the five physical senses and ten percent of our brain.

Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light). Ego is the reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to all this.

The creation of the first man had, therefore, a distinct and concrete end: to free the sparks of divine light from material creation, send them home, and thereby reverse the direction of creation.

Their goal was release from unconsciousness and ignorance, or incomprehension. Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. The spirit, the divine portion, sleeps in matter, unconscious of itself, and the only worthwhile purpose of life is to awaken and liberate it through knowledge.

Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. This important theme of gnosis takes us back to the beginning of our search. Gnosis is the liberating knowledge that enables release from the material evil world.

It is Maya which deludes man to think that the body acts, the mind thinks, the eyes see, the ears hear. Sanskrit maya means “illusion, magic”. Particularly in the Advaita Vedanta the illusion of Maya represents the limited, deluded ego, which understands reality as only psychological and mental and does not recognize the true self. It creates separation, corruption, distortion, delusion, illusion, glamour, maya, and false divisions in every move it makes! Do not be deluded by the negative ego’s deluded and corrupt thinking patterns.

The power of maya which deludes the person in bondage through the misrepresentation of creation, fails to delude the liberated person. We are mere ‘puppets ‘ in the hand of this Maya -body/ ego consciousness.

When you merge your Higher Self with your soul, the lies of archons cannot enslave you — at least not for long! You will wake up eventually. You will know who you are as a human and you will not go along societal rules and expectations as you will know them to be archonic.

Archons want to keep people operating on a low-level of consciousness. To do that, they keep the society sensual. When human sensuality is continuously activated through suggestive ads and in other ways, higher spiritual states cannot unfold.

If you learn to control your emotions, you will protect yourself from becoming archon food. And when you unite yourself with the Higher Self, you become so sensitive that you actually feel when those entities try to feed off you.

Archonic influence doesn’t end with your death. They will try to get your soul to be recycled so that they suck your energy over and over again. They even recycled your soul.

When you escape all of their traps, you will feel like you have lost the burden that you were carrying all this time without knowing it. If you experience this feeling, be sure that you escaped one of their traps.

Try to be free from all human constructs. Try to be free even from human expectations. Our society is controlled by the archons, so the masses don’t have their own thoughts but the thoughts of archons. All those expectations imprison us and blind us to our true natures. It’s the nourishing of our true selves that gives us freedom, and that’s why archons try so hard to distance humanity from who they really are. They want to make us forget our humanness, and since we are already born without understanding who we are (divine and unique beings), they do their best for us to never know it.

Everything in our society is set up to entrap us. Go to any mall and any product you will pick up will probably be designed for your own destruction of some sort, be it toxin-infested food, toxic beauty products or something that is designed to appeal to your ego and therefore silence the inner voice.

The society hates those who wake up because the society does the will of the archons. What the archons love – they love, and what the archons hate — they hate. In The Matrix movie it’s told that as long as people are plugged into the matrix, they are the enemies. This cannot be closer to the truth.

You would never believe the truth of this world unless it’s given directly by the Higher Self.

Archons want us to live with brain imbalance. They make .us operate only through one brain hemisphere.

Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. Both intellect and ego using fear- based programs and concepts to gain control of humankind.

Its though meditation one learn to go beyond the intellect and ego that binds the mind to its limitation in the three dimensional world, and to the concepts of the left brain and the beta brain wave reality. Intuition (meditation) removes the knot of ignorance and its darkness. Instinct is considered by some to be the enemy of intelligence, and intellect to be the opponent of intuition.

Its through meditation one understand that; One cannot evolve from one’s robothood until one realizes how totally one has been robotized. Its through meditation one understand that; the robotized, automatized, mechanized mind is what hides the other realities, dimensions and the real Self in robotized “darkness of ignorance”.

The brain is divided into three parts- the “CORE” or the sub-conscious mind, the “left hemisphere” and the “right hemisphere”. The left hemisphere controls logic and reasoning and is filled with fear.

Left-brain dominance is very common in modem times, and it allows you to be easily dominated by outside forces. Belief defines something that doesn’t actually exist yet. A belief is a very creative thing; it is a strong, practiced thought—one that you either think over and over again, or one that you accept without question.

When we are forced into the left-brain by our conditioning, we find ourselves in an artificial world, like the unconscious residents of the Matrix. We are outside creation, separated by our beliefs from the natural world. The unconscious nature of our beliefs forces us to view nature as separate from ourselves; we can no longer see how we affect what we experience.

The limitations of the unnatural separation of right brain from left renders us disempowered and irresponsible at the same time. The belief system is a very convenient tool for those at the top who wish to hold others in mental slavery and emotional bondage. The Controllers who set themselves up as the gods of man have been siphoning off the creative energy of humans for eons. Beliefs are very creative. Beliefs call up the power of consciousness to transfer a potential held in the quantum soup of the implicate—unexpressed potential—over to the side of expressed consciousness—manifestation into form. Beliefs are very creative.

The left brain provides the “programming” for the “core” which does what needs to be done. The power of right hemisphere is infinite. The normal resting state of the brain is a silent current of thoughts, images, and memories that emerges spontaneously from within. You become more aware of spontaneous wandering of the mind, when you meditate. This default activity of the brain probably connects various experiences and emotional residues, puts them into perspective and lays them to rest.

When the right and left brain is balanced one is able to connect up more easilyto obtain information.

We must break the chains of ignorance and mass hypnosis by removing the blocks that are located throughout our bodies. Meditation does not depend on anything external: the mind is the only means. When we meditate we focus on the superconscious state of the mind, beyond the senses. Experiences through the senses are coated with a thick layer of negativities

When we are living in fear, limitation, and lack, we are identified with our small human selves. We have an identity of who we are in our ego structure that is so familiar that we resist changing that identity, even when it causes us pain and suffering. When you choose to become a conscious master of your life, creating what you desire from your Source Mind and applying The One Command, your ego can sometimes become uncertain. Anyone who experiences a state change from ordinary-thinking beta to the theta state for the first time knows it can be disconcerting. Some people have been programmed to think that the subconscious mind is a place of darkness and is bad, and they feel awkward, and perhaps somewhat fearful, of engaging at deeper levels within themselves. The exact opposite is true. By going within and attuning to your wonderful subconscious mind, you open the door to greater knowledge, capacity, and understanding. When you go from the subconscious into a higher vibration, you change your attention from your ego, and you dissolve into this lighter self, this spiritual self, and the greater capacity of who you are.

The more they can keep you coming from the left side of the brain, the more easily you can be controlled and manipulated, and the easier it is to distract you from finding out who you truly are and what you are truly doing here. The leaft brain is also the core that is using fear to stay in control and power, and fear is also the component that opens up the channels for mental nefative programming of the mind. The more they can keep you coming from the left side of the brain, the more easily you can be controlled and manipulated, and the easier it is to distract you from finding out who you truly are and what you are truly doing here. The powers that be are using computers to dumb down the masses and the next generation. Computers eliminate all right-side brain activity. The right side is the side that produces creativity, innovation, intuition, imagination, and insight, and these aspects go hand in hand with consciousness, creating, and the essence of your soul.

What most often prevents us from making changes in our thinking is the lack of knowledge of what the change will bring. As we build up an identity — an ego — to protect us from this uncertainty, the ego itself becomes more and more of a prison.

We must break the chains of ignorance and mass hypnosis by removing the blocks that are located throughout our bodies, which were placed there as a result of the denial of who we truly are —co-creators with the universal life essence. Truly we are beings of light, and the more we recognize this, the higher our collective vibration will become. It all evolves around true conscious awareness of who you are.

The ordinary man is ruled by this ignorance. But in the state of uplifted divine consciousness, ignorance is dethroned and wisdom rules in its stead.

The widely agreed goal of a spiritual teaching is to free the human being from the ignorance that keeps him/her in bondage to the material plane.

Spiritual knowledge will lead us out of mortal mind into super consciousness of our higher selves – consciousness is your only reality. Spiritual knowledge will lead us out of mortal mind into super consciousness of our higher selves of who we really are and not what we are programmed to be. To affect any changes one must first cancel, eliminate, remove the currently installed programming and only then can you reprogram. The subconscious mind can only react or respond to existing programs already contained in your mind’s memory as the collective shadow within the lower matrix of the archons. Fear is such pre-programmed pattern that is social and evolutionary engineered to limit awareness of this world and limit knowldge to understand that you are divine being. A veil of ignorance is in place and subconsiously affects the pre-programmed reptilian brain, and therefore our intellect and our spiritual eyes are covered, as it were, with the veil of ignorance. There is a web of deception around the essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons.

Spiritual knowledge will lead us out of mortal mind into super consciousness of our higher selves of who we really are and not what we are programmed to be. Humankind is been daily programmed away from the Divine Self and lack of knowledge keeping humankind trapped and imprisoned within the matrix of the archons.

To affect any changes one must first cancel, eliminate, remove the currently installed programming and only then can you reprogram. The subconscious mind can only react or respond to existing programs already contained in your mind’s memory as the collective shadow within the lower matrix of the archons. Fear is such pre-programmed pattern that is social and evolutionary engineered to limit awareness of this world and limit knowldge to understand that you are divine being.

When David Icke first introduced the Saturn/Moon matrix he said that he believes that this electromagnetic field, being broadcast from Saturn’s rings, and then focused keenly upon Earth from the Moon base, locks us into a lower consciousness state, but it can be overridden. Because our consciousness can override the frequency, we need to be locked into our reptilian brain in order to decode the electromagnetic frequencies the matrix broadcasts.

A veil of ignorance is in place and subconsiously affects the pre-programmed reptilian brain, and therefore our intellect and our spiritual eyes are covered, as it were, with the veil of ignorance. There is a web of deception around the essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

In understanding this acceleration of an evolution of consciousness coming to an omega point in time… it is important to first define the biblical word apocalypse that appears in so many texts of the end times that manipulate and create fear in the market place. The word Apocalypse means… (Greek: Apokalypsis; “lifting of the veil”) is a term applied to the disclosure to certain privileged persons of something hidden from the majority of humankind. Today the term is often used to refer to the end of the world, which may be a shortening of the phrase “apokalupsis eschaton”, which literally means “revelation at the end of the aeon, or age”. So we are in the apocalypse, the “lifting of a veil” is a rising of consciousness that knows no fear (a physical lifting of a veil of ignorance, superstition and religious dogma) of the unknown for those certain privileged individuals that can see themselves on the other side of the Omega point.

The Divine Mind is the reality of who you are. What is it? How do you live from your divinity? How do you make it work in your life today? The first step is to acknowledge its’ existence within you. You must acknowledge your greatness. Acknowledge and accept your own greatness. Greatness means you are a wondrous, marvelous and truly great expression of the creative process. You are All That Is.

The only thing that has created an unreal reality for your heart and body has been the inability of the mind to join the truth with your conscious awareness.

You are now making choices from a limited system and are only allowing 10% of that ability to create your life on Earth. This is why you live in a world of fear. This is why you feel so limited. Only your choice of the ego and the mass consciousness stop you from expressing the totality of who you are. You are not in an evolutionary process. You are rather in a process of awakening. Very slowly you allow yourself to glimpse into this greater awareness of who you are. It is always there. This is who you are. You can be no other.

It is the ego that creates division and restlessness in the mind.

“The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”.

Your higher self knows that the physical, outside world you experience as your reality “is an illusion. Always. Which mean that we have the possibility of so present, that we can tap into The rower of the present. And then when we don’t, just start by catching the mind, which is a creation of the Lower Self, and bring our attention back to the present.

Because the higher Self is no-mind. And in that place exists cosmic consciousness, also know as Buddha nature. It exists in all of us, every one of us. Jt has always existed and will always exist. The only thing that would have us not believe that it exists is the Lower Self, which is only a construct of mind.

Basically, if you have a mind, you are creating a world, a projection. So once you change from mind to no-mind state, you connect with the Cosmic Mind, the mind of God. In other words, you cancel your mortal mind and use God’s mind. Then nothing can be distorted. God’s mind gives you Oneness,” said the Higher Self.

Once all the dissonant programs from the subconscious mind are gone, you no longer have to deal with the mind, and you become one with your higher self. Then you start to experience the Divine Higher Self, the true self, who you truly are. You are in touch with spiritual energy, its pure energy that floats throughout everything around you.

The “eye” it self represent both the physical eye and the mind. For the fact what we see is the manifestation of mind, not what is actually outside the mind. We only perceive the illusion of perception, it is not what it seems beyond the mind. The truth lies at the core, and that truth is perception is nothing more than an illusion of our senses, the delusional of our ego perceiving mind. Beyond the ego perception, is the non-perceiving mind. That mind is the divine conscious mind where truth lies. Once one comes to this higher truth, perception can no inflect one’s mental and emotional well being, and life becomes more enjoyable and more easier to deal with many conflicts that is a part of our life struggle.

Perception is nothing more than holographic data of information made up of conscious lights and energy. Perception is how the ego conscious perceives it’s existence and senses the the existing world around it. The ego is the “I and me”, nor the higher self which has not ego. The ego is the dreamer of it’s existence and the world in which it is dreaming as a real entity. It can only perceive the holographic dream-like existence as it is, it may not perceive beyond the perception. The higher the ego, the higher the false perception. The lower the ego, the closer to the real perception one comes to know and experience. For the ego has seven levels like a rainbow, the red is the highest and most wicked, and the violet is the greater less ego and most holy. The greater the ego, the more the ego perceive the illusion as a real existence. While those with the most lesser egos do not perceive the world and self in the same way. Those who have the most less ego, can perceive beyond the illusion of the physical, and perceive themselves related to all that is and to every living beings they come into contact with. This is why many spiritual ones can sense spirits, foresee realities or events through their spiritual perception, and have a deep oneness sense with nature and all living beings.

The more a spiritual one meditates, the more closer one comes to thir true higher mind which will shine it’s light of wisdom and spiritual perception to a greater. Giving one the abilities to experience reality as it truly is, and dissolving the ego perception to the point perception no longer is inflicting. Once one comes to this level of perception, one no longer sees nothing as good nor bade, true nor false, for the truth is all just an illusion in which all believe is real.

The ego mind is the master of perception, therefore it is the ego mind that perceives.

Perception is nothing more than a conscious program, it is that computer programing images that project what the program is meant to do. The ego is the main perceiver, it projects bits and bites of conscious information that matrix our dream reality common people call life into being, and from there the perception program experience the world through it’s senses. The ego also has it’s own mental perception program, this is how it thinks, record learned knowledge and experience into the memory, it creates it’s own personalty and behaviors, and it matrix it’s life experience by it’s own metal perception that the ego dreams into being. Therefore life is nothing more than a dream, one’s ego dream that life experience into existence.

How does the idea of a higher self relate to densities?

In terms of an entity perceiving through as linear time structure, the higher self exists in sixth density and functions in the entites “future”. One interesting aspect of it is that the entity who is perceiving the higher self manifestation is actually a thoughtform materialized by the “higher self’ itself. Entities in these terms are actually a complex composed of what they perceive to be mind”, “body”, and “spirit”. These complexes can occur within single entities or groups, depending on the specific space/time conditions. The higher self is that self which exists with full understanding of the accumulation of experiences of that entity. At one point, the entity perceives a lower self and a higher self. They are not actually there “”simultaneously”; functions of the higher self interact from a position in development which equates to the linear “future” of the entity, as perceived by an entity in this state. Obviously, cultural conditioning encourages development of impotent states of mind where the “lower self’ is in control and the “higher self’ is reached very little or totally ignored. There is no synthesis that will permit the energy of the intelligent matrix to flow correctly.

We block our channel when we work from the small ‘e’ ego state, rather than from our Higher Self. It is not our logical, reasoning mind/self that catches the messages for clients, nor ourselves either. It is not our small ego that connects with Universal Intelligence. Rather it is when we get these parts of our psyche out of the way, unblock our channel, that our intuition can connect us with the Higher Levels from which we are then able to serve ourselves and others.

Fear is a feeling of disconnection and unknowingness. The higher sensor operates within us, pretty much the way a battery functions in an automobile. We are body, mind and spirit. The physical and spiritual selves are carbon copies of each other. They are “twin selves” talking to each other. Sometimes these selves are in disagreement with each other. When the spiritual body and physical body selves are not in agreement, the mind does not receive a clear signal from the battery or sensor of the higher self. This may be likened to, a cell phone user’s conversation, being unclear because he or she is out of range from a telephone satellite receiving station, or being totally disconnected, landing in a “dead zone” of silence.

Where does the fear come from? When the communication lines of connection are broken with the higher self, we are in an unknown zone (A place of unfamiliarity). We are in a place of discomfort. Our “spiritual higher self” has become disconnected and separated from God. “The physical body creates the fear:’ “The spiritual body or higher self knows no fear!”

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.

Things are not the way they appear to be. Caught in a space/time continuum in which there seems to be no escape, humanity cries for help. Life is a paradox, with no apparent exit from a self-imposed hell. Deep within, a spark of the divine is a reminder that there must be a better way of looking at the world. Underneath all the difficult feelings resides a Higher Self that is magnificent beyond belief, where peace of mind is available at any given moment of time.

THE VEIL OF IGNORANCE

The mind’s ignorance of its true nature, that is, the simple fact that it does not recognize what it truly is, is called fundamental ignorance. It is the basic inability of the conditioned mind to perceive itself. We can compare the pure mind having the three previously discussed essential qualities to calm, transparent waters in which everything can be seen clearly. The veil of ignorance is a lack of intelligence, a kind of clouded state, as an opaque vase causes water to lose its transparent clarity. Such an obscured mind loses the experience of lucid openness and becomes ignorant of its essential nature. Fundamental ignorance is said to be innate, because it is inherent to our existence; we are born with it. It is, in fact, the point of departure of duality, the root of all delusions and the source of all suffering.

Mind controlled by ignorance engages in delusions, among which the most basic, the root of all others, is dualistic grasping in terms of subject and object. When the mind does not know the extent of its openness, instead of experiencing without center or periphery, we perceive everything through one central point of reference. This point, the center that appropriates all experiences, is the observer, the ego-subject. It is in this way that the mind, ignorant of its openness, engenders the delusional experience of a “me” or an “I.”

“Bliss is the essential nature of man. The central fact of man’s being is his inherent divinity. Man’s essential nature is divine, the awareness of which he has lost because of his animal propensities and the veil of ignorance. Man, in his ignorance, identifies himself with the body, mind, Prana and the senses.

There is no bliss in the finite. Bliss is only in the Infinite. Eternal bliss can be had only from the eternal Self. To know the Self is to enjoy eternal bliss and everlasting peace. Self-realisation bestows eternal existence, absolute knowledge, and perennial bliss. None can be saved without Self-realisation.

The ego prevents the manifestation of infinite knowledge already latent in the soul, and is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. “The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. It is the veils of ignorance that cause pain are ignorance, ego, attachment.

The limited mind is the soil in which the ego is securely rooted, and this ego perpetuates ignorance through the many illusions in which it is caught. The ego prevents manifestation of infinite knowledge, which is already latent in the soul; it is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. ‘It is extremely difficult to pierce through the veil of ignorance, for it is a rock on the fire.’ Just as a flame cannot rise very high i f a rock is placed upon it, a desire to know one’s own true nature cannot lead to the Truth as long as the burden of the ego is placed on consciousness.”

So a new centre of organisation must be found. Ignorant ego must be replaced by Truth and Reality. “Man is then driven by the logic of his own experience to find the true centre of experience and reorganise his lift in the Truth. This entails the wearing out of the ego and its replacement by Truth-consciousness. The disintegration of the ego culminates in realising the Truth. The false nucleus of consolidated sanskaras must disappear if there is to be a true integration and filfillment of life.””All the problems of the ego can be tackled only through intelligent and conscious action. Therefore, complete annihilation of the ego is possible only when all the constituents of the ego pass through the fire of intelligent consciousness.”

In some ways the world can be seen as an illusion, and in others not quite. A separately existing, dualistic world is an illusion. However, our experience is true.

Here we come to the concept of Maya. Through the mind and its concepts the world appears to us as a real, objective existence in which we are a subject. We mistake the world for something it is not. In ignorance we believe it to have a separate being and substance. Maya is that ignorance, that veil that does not let us see who we are, and that projection that makes us believe we are something we are not.

There is fear in duality. There are quarrels and wars in duality. Duality is ignorance.

The whole world is firmly established in the false idea of separateness, and being caught up in the illusion of duality. The root-cause of the illusion of manyness is that the soul, in its ignorance, identifies itself with its bodies or with the ego-mind. Those who have cast off the veil of duality experience the soul through itself independently of any mediums or vehicles.

The veil of conceptuality can be pierced but only by the enlightened consciousness.

Ontological idealism, which claims that the external world of objects is actually a creation of the mind. The alternative reading considers Yogacara to be a form of epistemological idealism which contends that unenlightened minds are unable to distinguish the world as it actually is from the conceptual constructions which we place upon it. The unenlightened mind is thus unable to gain knowledge of things as they really are because it is trapped within a web of conceptual fabrications. The world as we experience it is a projection of our own minds to the extent that it is always a product of our own interpretive categories. These impositions are fueled by ignorance and craving.

“Lifting of a veil” is a rising of consciousness that knows no fear of the unknown.

James 4:1 reveals how the carnal mind is designed to protect the carnal desires of this world or the desire consciousness of this world, and Revelation 13:17 reveals how the RFID chip system will protect the carnal beast system of the mind; nobody will be able to buy or sell – or do much of anything, for that matter – without the RFID-chip. The RFID will captor the carnal mind into the lower matrix and prevent spiritual progress.

Over the last several years, information technology has managed to penetrate the human mind, attempting to study and influence it. Secret services, armed forces, business firms, advertisers and politicians have adopted the technology of “neuromarketing”—the reading of thoughts, which denies the basic human rights to self-determination of information and the protection of one’s private life. The so-called digital or electronic war has become the great fear of superpowers, but of banks as well, who see that their “security” is vulnerable. These realities of increased knowledge also automatically increase the fear of the authority doing the monitoring that will process all this information and the personal data of earth’s citizens, who are becoming more and more exposed to an electronic life.

Artificial intelligence is potentially more dangerous than nuclear weapons because it can destroy humankind without any nucelar weapons is been used.

This new era, has already started with the forced reengineering of our planet and us humans. ChemTrails are not only changing the environment we live in, but are changing us from the inside out. Planetary re-engineering goes beyond controlling the weather. The people behind geo-engineering are after the human race. Transhumanism

Transhumanist intend to replace all natural laws with their own set of rules which will make it easier to control it all. It is nothing more than an agenda to destroy humanity and human nature. It seeks to devolve and enslave humans in a way that will be irreversible.

How to control everyone in the easiest way? Through the collective Hive Mind, and because of its collective properties The Hive Mind as Sensorimotor Network It is possible for a neuroprosthesis to link the mind of its host with other intelligent agents to a Computer Brain, Mind Control Technology, or the Global world brain.

The Reptilian mind becomes the human mind and you can see this happening all the time as the Reptilian ‘hive’ mind becomes the human ‘hive’ mentality. The collective tyranny of the human mind. They have backsliding humankind into Darkness. They are the Masters of the Pandemoniun, Hive Mind.

The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment and fear is the bounding link of attachment and control, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell.

Skip Largent writes: “All movies and television are a projection of the reptilian brain. How so? … All communications transferred by reptiles are done so by visual symbolic representations, each having specific meaning.” This is … Another aspect of the reptilian mind is the ‘hive’ mentality and they have sought, very successfully so far, to transfer that hive or herd state to the human population.

They have been successful by employing the spiritual, psychological warfare strategy of compartmentalization and persecution, through the Victim-Victimizer software mind control to intimidate and threaten any humans tha advancing through the gates of ignorance, gates of fear, gates of mind terror, and this is this the process of organized gang stalking, collective gang stalking, or shadow predator stalking.

Control the bio-neurology of the human population through electromagnetic signals, prescription drugs, medical devices, GMO’s, and an assortment of toxins and poisons placed in the air, water and food supply, that generate many human diseases, while ensuring that the knowledge to cure these diseases is made unavailable to the masses.

If a technologically advanced extradimensional race has decided to implement a gradual takeover of a planet and its inhabitants, what kind of strategy would it use? First they would look to how they could maximize the efficiency of the invasion process and reduce the expenditure of resources that they have to generate themselves. To achieve this goal the secretive infiltration of the core societal organizational structures such as: religions, medical, financial and legal systems, would be ideal to shape the value systems that generate reality belief systems they want to control. Through the engineering of a labyrinth of self—enforced enslavement policies based on fear and intimidation among the earth inhabitants, they would achieve the use of minimal “off planet” resources by piggy backing on the earth-human resources. The people on earth would effectively enforce their own enslavement as well as enslave their own global human family by giving up their rights and their resources. This is very effective for takeover and invasion with minimal resistance or revolt by inhabitants who are unaware they are being invaded. This is called the Archontic Deception Strategy.

One genre of magic, ESP or telepathy, operates upon the same electromagnetic spectrum as radio waves. “Basically, every human body is a walking radio station, broadcasting and receiving on ultra-long wavelengths of the standard electro-magnetic energy spectrum…And 99 percent of all instructions for casting spells are ways of changing your neural system!’ These neural patterns link together creating something called a “switchboard:’ a “metapattern” or mass mind which is the common sea of consciousness shared by all individuals linked together like an invisible psychic internet. Jung called this the “collective unconscious” and it is in this realm that the sorcerer can do his best work.

Orwell portrayed television as a negative medium useful to dictators intent on mind control.

ruler’s ideas and surveillance to the outer regions of vast empires; through closed doors; and into the inner intellectual, emotional and phvsical regions of the person. … For Orwell mass communications,, especially television, was the invention which finally permitted total state control: By comparison with that … The inguiring and courageous mind can find alternative sources of ideas and information.

Orwell portrayed political oppression, Huxley portrayed a society in which people had come (in Postman’s words) to ‘adore the technologies that undo their capacities to think’. Orwell feared a captive culture, Huxley a trivial one. Orwell warned of people being controlled by inflicting pain, Huxley warned of people being controlled by inflicting pleasure.

Our ability to decode reality is linked to what we are able to perceive. Icke believes our reality has been hijacked by an invisible force the Gnostics used to call Archons.

Artificial Intelligence and the Matrix have no other references to other worlds or other dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the False Matrix. Icke believes humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false matrix. We are infinte beings, he believes, designed for harmony and peace, who are trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind. Aren’t we constantly fed false realities in order to keep us quiet and to prevent us being free?

Technocrack: Thanks to the advent of technology, the devil’s mind-control regimen is delivered via an addictive barrage that enters our minds through smartphones, MP3s, TV, Internet, video games, etc. Technology is the syringe through which the poisonous drugs of Masonic programming are administered. With each passing generation of electronic equipment, the human mind becomes increasingly more addicted, as we are rapidly disconnected from our friends, family, and nature via these novel gadgets. In the process of our technical addiction, our minds are overloaded with a plethora of both explicit and subliminal messages that are meant to enslave us to the materialistic and carnal programming of Hell, Inc.

The commercial possibilities biochip implanting is tremendous. In the coming years the biochip implants will become a billion dollar business. The biochip implants will be used for enhancing human capabilities. In the future the computers will be implanted inside human body. Then the communication and Control the computers will be aocomplished by connecting the signals and thoughts of the individuals nervous system to the computer. Then keyboards and mouse will become unnecessary. Gradually mankind may lose its dominion to machines.

“Machines cannot become like men, but men can become like machines”

Artificial intelligence is potentially more dangerous than nuclear weapons because it can destroy humankind without any nucelar weapons is been used. The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment and fear is the bounding link of attachment and control, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. “And yet the mind seems to act independently of the brain in the same sense that the programmer acts independently of the computer. The more they can keep you coming from the left side of the brain, the more easily you can be controlled, manipulated and programmed like a robotic being, and the easier it is to distract you from finding out who you truly are and what you are truly doing here. The leaft brain is also the core that is using fear to stay in control and power, and fear is also the component that opens up the channels for mental nefative programming of the mind. The ego has become the god behind these actions.

Machines will begin to control man. Machines will make choices and man will have to obey them. Man will lose his capacity to make independent choices by the exercise of his freewill. On the other hand man will begin to choose by succumbing to the imperatives set by the technological circumstances. Man will begin to consider machines as more valuable than humans. Ultimately man will worship the machines. Biochip implants will be promoted on the justification that the domination of machines can be countered only by enhancing man’s capabilities by implanting computers inside human body.

In The Matrix, Neo is “saved” through gnosis, or secret knowledge about the unreality of sensory perception. The Matrix is described by Morpheus as “a prison for your mind.” It is a dependent “Construct” made up of the interlocking digital projections of billions of human beings who are unaware of the illusory nature of the reality in which they live and are completely dependent on the hardware attached to their real bodies and the elaborate software programs created by Al.

Humans are trapped in a cycle of illusion, and their ignorance of this cycle keeps them locked in it, fully dependent upon their own interactions with the programs, the illusions of sensory experience which these provide, and the sensory projections of others. These projections are strengthened by humans’ enormous desire to believe that what they perceive to be real is in fact real.

Salvation is viewed as a reuniting with this part of ones self.” However, while trapped, this spirit longs for freedom for it is understood to be slumbering in matter; to be asleep.” “‘Ignorance’ is:’ therefore, “the essence of mundane existence.”” It is an ignorance of one’s spirit about itself and about the transcendent God” because of this slumbering. This spirit is also considered to be battled for by the various forces of creation.” Hence, God’s true “Life” is seen as being trapped inside the body,” as well as within this cosmic prison, while the body is seen as being totally impure and not to be trusted along with the rest of the material and lower realms?

Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light). Ego is the reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to all this.

Let’s begin to understand the codes of trauma and awakening so we can integrate them into our lives and become whole. In doing so individually, we assist the collective whole to transform and the Earth to heal. You are far more powerful than you realize once you unlock the codes of your inner divinity. And that is precisely what they don’t want you to know.

The ego wants to be the governing force at all times. It will utilize sound scripts to reinforce its position on Earth, creating smoke screens and illusions to manipulate energy systems to follow the path of unconsciousness and fantasy.

Maintaining the collective unconsciousness of the mass of collective energy in a negative state of mind will only give more power to the ego making reconnection of the spiritual and God’s energy impossible. Living and dying filled with unconscious negativity only proves that the ego based energy system is a selfish, cynical, non-caring, fearful, and insignificant being.

To live life only in the confines of the ego blinds an energy system from the truth and limits their full capacity of experiencing the splendors of Earth as directed by the energy of Creation. Once the mistrust of God’s energy occurred the ego took control. Mistrust is an illusion that the ego has used as a defense against itself.

The Third Eye is the catalyst and channel for allowing this energy to revitalize us. Its purpose is to help us to develop wisdom, discernment, imagination, knowledge, and intuition. The psychological function of the Third Eye chakra is intuition. The third eye chakra opens your mind to information beyond the material world and the five senses, allowing you to experience extra sensory perception, intuition and higher self energy. The revolutionaries of the Spirit have discovered how to harness the fires of the heart. Through the white-hot heat of meditation and prayer, we too can release the imprisoned lightning of our heart. Our meditations in the secret chamber are very private experiences. They start with removing our attention from what’s happening around us and going within—”all the gates closed, the mind confined in the heart. Meditation has been compared to sending a missile into outer space. There is a metaphor that can be used to describe the journey from nonabiding to abiding awakening: that of a rocket ship.

CONSCIOUSNESS AS A CATALYST

In this work consciousness is the catalyst. Consciousness is the connection between the outer and inner, the individual and the whole, that is needed to spark life’s awakening. Without it nothing new can be born. But with the light of our consciousness, the patterns within life and within ourselves can begin to change and come alive in a new way. The archetypal shifts that happen gradually over centuries can be speeded up. These primal forces can help us resolve the global problems we have created, and together we can discover a new way to be with ourselves and with life. We can create a civilization based upon oneness and interrelatedness. Just because we have forgotten how to work with life’s energy does not mean that it is inaccessible, or that it is not waiting to be used. Once we step outside of the isolated image of our individual self, we will find that we are part of an organic restructuring of life in which our consciousness is being realigned with the energy within life. We will begin to awaken to the light that is waking up within the world, to the life that is waking up within and around us. We will have to be attentive: the signs of this shift—which are barely visible in any case as what is awakening is so new—may be all the more difficult to see through the dense clouds of materialism and forgetfulness

But it will take an influx of energy to enable these creative forces to break through the constrictive patterns of resistance that belong to the darkness of greed, fear, and self-interest that at present drives our collective. The energy needed for this breakthrough is already within the world, hidden within its energy centers. These energy centers are waiting to be unlocked so that their power can be used for this transition. The keys to unlock them are particular qualities or energies of consciousness. For example, the mystical consciousness that looks only towards God, that remembers Him in His world, is one such key. This is why individuals and groups of mystics have been positioned at certain places in the inner and outer worlds in order to facilitate this work of unlocking the centers of power.

The common catalyst that seems to dissolve the boundaries of alchemy, magic, and science is light.

A catalyst increases the speed of a reaction by lowering the activation energy One notices that in the presence of a catalyst far less energy is needed to push the system up the activation hump.

The Third Eye is the catalyst and channel for allowing this energy to revitalize us. Its purpose is to help us to develop wisdom, discernment, imagination, knowledge, and intuition. The psychological function of the Third Eye chakra is intuition.

The third eye chakra opens your mind to information beyond the material world and the five senses, allowing you to experience extra sensory perception, intuition and higher self energy.

A balanced third eye is a beautiful thing, and it’s really what you are trying to achieve when you start on a path to the higher self, feeling equally attuned to both the physical and the spirit world. You will receive psychic information as frequently as you receive information from your physical senses, but it will not overwhelm you. It is very unlikely your third eye chakra is overactive, as most of us are very in tune with our physical reality and find it difficult to receive information outside of it. However, those that do are likely to spend most of their time engrossed in psychic activities like tarot card readings, astrology and paranormal experiences, overwhelming and distracting them from living a human experience. We live in a world that often invalidates the development of our intuition, and therefore we close off our third eye chakras and ignore our own psychic experiences, causing us to feel disconnected from the higher self.

As energy sourced from the physical universe steps down in power to source the energy of the galaxy and then the sun and then the Earth it bathes our bodies with the perfect amount of sunlight needed to maintain physical existence. It is a perfect balance of physical sunlight and the elements of earth. fire, air, and water that create our physical existence.

Our physical organs have spiritual counterparts. Our heart has a spiritual heart known as the heart chakra. Our physical eyes have a counterpart known as the mind’s eye or third eye. Our physical ears have counterparts known as translation devices above each physical ear on the side of the head. Our translation devices can hear from the spiritual realms. Our mind’s eye opens with an influx of spiritual light (opened through meditation, prayer and other spiritual practice) and we can see into the etheric world. dimensions and densities beyond our own. We have physical nerves and a spinal cord and column. We also have meridians. axiatonal lines and a silver cord/antakrana. Each organ has a counterpart. The counterpart of the solar plexus chakra is the stomach, liver, kidney. The counterpart of the sacral chakra is the digestive system. The root chakra is found at the base of the spine.

It is from this point that they send and receive information in their oceanic homes. Is the proverbial Third Eye Centre in essence a magnetic sensor which passes invisible electromagnetic information to and from the individual life form?

Earth is a vibrational mind prison and humans is kept within a full-scale vibratory imprisonment or enslavement of this world

The creation of the first man had, therefore, a distinct and concrete end: to free the sparks of divine light from material creation, send them home, and thereby reverse the direction of creation.

Their goal was release from unconsciousness and ignorance, or incomprehension. Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm.

Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. This important theme of gnosis takes us back to the beginning of our search. Gnosis is the liberating knowledge that enables release from the material evil world.

The material world is prison to the sparks of the divine, and the goal of the Gnostic systems is to liberate them. It is, in fact, within human bodies that the sparks have become imprisoned and from which they must be released.

This release can only come when the divine sparks are awakened, brought back to life by acquiring the true knowledge (Greek: gnosis) of their origin and destiny. The Gnostic religion, therefore, entails the revelation of salvific knowledge, “knowledge of who we were and what we have become, of where we were and where we have been made to fall, of whither we are hastening and whence we are being redeemed, of what birth is and what rebirth.”

Salvation. The divine spark within humans can escape only by learning where it came from, how it got here, and how it can return. Deliverance from this evil material world, in other words, comes only by liberating knowledge (gnosis). So the ego working with opposite strategies to hide the real higher divine self, providing knowledge to make people forget who they are and where they come from.

The mystics have also revealed that blazing within the secret chamber of the heart is a “divine spark”—a sacred flame that God has endowed us with, a spark of fire from God’s own heart. In essence, the divine spark is a portion of God right inside of you. It is pure Spirit. It is your point of contact with your Source. We may believe we are walking the earth as human beings, but we are in fact divine beings with a divine connection.

The revolutionaries of the Spirit have discovered how to harness the fires of the heart. Through the white-hot heat of meditation and prayer, we too can release the imprisoned lightning of our heart. Our meditations in the secret chamber are very private experiences. They start with removing our attention from what’s happening around us and going within—”all the gates closed, the mind confined in the heart.

Our Ego, our mind, can sometimes believe it is the master of our being and try to take control, which is precisely what should not happen.

When the mind is aware of true reality (the Void), there is openness. The result is freedom from time, space, delusion and limitation. The dissolution of limitation means understanding all things. Freedom from the delusion of the Non-Void is freedom from karma, as karma is the action of the mind. All human limitation is mind-created. Because we perceive reality as in a mirror, this truth is obscured. When we know this truth, however, all the things that hold us back from Enlightenment and keep us tied to the delusion of the Earthplane are released. This realization is an understanding of how the world works.

A hypothesis about the ego is that “we” are the ego process in the brain. But without our ego process’s awareness, our main brain knows everything what we are thinking. In computer terms we are just a sub-program (ego) of a big comprehensive master program (brain). We have been programmed to assume we are the master program (hidden system + ego program). But we are not the master program. We don’t have any control over the master program or even have the slightest awareness of its existence. We are limited to the boundaries of the ego based sub program. We assume and feel that we run the master program. But we don’t. The big program runs us, controls us, and restricts our control only in the territory that it wants us to be in. The master program even makes our ego program to reject this type of ideas just like an antivirus program rejects the viruses. The master program and the ego programs that we understand as ourselves, is our entire brain that comprise of complex arrays of massive networks of living cells. We human beings are mere puny mortals who cannot ever hope to understand that this due to our limited perspective.

It is an interesting concept that we would be trapped in a computer program or enslaved by a self-aware machine that outwardly tells us that our godlike qualities are our weakness and undoing (Luciferian program, that was Agent Smith talking to the bound-up Morphius) but ultimately are shown to be a lie and, in the end, saves us after we reach a summit of SELF-recognition, where we are no longer blaspheming the Holy Spirit, and the machine itself is now no longer the colluding adversary but a willing and eager collaborator to propel its host to new heights of SELF-realization.

Let’s assume that the cortex, the seat of consciousness is a mil-lionfold network of neurons. A fantastic computing machine. Cultural learning has imposed a few pitifully small programs on the cortex. These programs may activate perhaps one-hundredth of the potential neural connections. All the learned games of life can be seen as programs which select, censor, alert and thus dras-tically limit the available cortical response. The consciousness-ex-panding drugs unplug these narrow programs. They unplug the ego, the game machinery, and the mind (that cluster of game con-cepts). And with the ego and mind unplugged, what is left? .. . What is left is something Western culture knows little about. The open brain. The uncensored cortex, alert and open to a broad sweep of internal and external stimuli hitherto screened out.

The mind is very good at keeping itself busy so that it appears there is no space left for anything else. But this is only an appearance; it’s what the ego (or self-made image of who you think are) uses to blind you to who you really are. Our minds go quiet many times a day, but we don’t notice. Why? Because our conscious awareness is experiencing what is happening without needing commentary from the mind. Thinking is not required; it is called living in the moment. The ego or mind-created entity we call me does not like the present moment because the ego cannot exist in it; it’s not required. To survive, the ego has to take you into the future or the past. When you go there mentally, you are no longer here, in this present moment. Even though your physical body is present, your mind if off somewhere else, which deprives you of living now. It is an ingenious game but a game played solely within ourselves.

In order to break the habit of depriving ourselves of living in the moment, we have to become conscious of what is really happening. Instead of being just aware of what we are experiencing, we must become consciously aware—aware of the mind game the ego is playing inside our heads.

Once the ego is seen for what it is, it cannot survive. The ego has kept us in the dark for most of our lives. It became who we believed ourselves to be. Once you become aware (although you are always aware; you just haven’t realized it yet)—rather, consciously aware—of what the ego is and what role it plays, the ego begins to fade away. It is like putting a small candle in a dark room; even though the light is small, the darkness loses its power over the room and shrinks. It is still there in the corners, as the small light cannot penetrate the entire space. So it is with you.

As you create this space inside yourself, you shine the light of conscious awareness onto the ego, or false self. You begin to realize that the ego is not you. You are not your story, or mental conception, of who you believe yourself to be. You start to realize that you are actually the conscious awareness itself, the real you. It is no longer a mental concept; it becomes a direct knowing. You become self-realized; another popular term is enlightened.

This is a wonderful discovery—to “realize” your true nature! You are not a bunch of stories, feelings, and emotions that, when added together, become a me and my story. You discover you are separate from that. You are something you cannot describe in words, but you feel it; you sense its presence.

Your true Self exists within you and observes both the inner and outer world. The ego on the other hand, lives in the outer world and is incapable of looking inward. The ego pursues the outer world and enjoys sending you on assignments to attain the things of this world with the promises that they will bring you joy.

The ego seeks that you should become caught up in one drama after another. Like a canoe immersed in a raging river, the ego lives for and enjoys turbulent emotions because it thrives on the drama and the energy of discord. Turbulence is what fuels its energy, its life force and keeps it alive. If the ego was not able to gain your attention, you would have no need for it.

This lower state of consciousness is destined to find friction and dissension because distress has a way of consuming much if not all of your attention. However, once you decide to stop giving it energy, the ego does not dissipate immediately, instead, in protestation the ego finds new ways to capture your attention. Many will fall for the games of ego, but this is part of your evolving spiritually; for the ego only teaches you to ignore it by causing you such discomfort and pain that you long for peace.

The technosphere is the mirror representation of the disconnected DNA patterns. Together the two forms create a virtual mirror net, where the internal manifests the external structures, which in turn keep the mass of humanity bound and hypnotized in the 3D world.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

These structures feed and live off of negative emotions. These distorted structures farm energy from the DNA, on a collective consciousness level, guiding it into supporting the ever-expanding technospheric matrix, literally feeding it with human life force so it can grow.

The distortions then become even more entrenched in the collective consciousness, feeding back into the human DNA and creating a feedback loop or junk DNA pattern: a vicious cycle. Together, the junk DNA that contains the codes of self-limitation, and its mirror image in the technospheric matrix create one single entity—the ancient mind of humanity.

When we become aware of these distortions and transmute them, we can leave this ancient mind of the mass consciousness behind. In order for humanity to begin its next phase of evolution, a new species will have to be born on Earth, one that is biologically and genetically different from present-day humanity.

To realize your Christ consciousness, you have to get rid of your negative ego consciousness. When you achieve this state of thinking and perception of reality, you are loving, joyous, happy, even-minded, and peaceful all the time. Did not Buddha say, “All suffering comes from your attachments”? God does not suffer, so why should we?

We are here to become the light, to become the love, to realize God. You will not achieve God realization unless you die to your negative ego, which is fear, separation, materialism, and selfishness. If you die to this lower-self type of thinking, then you will be reborn to your higher-self way of thinking and you will realize Cod. This is the main curriculum of the spiritual path, regardless of which path or teacher you choose to follow. Contrary to what other people will tell you, you do not need negative emotions. They are created by your mind. They do not come from outside of yourself or from your instincts. They come from your interpretation, perception, and beliefs about reality.

When you are free, you experience joy when moment by moment you learn to connect to the Self within and remain above the drama going on around you. Each moment you choose to connect with the Higher Self, the pathways to the ego are weakened. If you train yourself to go within several times a day, the path to the ego becomes nearly nonexistent and you will find it difficult to enjoy the energy it offers. You may still experience your ego from time to time, but you no longer fall so easily for its reasoning or the illusory gifts that it offers. Going inside you and finding the Higher Self requires a level of centeredness.

The negative ego are still run by the emotional body, succumb to lower-self desire, and are filled with negative emotions. Worse, they are taught that they cannot transcend this state but must adjust to it. It is simply not true that you cannot transcend the negative ego.

As many of you know, the subconscious mind exerts control over much of our reality. One life purpose is to open our soul’s eyes so that we can see the unconscious aspects of self that lead to inappropriate actions and put us on the merry-go-round of unsatisfactorily patterned and programmed behavior.

To regain control over our nonreasoning subconscious, we must retain our personal power and resist using it in service of the negative ego. This is one of the most important processes to employ while on our spiritual path. We can never truly realize God until the conscious mind masters the subconscious mind.

The rulers, powers, authorities is subconscious negative programming this state of mind from not changning.

Where did the negative ego come from? In the beginning, prior to and just after creation, there was no negative ego mind. God didn’t create the negative ego; humanity did. When human started to overidentifying themselves with the physical body and not their divine higher self, the negative ego was developed.

The Bible relates this as the story of Adam and Eve. The pair ate the forbidden fruit, having been lured by the serpent, which symbolically represents the negative ego mind or lower self.

These two competing philosophies (listening to Cod or listening to the serpent/negative ego) could be called the philosophies of the lower self and the higher self. If you listen to the lower self, you live a “low life existence: meaning that you are primarily concerned with the life and material needs of the physical body. If you listen to the philosophy of the higher self, Holy Spirit, soul, monad, Mighty I Am Presence, or Christ mind. you live a `high life existence” because you are *Wing to integrate the three minds and the four subtle bodies. ‘lb realize God, you must re-move your attention from the lower-self interpretations and perceptions of life, and instead keep interpreting and perceiving life from the higher self.

Since our thoughts create our reality, which philosophy we choose will determine what we see. In truth, we see not with our eyes, but with our minds. ‘”Your mind creates bondage. or your mind creates liberation’ We will have negative emotions if we think with our negative ego mind. We will have positive emotions if we think with our spiritual mind. Our thoughts create our feelings, emotions. behmior, and physical health or lack of health.

Psychological health is nothing more than maintaining a good mental diet. The key is not to allow any thought that is not of Cod to enter our minds. We must be vigilant for Cod and His Kingdom at all times and never go on automatic pilot.

Whenever a negative ego thought tries to enter your mind. just deny it entrance and push it out. Switch your mind like a channel changer to a positive and/or more spiritual thought. This is the concept of denial and affirmation. You use this tactic literally hundreds of times a day. You are the executive director of your personality and thus you choose what to think. Cod and the Ascended Masters will not do this for you no miner how often you ask. This is your job. By denying the negative thoughts and keeping vour mind steadilv in the light at all times, the negative thoughts will die from lack of energy, and a new positive habit will be formed in vour subconscious mind, making it easier to be positive.

Developing this positive habit is difficult only in the beginning, although we must remain vigilant regardless of our level of development. “Ihe essence of negative ego is fear, separation, and self-centeredness. As strange as it may seem, the truth is that the negative ego doesn’t really exist. As Jesus revealed in A Course in Miracles,

“The Fall never reallv happened, we just think it did.” In other words, we have all always been one with God and have ahwvavs been the Christ, or sons and daughters of God. But if we give in to negative ego thinking in our own minds, we will believe in the fall from grace, and live in that negative state of consciousness even though it is not true that we have fallen. This is much like living in a negative hypnosis, or like dreaming.

Masss consciousness is been controlled by the forces of maya, and the powers of maya is illusions and ignorance. When reality is affected by these powers and when the humans mind is held in the past-future reality they are kept in the dreaming state of the mind.

Personal power is nothing more than channeling the energy in your physical body and subconscious mind to control your life. Part of own-ing your power is being a spiritual warrior in your life. Never giving up and having the will to live is really possessing the will to fight. Yoga teaches that life is not only a school but also a battlefield. You are trying to get to the top of a mountain. Progress many times entails taking three steps forward and slipping back two, again and again, until you reach the top. This is the nature of life for everyone on the spiritual path. The most important thing is not to quit.

Your power fuels your risk taking. If you don’t own your power, you are going to have a hard time keeping your bubble of protection in-flated. Your power is what allows you to “fake it until you make it.” When you own your personal power, you feel more centered. When you use your power over a long period of time, you develop what is called discipline. Owning your power allows the conscious reasoning mind to stay in control and not to be overwhelmed by subconscious or environmental outer or exernal forces.

Each microcosmic world is a cell in the Macrocosm, a crystal fragment of the Greater Crystal, reflecting a portion of his glory. Each man is a manifestation of God (a manifest action of God), the image of the higher Cosm reflected in the lower cosm. The key to infinity is won through the mastery of the lesser self (the microcosm) by the power of the Greater Self (the Macrocosm). This is the power of the Superconscious Ego over the ego, of God the Macrocosm over man the microcosm. Through man’s correct use of the sacred gifts of life, including free will, his consciousness in the microcosm can identify with the fullness of God’s consciousness in the Macrocosm. But first it is essential that he learn how to make the contact, how to establish and maintain his relationship with the Superconscious Ego.

This exchange is accomplished through the consciousness of the Christ, the Super Ego, who, positioned in the center of the cross, is the agent of the alchemical transformation that takes place between the energies of God and man.

Freedom from the ego requires becoming aware, as awareness is our basic nature. There are a great many techniques for increasing awareness: some are specialized meditation practices, which require a one-pointed focus, whereas other techniques can be incorporated into everyday activities.

The problem of unhappiness arises as soon as the ego identifies, and thereby creates the boundaries of the self, setting not-self apart from self. For as soon as you identify a “self,” you must defend its boundaries. The ego has an agenda: it wants both to define its self-identity and to preserve it, and thus it must distinguish what is the self from what isn’t.

Its goal is to control its environment in order to clarify and preserve the boundaries of that self, a goal which necessitates desire-satisfaction, or seeking pleasure (desire fulfillment) and avoiding pain (thwarted desire). At a fundamental level of the ego, it’s a simple equation: pleasure affirms the self, while pain threatens it. The greatest fear of the ego is self-dissolution—which is death, or non-existence.

The ego is often referred to in spiritual writings as ‘the lower self or ‘the false self’ because it isn’t who you truly are, despite your identification with the thoughts, desires, and beliefs that constitute it. Ego is a constructed self, while the spiritual (or “higher”) self is your true nature. It is that part of yourself united with Spirit, and it is peaceful, blissful, timeless (or eternal), and unconditionally loving. Your spiritual self has no desires. It is happy as it is, because there is nothing that it isn’t: in being united with Spirit, it is united with all things. It is one with All, so there is nothing outside of itself to desire or resist. It is the clarity of pure seeing: an awareness that knows itself in all things as the eternal self: joy, truth, beauty, and love.

In stark contrast to your deeper spiritual self, which is this infinite and boundless awareness—there is the ego, which by its very nature knows itself as separate from what it is conscious of. It is always aware of being a subject apart from the object of awareness. This subject-object duality is inherent to the ego, so your ego can only know about something: it must always stand apart from what it knows. It is unlike your spiritual self, which knows directly by being what it knows, by self-identity; it is not an isolate subject separate from the object known.

The spiritual self, in its union with Spirit, is united with all things; thus it knows all things directly by being them. Knowledge acquired through awareness is not knowledge about, because that type of knowledge posits a division between the knower (you) and the object known. Rather, knowledge by awareness is knowledge by identity: awareness knows directly by being the object known. And awareness is the real self: it is your eternal nature.

The Circle of Awareness

Our deepest self is not an isolate entity, but an awareness in unity with all things, and our movement out of the mind and into awareness reveals this to be true in experience. As you leave behind the ego, or lower self, you lose the familiar sense of acting as an individual against the world, and the world instead becomes part of your actions. This change in seeing occurs because your awareness enables you to live in a holistic or nondual perspective.

As you develop your awareness, you find yourself becoming aware of what is presently unconscious. While your true spiritual self is always at One with Spirit, abiding there eternally, you are not aware of it because your awareness is centered in the ego, at a much shallower level of consciousness.

When you detach from your mind-based ego, you simultaneously move away from thinking and into an awareness-based mode of living. Picture awareness as a circle. It begins as a very small circle. The light of awareness is the area inside, and as the circle’s circumference expands, the formerly unconscious material outside the circle enters the field of awareness.

The unknown, or what was formerly dark, gets illuminated as soon as it falls inside that circumference, and you recognize it, in the light of awareness, as part of yourself. Those formerly unconscious parts of your mind can then be integrated into the psyche, rather than resisted. As your circle of awareness expands, you step out of your mind and thereby acquire a clearer and broader view of your thinking processes.

As hidden material comes to light, you start to notice connections between different aspects of your mind (desires, beliefs, emotions) that previously were obscure.

Heaven is Living as Your Real Self

The Christian term “heaven” has varied senses, but one sense refers to living an awakened life—it is a term that describes living from your spiritual self. So understood, heaven isn’t an otherworldly paradise that resembles an earthly existence without the sin and suffering. Rather, it’s a transcendent awareness; the pure seeing and deep abiding peace of the spiritual self, which sees things as they truly are. Just as heaven is a state of mind, so is hell.

The fiery caverns below earth are simply metaphors for how it feels to be divorced from the spiritual self, to be so mired in the ego’s fears and identifications that you see no way out. To know your spiritual self you must be able to disidentify from your ego. Most of us can’t succeed in this completely, but only to greater or lesser degrees. The history of sacred writings indicates that only a few prophets, such as the Buddha, or Christ, fully transcended the ego, and their wisdom and conduct are testament to the joy and wonders possible when ego is left behind. Their promise of happiness has been an inspiration for others to discover their spiritual selves.

Only Spirit is Real

Your spiritual self is the light of “knowingness” or awareness. The opposite of light, of course, is darkness, which corresponds to ignorance, or unawareness. It is natural to think that dark and light, as conceptual opposites, have equal reality, and so it may surprise you to know that this isn’t so from the perspective of higher awareness. Only light, or Spirit, has inherent reality. Darkness, the absence of light, does not. Consider your experience of light and dark: dark does not flood or overtake light; rather, it dissolves or disappears when light emerges. Light is a positive, substantive presence; its absence has no intrinsic reality. Spirit—as light, as presence—is the reality, and its absence—the dark of ignorance or evil—has no inherent existence.

Spirit cannot be Known by Mind

Our minds, the locus of ego, can only know about things. Mind posits a division between the subject who knows and the object known, but our deepest nature knows by being what it knows. The spiritual self is already at one with all things, so the intuitive knowledge it offers arises from its contact, or identity, with the known.

Spirit (the One) is beyond the mind’s comprehension in two respects.

First, mind cannot experience the One directly because awareness transcends the mind.

Second, mind cannot make any absolutely true statements about the One. Trying to define Spirit leads us into paradox. An ostensibly unproblematic claim—that Spirit is infinite—in fact cannot be truly asserted, because any interpretation marks off what a thing is not.

In saying what a thing is, you imply what it isn’t, so whenever we name, label or describe, something is always left out. In asserting that Spirit is infinite, we thereby deny its finitude, and the limiting condition of that denial creates the contradiction. Only our deepest nature, awareness itself, can directly experience its union with the One. For the mind, the One remains unknowable.

Time as a Circle

Our ordinary mind-based view of time takes it to be linear: a straight line. A human life is a line segment: the point of birth extends forward to the point of death. Time is an arrow, moving in one direction only: from past to future. But from outside time, in awareness, time is a circle. Linear time is an illusion generated by the thinking mind, or ego.

The deeper spiritual truth is that everything always is in eternity: nothing vanishes and nothing has yet to appear; all is eternally present. To see your life as a circle, not as a line segment, is to understand that past, present and future are illusions. You can begin and end at any point on the circle, so no point on that circle has exclusive status as past, present, or future. From this perspective, what is essential about time is not its passage, nor the amount of time that you live, but your seeing the events of your life as interconnected in a whole.

The circle embodies wholeness and perfection, so it is an apt metaphor for a human life. And the meaning of that life lies not in its length, but in its wholeness, in the rich interconnections between its experiences.

Awareness can Exist without Thought

Thoughts, or cognitions, constitute the mind; they represent content. But awareness exists beyond thought, and is aware of it. You can be aware of your thoughts, but the purest form of awareness has no object of thought at all. Awareness can exist without thought, but thought cannot exist without awareness.

Our awareness is commonly of thoughts, but it need not be. Awareness in its purest form has no object: it is simply awareness, empty of thought and therefore beyond time, for the mind and its thoughts create our experience of past and future. When thought ceases, you enter a timeless realm in which you are not aware of time passing in the usual sense. Pure awareness exists in the spaces between thoughts, in that brief moment between the passing of one thought and the arising of another.

During this time, awareness is present, but we are not intuitively and directly aware of it. We are that awareness but we aren’t yet aware of being it, or awake to it. To be totally conscious of being our awareness—to be fully awake at all moments—is enlightenment. It is knowing a timeless present beyond the mind.

The Mind: The Psychology of Stress, The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, The divine spark, our core self, is a direct extension of the Source and is our unique spark of life. It is the highest vibrational energy spectrum of humankind. At this level we experience oneness with all-that-is. The work of the ego; The illusion of separation uses the trick of time to divide the one eternal now moment into past, present, and future. Eternity doesn’t divide the moment of now or the flow of energy into past, present and future.

“And yet the mind seems to act independently of the brain in the same sense that the programmer acts independently of the computer.

For eons, philosophers, scientists, theologians, psychologists, as well as countless planetary citizens have all wondered, hypothesized, and speculated on the topic of the human mind. What is it? Where is it? Flow does it work? Why do identical twins have different minds? Whcrc does the mind go when we die? What is a premonition? Can the mind be trained? What is intelligence? What is conscience? How fast can the mind travel? What is a thought?

As we begin the dawn of the 2Ist century, scientists are now beginning to confirm what the mystics stated long ago: The mind is a reservoir of conscious energy that surrounds and permeates the human body. From a holistic perspective, the mind and the brain are not the same thing.

If the brain and consciousness are not same thing, from which of them does the ego-body-perceptions that forms reality come from? Some authors then say that mind and consciousness is not same thing either. So which part forms reality and what part then forms intuition?

The mind, the quintessential seat of consciousness, merely uses the brain as its primary organ of choice. With new revelations from organ transplant recipients, apparently the mind uses other organs as well. In fact, new research suggests that every cell has consciousness, giving rise to a new term, cell memory.

The study of the mind (and the brain) has led to a deeper understanding of human consciousness, yet ifs fair to say that through this vast exploration of dreams, cognitive inventories, hypnosis, meditation, DNA, EEGs, and M RI s, our knowledge, at best, is still embryonic. Current research in the field of consciousness reveals interesting insights about a phenomenon that only grows more fascinating with further study. For example, distant healing, remote viewing, premonitions, synchronicities, near-death experiences, out-of-body experiences, spontaneous healings, and much more only begin to substantiate that mind, as consciousness, is certainly not a simple consequence of brain chemistry, though there are many who still believe this.

This much we do know: Much like a laptop computer, mental well-being is the ability to gather, process, re-call, and communicate information. We also know that stress compromises the mind’s ability to do all of these functions. Information is constantly gathered and processed through the portals of the five senses for a variety of reasons (from threats to simple curiosity). Yet it’s no secret that information comes into the conscious mind in other ways, including intuition, meditation, and what can only be explained as extrasensory perception. Just as we know that the mind can generate stress without any outside stimulus, the power of the mind to heal the body is also well documented.

The Sense of Imagination—sometimes called the sixth sense, it links the physical and the non-physical senses.

The Sense of Balance—calibrates our inner and outer worlds. It works together with the sense of imagination to create a bridge between the first and last five senses.

The Sense of Life—also called the sense of light and darkness, calibrates and observes the life force. It is linked to and connected to but does not involve sight. Its symbolic attribute is the solar plexus, the 3rd chakra.

We use these last seven senses to access information beyond space and time. Psychics and mediums are simply people who have learned how to use these senses in a more conscious manner. It isn’t magic, any more than electricity is magic. With practice and time, you can acquire the skills that will allow you to see the future.

WHAT’S THE PURPOSE OF THESE NEW INSTRUMENTS?

These new instruments allow you to be free. You use them to calibrate, measure and observe a reality that is beyond the five senses limiting you to the physical world. For centuries certain people were able to access information beyond their five senses.

‘When you are inspired by some great purpose, some extraordinary project, and all your thoughts break their bonds, your mind transcends limitations, your consciousness expands in every direction, and you find yourself in a new, great, and wonderful world. Dormant forces, faculties, and talents become alive, and you discover yourself to be a greater person by far than you ever dreamed yourself to be.’ It is through the mind that your soul develops. The numerous accounts of near-death experiences and cases where people have somehow seen or ‘known’ of a future event lends itself to the clear argument that there is some consciousness beyond just the brain. Where does intuition come from if not through an interaction with some unseen external consciousness?

Some people are more intuitive than others, because they already have it within them to be more ‘tuned in. This is something one has acquired somewhere along the way, from the journey that your soul has made in the past and passed on into your consciousness with the present incarnation. It is ixtrt of your spiritual DNA.

This is different from intelligence, which is very much related to the use of one’s brain; it is rather a connection with spiritual energy, and the source of that spirit energy is the primal source. This is also why wisdom is greater titan intelligence.

Wisdom is related to spiritual knowledge and not just human intelligence. You may be a very intelligent person with a high IQ, but you may not have the wisdom to use it properly.

Wisdom is not a gift; it is acquired through the interaction of intelligence and experience within consciousness, which includes the spiritual.

The way to see it is that the brain is the hardware, albeit extremely sophisticated and probably the most powerful singularly created thing on this planet. The mind is the software that we create and use through interaction with consciousness. The brain is a fixed physical object like any other object that has a physical shape and form, but your mind is like the air, without physical shape and boundaries, which can move and visit these physical objects and places.

Mind is part of consciousness and consciousness is both internal and external; it is, in a sense, universal as part of the source of all existence. So our brain which interacts with mind software is consciously also in contact on some level with what one can call universal consciousness, super-consciousness, or divine spiritual consciousness. It is through the mind that the physical part of us communicates with the external spiritual realm of which we are also part. That external spiritual source is consciousness to which all life is connected. You reach the Creator through your mind.

Mankind, which is influenced by both ‘Light’ and ‘Darkness’, has within him the potential to do great things. ‘Light’ and ‘Darkness’ filter through the mind. Are we just beings prone to be trapped and lost by our own weaknesses, having as our only salvation the possibility of being freed by a higher external force? No, we have the nature of the divine spark and source within us to assist us in finding answers and, in so doing, enabling what may even seem like miracles. But we need to reach in and develop this divine spark, as it brings about knowledge that transcends ego and is part of wisdom. We can empower ourselves through knowledge, including spiritual knowledge.

Physical energy is created out of spiritual energy, just as action is brought about initially by a thought, but as pointed out, a thought is not some physical tangible thing, as it is part of a spiritual force. The fact that we have been created with the spark of the divine source within us does in no way diminish the importance of the origin of the divine source as external. The Creator exists, but we are part of him and so have him within us.

The worst thing about ‘Darkness’ is fear, and the worst thing about fear is fear itself. It constrains and limits you. What our minds do not fully understand can lead to the emotion of fear, which is why mankind has resorted to everything from magic to superstition to divine external help.

The concrete world is still available, but the initiating thoughts begin at a higher, more abstract level of consciousness. From this perspective, an active, versus. prescriptive, intelligence navigates multiple dimensions and opens-limitless possibilities. In this world we cocreate reality rather than conform to it. Just as water can appear as solid, liquid, or gas, consciousness also changes form. It can be seen as frozen (essence of body) in physical matter, the out-come of concrete thought. Consciousness can also be viewed as liquid (essence of being) when force-matter is forming in the thought world, guided by either the direction of our declared intent (will-power) or the desires of the person-ality (emotions). Then there is a formless source of consciousness (essence of divine) in the abstract world of the spiritual ego. Pure consciousness emanates from the universal field, the Source as pure energy, pure consciousness, pure love, before it comes into manifestation. The world we create is a reflection of our level of consciousness.

The field of intent is guided energy from the universe. Nonlocal and ubiquitous, it is everywhere. This invisible and formless field is manifest in every part of our body, our soul, and the reality we create. It is the subtle pull towards the potential for the purpose of our life prompted by our spiritual ego.

When personality ego dominates, however, the power of intent is disconnected, and we become passive, living in reactive fashion in the world of our persona. Conversely, when intent is resolute, a sincere act of will emanating from the highest aspect of our spiritual ego, it calls forth a concept or germinal idea that moves into the region of our thought world. Here the thought-form attracts force matter to create a “desire element,” which will impel action in the physical world.

Shifting the focal point requires raising the vibrations of the mental body, making it more luminous, organizing it into a more definitive structure, and freeing it from the influences of desire and emotions. This will make it invulnerable to the negative and destructive thought-forms and desires created by others. They abound in the environment, and are often assimilated by us, manifesting similar destructive tendencies in ourselves.

As we move the focus of our mental body towards our higher intelligence, increasing amounts of force-matter will shift from the brain in the lower body into the abstract realm. Our thought patterns will move to a higher dimension, opening us up to a new knowledge that transcends thought and understanding. Our personality traits and patterns are the external manifestation of our inner world; consciousness is who we are .

As our understanding of that grows, we begin to see ourselves in everything. The heavy screen of past, concepts, and attitudes through which all things are filtered drops away. We begin to perceive without interpreting. From the realm of higher consciousness we can perceive the essence of what we observe.

The essence of being is the energy body of the soul, which, although it cannot be observed, can be felt as an atmosphere much as the climactic conditions of the earth.

The physical aura is a vibration of body cells that creates an electrical-chemical movement that forms a light aura around the body, radiating the essence of the body.

The movement of brain cells create brain waves and the mental aura, radiating the essence of thought.

And, finally, we emit a quality aura through out-of-body consciousness, which is anchored in the invisible heart chakra over its physical center. It emanates from our soul, radiating as the essence of being.

This magnetic field environment radiating from our outer heart chakra reflects our spiritual ego just as the personality is a reflection of our mind ego. The centers for the essence of the divine, our spiritual ego, are located in the abstract world, the home of the soul.

• The divine spark, our core self, is a direct extension of the Source and is our unique spark of life. It is the highest vibrational energy spectrum of humankind. At this level we experience oneness with all-that-is.

• The spiritual ego creates the region of the abstract world comprised of three levels:

• Will—the intent behind the creative impulse. When put forward with resolve—will power—it calls forth a germinal idea and begins the process of movement towards form.

⦁ Wisdom—pure focused attention that links our intuition or inner wisdom to primordial intelligence; the quintessence of all our previous life experiences housed in the spiritual ego. People with adequately developed mental clairvoyance can read the Akasic Records, the universal record of all events across time housed in the etheric field.

⦁ Active intelligence—the upper sphere of the thought world, which serves as the gateway into the abstract world. When con-tacted through simple awareness, an intuitive shift in the focal point from the concrete to our abstract world occurs. An opening and outpouring of the soul also occurs simultaneously.

⦁ The soul holds the seed crystal of our destiny and life purpose, along with the unique potential that is available to us throughout our life. It is also home of the universal spiritual qualities such as love and com-passion, joy and peace, which reside in the soul of all human beings. It is located in the energ vortex, situated in the sixth dimension over our heart chakra. Intuition, housed in the soul, is often referred to as our inner wisdom, because at this level we experience our true intel-ligence and our conscience. N.,* access a knowing that transcends our own, and integrate it with the wisdom of our body-mind to create a holistic perspective.

⦁ Our spiritual ego facilitates a sense of balance and harmony. enhanc-ing our energy as we naturally synchronize the frequencies of our core self with the rhythms of the universe. From a centered position we see clearly the reality in front of us. We can sense into ourselves and into others, identifying common themes and areas of misalignment.

When we approach life from the perspective of the abstract world. our vibrational energy rises to a threshold that activates our universal spiritual qualities. creating an environment of harmlessness. This generates a sense of trustworthiness and unconditional regard, which enhances the energy field of those around us.

The neocortex and newly forming forebrain are home to higher mental functions; abstract thought, planning, complex memories, language, executive reasoning, logic, and the autobiographical sense of self. Slow feelings, such as inner peace, stillness, compassion, love, and joy, are not necessary for survival, but are essential to foster the continued unfolding of human potential. Entirely structured in the neocortex, forebrain, and heart energy vortex, they create out-of-body consciousness.

Awareness coming from this place creates an atmosphere of nonaction, an environment of stillness. Real power is simply the ability to create our own reality, to live our own life and fulfill our destiny. This occurs when we effectively manage both fast and slow feelings. Balance occurs when we can catch our fast feelings and shift the energy to our higher abstract world guided by slow feelings. Catching a thought creates a huge shift in perception as we experience a break with programmed response, a tiny moment of silence. Stillness is the underlying consciousness out of which every thought-form is born. Wisdom comes with the ability to be still. Being still, looking, and listening activate the noncon-ceptual intelligence within us, which then directs our words and actions. It fosters self-healing.

When the mind experiences the presence of total acceptance, it encounters real respite, often for the first time. Suddenly we see the truth that weaknesses are not so much the product of ourselves as they are part of being human. It is the dawning of a deep understanding that these same fears and phenom-ena are present in every human being in differing situations and conditions. The structure of the problem comes out of the nature of fear and the emotions it creates, a natural phenomenon, rather than a fatal personal flaw. This realization moves us closer, creating a relationship with ourselves, often for the first time. Things begin to fall into place; the journey towards wholeness has begun.

Each soul has its pattern of energy, its fundamental evolutionary move-ment, which means it has a clear purpose—a reason for being—which is to become what it holds within itself. Soul growth is the movement of becoming, not in the sense of knowledge or achievement, but as a blossom-ing into that which is dormant within us, similar to the unfolding of a flower.

Each unique soul has a blend of characteristics that can be sensed as they are manifest in the actions and attitudes of the individual.

If we live in balance between the concrete and abstract world, we walk in balance within an atmosphere of harmlessness. We are not going anywhere—not into the past or the future; there is only the moment (in presence time – here and now). The secret key of understanding is when one is able to connect to the present state of mind/consciousness one have unlimited acccess to all levels and dimensions instantly, and this is the power of intuition. Duality is a concepts that keeping humankind trapped within a past-future duality, and disconnected from the true essence, the real higher self, and disconnect to their higher wisdoms, and therefore disconnected to other dimensions and vibrations. The ego is controlling the past-future perceptions, but it does´nt control the true essence of life and it doesn´t control intuition, and in present time there is no time in present reality, and duality keeping humankind trapped in the time of past and future. Same work is done by the mass consciousness programming of the masses. If one is able to dissolve opposite energies, which is the real purpose with alchemy, then past and future is neutralized, and one get access to the state of present time. When body, soul and spirit, or when subconsciousness, consciouness and super consciousness is merged into one higher heart vibrations, then one have access to all one will need.

The goal with alchemy is to transform the leaden consciousneess (lead) and transform it to golden consciousness. This is the process of alchemy and transform lead into gold, but the problem is the ego that prevent this transformation from taking place. The ego is powering and fueling the leaden consciousness and disfueling/or disconnecting the golden consciousness, and mass consciousness is not the divine consciousness, it is the desire consciousness, and the ego purpose is to keep humankind tuned into materialism and the desire consciousness (leaden consciousness).

There is no stability either in past or future because there is only change.

It is in this atmosphere that one becomes free so the soul can fly. From this stance we learn to trust our observations without making a single compromise because of what other people say.

It is our own observations, made from a heightened state of awareness, that can transform us. True presence takes courage and authenticity, which means we must stay with our observations even if they look totally wrong. Our own observations are better and closer to the/our truth. Resulting decisions and actions are in keeping with the natural flow of the situation before us.

The work of the ego; The illusion of separation uses the trick of time to divide the one eternal now moment into past, present, and future. Eternity doesn’t divide the moment of now or the flow of energy into past, present and future.

Within that past, present, and future self, there are many false assump-tions. First of all, we are making boundaries. The past self is the one we have in our memory. The present self is the one we rarely observe; we are aware that it is somewhere around, but we are hardly ever actually connected to it. The future self is the one on which we pin all our hopes; the one that is going to do wonderful things, be absolutely happy, become totally concentrated, and so on.

We are quire certain that these three selves are all called “me.” In fact, it is even more complicated than that. When we bring the past to mind, it is then the present. When we bring the future to mind, that also becomes the present. So what we are doing is not only putting boundaries around three separate selves, but we are also pursing boundaries around time and splitting it into three parts as well.

The result of all this is that we fail to live fully; because to live is to experience, and we can only experience now. All the rest is either memory or hope. By dividing both ourselves and time into three parts, we then find ourselves anxiously awaiting the future, or often regretfully thinking of the past. Happiness completely escapes us because, when we take that kind of stance, there is no room for it to arise. Pleasure does, but nor happiness. Happiness or inner joy is always connected to tranquility, and a divided self in a divided time frame is not a tranquil state to be in.

Since, however, everybody lives in this way, we are not even aware of how futile it is, or how false. We think life is like that, until we come into contact with Christ Consciousness or the Buddha’s teaching and see that it does not have to be that way, that there is another possibility. When, through mindfulness and meditation, we have become totally aware, if even only for one moment, we may have an inkling of what it is like to live in the present. The past is gone, the future has not arisen, only the moment exists, and it is eternal.

Thus, “be here now” and “living in the present moment” become teachings on the insubstantiality of space and its fictitious boundaries; they become fruitful meditations that catapult one out of the limits of past, present and future. Where can Consciousness be located? What can hold It? In Indivisible Consciousness, where can there be increments of time? Each apparent “moment” arises from Infinity and dissolves back into Infinity. Time, space, and the resultant flows of cause and effect all take place in Consciousness, yet Consciousness has no “in” or “out.” Like physical (insentient) space that is all-pervasive and which contains galaxies and all perceptible objects without ever being affected or displaced, Consciousness permeates all worlds, realms, atmospheres, concepts and objects without ever being divided, and is Awareness itself, Sentiency itself, the one Light that makes everything perceptible to the mind.

What is it that goes from birth to death, and death to birth, then? Mind — the mental complex (Antahkarana) made up of divided mind (manas), individual ego (ahamkara), mental projection (chitta), and thinking mind (buddhi). Such a mechanism is fully capable of establishing an illusory identity (ego), fabricating an illusory realm (mental projection), manipulating the various powers at its disposal (intellect), and getting completely confused (dual mind) amidst the contrasting pairs of opposites that are present when any form of creation takes place.

The more the ego succed to keep humankind trapped within a state of duality and opposites the more the ego can use mental projections, strengten the veil of ignorance, fear programming the mind into low vibrational frequencies, and through various methods of maya-illusionary powers distort mind and reality.

It is your body that deals with time; your spirit doesn’t deal with time. It is your body that has a time limit to function and live well. After that, it begins to depreciate. That is what we call `getting old’. But your spirit doesn’t get old. The Bible says, ‘Our inner man gets renewed day by day’.

The concepts of duality or past-future perspective is the ground for the dream-state of the mind. Past and future are dreams; now is a reality. All things are now; all power, all possibility, all action is now.

It´s the concept of duality or past-future perspective that make human begins to depreciate. If the could have accees to the vibrational frequencies they can reverse the aging process and some say they even can become immortal because the spirit is eternal and don´t aging in its Consciousness.

The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. It is an illusion which keeps perpetuating itself through attachment to the individual and, by its various methods, tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego.

Return to Essence: How to Be in the Flow and Fulfill Your Life’s Purpose

The ego’s need to control is a lack of trust in life, and that lack of trust keeps us out of the flow. The ego isn’t in touch with life, so how can it trust it? This is the basic understanding for the “fear of death”. The ego is not the real Essence of Life and therefore disconnected from the real divine inner being. The concepts of fear of death is fueling the the ego´s own existence, and dis-fueling the real divine inner being.

You can’t know yourself as other than a human being while you are entrenched in the egoic state of consciousness. The egoic programming tells you that you are a man or a woman, which is decidedly human. You don’t think to question this. Even religions don’t lead you to believe otherwise. They describe a God, but that God is out there, not within you. The esoteric side of many religions does recognize the divinity within, however, so the truth is alive, even though buried. This basic lack of understanding about who we are, which is perpetuated by the egoic state of consciousness, is another block to being in the flow. If you don’t even know that you exist as Essence, you won’t look for it, and you won’t know what it is when you do experience it. The ego doesn’t notice Essence because the ego is too busy noticing other things. It focuses on things, sensations, feelings.

Ego directed actions are most often harmful and result in suffering. But the ego itself is in pain and lives in fear, and identification with it results in suffering. As consciousness expands, ego is seen from a distance and is known as the product of tribal beliefs and conditioning. The collective consciousness of the tribe is limited and so ego has limited vision and knowledge. It sees the individual and knows separation; it does not know wholeness or connection.

The ego is not connected to divine wholeness, its the veil of ignorance that´s creates separation from it.

When you identify yourself with the thought system of duality the impact is the suffering and the concepts of separation. When the ego caan fueling the concepts of duality its fueling the world of oppsites.

When your experience becomes one of deep presence of being your divine eternal Self, in that moment you are spiritually free. You literally become peace eternal, total freedom, indescribable bliss. You are in your natural state, which is your true essence, your undefined timeless being. You become the divine presence that is the core truth of who you eternally are. You become one with all that is true. You are pure God awareness and ever-expansive aliveness. You may access this state at this very moment, it is always available . . . it is who you are.

A world of one and a world of many cannot coexist … they have nothing in common. You are always in either one world or the other . listening to the voice of truth or the voice that lies … peace or conflict … Reality or illusion. The instant you choose the world of duality, you believe that you are alone and apart from God. You believe there is an opposing force to the all good and all loving Source that created you.

All of a sudden there appears to be things outside yourself that can threaten you and that you need to compete with. You believe that you are small, vulnerable, and powerless. You believe that you are no longer whole . . . that you are just a tiny incomplete part amongst billions of other random and chaotic parts. You believe that you are limited to the little body and limited identity that you think of as yourself, . . . a whole world of limitation, fear, and scarcity is born. Opposites, threats, and competition become possible. Suffering, loss, and lack are all pervasive. Surviving separation becomes your way of being, and nothing within separation will save you.

Therefore, our ego identity is reinforced and rooted in defending, comparing, and competing with the projected external world we believe is threatening and separate from our self.

The paradigm of form. from etheric to the physical is a different abstraction within the illusion than the paradigm of time. In a world of separation the illusion of time is born and lifetime after lifetime, moment after moment appears to be happening sequentially rather than simultaneously.

The illusion includes the entire paradigm of time, and time obeys very different laws within the different realms within the illusion. In this physical realm, time is linear and based in a mutually agreed upon, made up model. Years are separated into months, months into days, days into hours, hours into minutes, minutes into seconds . . . the illusion of past and future are born. The illusion includes all time that ever existed including all our past, present, and future lives. The illusion of separation uses the trick of time to divide the one eternal now moment into past, present, and future.

The trick of time is based in the false belief in separation, limitation, and loss . . . every moment is a loss, a death to the next moment. We lose the now moment when our mind is engaged in thoughts of the past or the future. The illusion of time makes death, separation, and limitation appear possible.

Change, death, loss, and suffering are inevitable in a world of time and separation. Within the illusion of time everything eventually dies, nothing is ever permanent or eternal.

Enlightenment can never be found anywhere in the world of separation or time, regardless of any amount of good work or spiritual discipline. It is like searching for air to breathe while deeply submerged in water. There is nothing wrong with the water … however, if you want to breath air into your lungs, you will need to change the context of your environment and enter into a whole new world by getting out of the water. We awaken, or get out of the water by transfonning our dual-based thought system into a non-dual thought system. Once our thoughts are immersed in the truth of Oneness, perfection, and love the external world reflects back perfect love.

The Book of Revelation mention in chapter 21; “And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea”…. and this may be related to second chakra and water. Humankind minds is dominated by the waters of the ego and fueling itself with concepts of separation and duality.

This life and body we live right now is like living in a dream state, unaware that we are an eternal, invisible, infinite, Divine Mind dwelling in the ecstatic One Mind of God, as God. Some of the greatest scientists all over the world are proving that this world is an illusion, a holographic universe … a reflection of the mind’s inner state of awareness.

We don’t need to worry about duality because it will naturally and inevitably disappear because it is not aligned with Truth. The light of truth that is immersing the consciousness of the planet will raise the vibration of all minds to a level where it will no longer be able to hold the vibration of negativity, stress, fear, opposition, competition, and all dual-based thoughts and its belief system.

The dual-based organizations will transform or fall . . . they have no power over Truth and Oneness. At this point in time our world is like a dimly lit room. Only a small amount of light shines into this room and there are many shadows and dual-based figures, thought systems, and organizations present.

Once we allow all the light to fully immerse our awareness and the consciousness of humanity, all darkness is gone, all fear, duality, hate, and opposition has completely disappeared, none of it was ever real to begin with. Please don’t waste your time fighting the shadows of duality and dual-based organizations, focus on bringing in the light, the love, and the truth into your own consciousness.

When you believe that anything has power over or can threaten God, Oneness, or Truth, then you are reinforcing the illusion of duality with your belief in the thought of separation being true.

Reality has no form, no definition, and no belief system whatsoever. Reality is in a realm completely outside the separation-based paradigm of duality, language, limitation, definition, concepts, beliefs, understanding, and comprehension. We cannot perceive Reality or absolute oneness because it is in a realm outside of the illusion of perception. Perception even in the illusion is limited . . . there is no way we can perceive all information. There are trillions of bits of information that our brain is not capable of perceiving in any one moment.

The sense organs of our bodies are equipped to only perceive a fraction of the sensory information that is available. Science has discovered that of the trillions of bits of information that our brains are capable of perceiving, we select only a tiny fraction of information to be aware of in each moment. What a human mind perceives in any moment is only on a tiny fraction of the information that is available at that moment … therefore wee can never claim to truly know Truth. We have one tiny piece of a trillion piece puzzle.

Perception, interpretation, description, language, concepts, and beliefs are limited and never based in truth . . . Reality and ultimate Truth have no limits. Reality doesn’t fluctuate or change, it exists in a realm of changeless eternal permanence. Reality. Truth, and God eternally exist in a timeless. permanent, changeless state. Nothing in this perceptual illusionary dimension of form, time, and space has the qualities of Reality, therefore Reality doesn’t exist within the illusionary dream of separation, form, sickness, and death, and the illusion doesn’t exist within the formless, spaceless, timeless, infinite, and permanent state of Reality.

This dream you arc dreaming of form, time, and space does not exist in the state of Reality. You as a separate identity do not exist in Reality. Reality cannot be understood, described, comprehended, defined or even believed in within the illusionary dimension of form we call the physical universe.

Reality is a state of being beyond the illusion, and we connect to what is real within us as an indescribable state of being, when we join with the part of us that is invisible, permanent, eternal, infinite, formless, changeless, and divine.

Our physical body and brain, being impermanent, ever-changing, and temporary are not who we truly are. The reality of who we are does not exist within this illusionary dream other than a distant memory of Truth and perfect love that dwells within the innermost sanctuary of our heart.

In Reality vou are deeply connected to and one with your Creator and all that is, and there is nothing outside your SeIf. Reality can only be experienced now. in this very moment. In Reality there is no death, only love and eternal life. When vou are in Reality you experience decp, profound, and unshakable peace of mind . . . you know who vou are and you know God as your Self. You dwell in a timeless. invisible. formless dimension as a fully awakened, all loving Presence . .. you are infinite, powerful, loved beyond measure, belief, and description.

In Reality there is nothing to fear, there are no enemics, no opposition, no form. no definition, no change, no time, or space . . . only the infinite, ecstatic dance amongst the ever-expanding glory and perfection of the Onc Divine Mind.

Reality cannot be experienced with a brain and a body. Reality and Truth cannot be put into words, it cannot be limited to description, definition. and concepts. and cannot ever be known in the realm of the perceptual world of form. Reality or Truth has nothing to do with and cannot be experienced on the level of time, space, or form . . . it is the unchanging, permanent, formless, infinite. eternal, perfect love of Divine Awareness that is who you truly are.

We can however have glimpses within our heart of an ecstatic experience that is our true constant Reality. Our mind can open to a pristine, vast, and expansive awareness that enraptures our present moment experience. Our hearts can glimpse the eternal bliss of Reality when it flows and overflows wilh wave after wave of profound ecstatic love. When we embracce this moment exactly as il is, only love is present. The invisible innermost core of our being can experience an eternal love the brain cannot conceive of.

There are beings that walk the earth every day who have awakened from the mass unconsciousness of duality, who consistently abide in Reality, onceness, and bliss.

The concept of oneness and the concept of separation cannot coexist .. . they are dynamically different realities. When you choose to listen to the inner voice for Truth that teaches only oneness, the Reality column below is your experience. When you choose to listen to the inner voice that lies, and teaches only separation, the illusion column below is your experience. Every moment of your life you have the power to choose either one voice or the other . . . one world or the other. True absolute oneness is completely beyond words, symbol, explanation, definition, intellectual understanding, conceptualization, or description.

There are only two core emotions, love and fear. There are only two states of mind, peace and conflict. Love and peace occur when your mind is aligned with oneness . . . when your mind chooses to listen to the voice of Truth (Inner Divine Teacher). Fear and conflict occur when your mind is aligned with duality … when your mind chooses to listen to the voice that believes in separation (the ego).

From an alchemical persepctive the ego is attached to “leaden consciousness” and prevent it from tranform into gold consciousness, or transform lead to gold.

The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. It is an illusion which keeps perpetuating itself through attachment to the individual and, by its various methods, tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego.

Within the individual, it is coming into true wholeness. In an interior alchemy, our leaden, fragmented self is transmuted into gold, its true nature and highest expression. Whether we then are immortal, as the alchemists predicted, is a mystery beyond knowing. The ego is the power that prevent humankind from changing, transmuting, or transform the leaden consciousness into gold consciousness, or transmute lead into gold. So the ego´s alchemical formula is to use all lower emotional energies, negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, worries, pain, phobias, mind terror. On Earth this is today´s organized gang stalking. That is the ego that keeping humankind strucked and trapped within the leaden state of consciousness.

⦁ The esoteric alchemist’s aim was to transmute the base metals of ignorance into the gold of awareness.
⦁ Turning base metal into gold is a metaphor referring to the psychological transmutation of turning the leaden aspects of our mind into the golden strands of consciousness.
⦁ The objective was to transmute leaden consciousness into golden consciousness. It was to transmute bondage into freedom and poverty into prosperity through a direct rapport with the Higher Self.
⦁ The Philosopher’s Stone – the latter was said to be the catalyst for the transmutation of lead to gold. In alchemical writings, this was often viewed as a metaphor for the transmutation of the self from the crude ego-bound person to the awakened spiritual human.
⦁ “This resonates with the old alchemical assertions that the lipid” is inherent within the lead; and that the processes of transmutation will “free” the gold within the lead.
⦁ The alchemical steps which lead to the making of gold were processes in their own bodies and built up and vitalized organs. This body of gold was to be transmuted out of the ordinary body, which is like lead. The symbols of transmutation: Both the body and the psyche can be transmuted, or refined and perfected, by means of a regenerative transformation which is psycho-spiritual alchemy.
⦁ For alchemy truly was a profound marriage of science and spirituality. Its actual aim was for the alchemist to transmute from a state of “leaden” earthly awareness to one of “golden” spiritual perfection.
⦁ The very hollowness of our physical heart reminds us to become empty as the alchemical crucible. By focusing on a spiritually oriented paradigm of the heart, we start to lose our attachment to the mundane, dualistic world. The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness.
⦁ The master alchemist is our own heart. Listening to our heart and actively working to remember its union with Source are the only tasks we need to perfect.
⦁ The process of raising consciousness beyond the limits of duality and into oneness is a lesson in alchemy. Historically, alchemy focused on the processes by which we might transform base metals into precious metals, such as lead into gold.
⦁ The soul in its chaotic, unregenerate state is lead.
⦁ The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness.
⦁ Hermeticism could have to do with transmuling the “lead” of ordinary experience into the “gold” of consciousness.
⦁ We can learn the art of transmutation, that process philosophers and alchemists dreamed of long ago by means of which we might turn the lead of ordinary consciousness into the gold of self-realization. Transmutation of the human identity into lasting awareness of the Self cannot take place unless it is preceded by a process of individuation.

The true alchemical transformation is the true gold of conscious realization of the Self, redeemed from the leaden matter of its unconscious existence – a emergent evolution, an alchemical vessel that takes our leaden thoughts and turns them into gold- a flame burning and purifying the ignoble leaden condition until it reaches the sublime golden state

The ordinary state of the body and ego is the slumbering state of leaden consciousness, so civilisation has been kept in this state of mind for eons, thosuends of years, generation after generation by the controllers of this planet.

The Ego´s own Alchemy is Fear, Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. It is an illusion which keeps perpetuating itself through attachment to the individual and, by its various methods, tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego.

Then the ego is mass consciousness it tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego, and this prevents humankind from freeing and liberate the soul, it prevent them from ascending upwards on the ladder, it hindering humankind from knowing their inner divine being, it disconnect people from their inner spiritual powers and spiritual gifts, its keeping humankind trapped within the state of ignorance (darkness) and prevent them to become enlighten, it blocks higher levels of consciousness, it clouds all other dimensions and keeping humankind in state of single dimension and low vibrational energy. It´s the ego that keeps humankind attach the to state of leaden consciousenss within the matrix. The ego, leaden consciousness, the matrix, mass consciousness is organized gang stalking, organized bullying, organized collective gaslighting, and organized noise/sound harassment. Noise and sound prevent humankind from connceting to their inner relaxing, silent state of stilled mind of the divine source.

Medieval texts describe “spirits” as vapors or energy fields originating from the heart, not unlike how the heart center, or Anahata, of ayurvedic tradition is closely linked to the air element and to the breath. Whichever view you choose, the heart orchestrates our existence, as it is at the center of our physical and nonphysical anatomy. The very hollowness of our physical heart reminds us to become empty as the alchemical crucible. By focusing on a spiritually oriented paradigm of the heart, we start to lose our attachment to the mundane, dualistic world.

The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness. In this awakening, we cultivate a direct, continuous relationship with Creator, and through this relationship, unconditional love transforms everything that it touches in our lives.

The true alchemical trnasformation is the true gold of conscious realization of the Self, redeemed from the leaden matter of its unconscious existence. The ego prevent humankind from finding and transformtion the leaden consciousness into the state of gold “Self” consciousness.

The Ego prevent humankind from evolving and transforming into their Christ Consciousness.

Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. Change is a challenge because our beliefs do not honor our divine power. We have allowed ourself to live from the beliefs of others. Our fear of assessing and changing beliefs that no longer serve us has allowed us to create a distortion in the energy upon Earth. We have been teached to believe the powers is outside him and not within. Removing the veil of ignorance is the first challenge and Consciousness is the awareness of being aware of the archon-matrix-program. Finally, Neo realizes that the dreamworld of the Matrix is an artificial place, built by the machines according to rules set to enslave humanity.

What the ego does is to mind terrorizing everyone who´s trying to transform their inner state of being from leaden consciousness to the higher gold consciousness. Organized Gang Stalking of the ego therefore acts much like a virus through attachment; stalking the awaken soul, terrorizing the mind, entangles (attachment) the soul with sound or noise harassment, and imitating the targeted inidviduals daily living actions (attachment and entangles), and the ego constant trying to overpowering the souls awaken energies by a process of mental/soul mechanization, and the disturbs, distracts and distorts the life of targeted individuals to creats doubts, confusions and using methods of collective gaslighting.

The ego or ego energy works through some type of direct perception, since alone it does not have the power of thought. Thoughts are a lower, more contracted energy. The mind through thought vibration becomes the very voice and expression for ego. So, the mind is a separate entity (energy), created to keep us separate from our higher power, or God, and to perform thinking, and create thought for ego to function through.

Right now most of humanity is so clogged in the emotional chakra that it’s very difficult to sense and feel energy in a true way.

The ego wallows in fear. Whenever control becomes loosened, fear surfaces. Overcoming the ego means overcoming fear. Fear is an emotion that comes directly from the ego. We all have fear to a certain extent. Learning to overcome the fear is the challenge.

Fear develops because others either have told us that we can’t do something, we are not good enough or we worry about what everyone else thinks, don’t trust that we are right or don’t have the faith we need to move forward with a decision.

Self doubts holds bacl all spiritual progress and prevents humans from knowing their inner divine higher being. Self doubts is a tool for the ego, in same way the ego producing fear or using fear as weapon. Another effect of self doubts is it breaks down the spirit Faith humans need to go forward int their soul journet for liberation.

Faith, not fear. When you believe in yourself—your abilities, your future, and the possibilities in your life—you build a strong brain chemistry that sustains your focus and motivation.

In a sense, the mythic battle between faith and fear is fought on the molecular level. Persistent self-statements of faith and confidence increase serotonin, regulate dopamine, and keep norepinephrine in check. Faith wins; fear loses. But when you let fear and self-doubt take over, norepinephrine dominates. Fear wins; faith loses. One need every cognitive strategy one can think of—self-talk, reframing, thought substitution—to keep one´s faith in ourself. When you do, you generate brain chemicals that help you sustain your focus.

From an collectiverly or evolutionary mass consciousness standpoint fear and self-doubts holds ourselves back from moving forward and then worry ourselves to the point of panic or anxiety. This is ego-based fear.

Fear is always based on the ego concept, and then the ego has become mass consciousness the masses and their minds progressing forward or upwards on the spiritual ladder is been controlled and conditioned through fear and low vibrational frequencies.

Then the ego is part of the animal inheritance, the hidden goal is to keep humankind trapped within their ego-desire consciousness or keep them satisfied within what the beast system is providing them. The goal is desire materialism and not desire the real divine inner being.

Ego is part of our animal inheritance, which is concerned only with itself, and its own survival. Animal level of consciousness has only one purpose, and that purpose is continuing its existence through our own, human, mind. Ego thrives and feeds on negative thoughts/emotions, which arise out of fear.

We all have it. We are all unified in our denial of its existence, We as well as our universal acceptance to paint fear as existing somewhere other than in ourselves—or our part in creating this every day in our minds and projecting it into our lives and into the lives of others. Some fears are bigger than others, and some are so big that they run the program. The magnitude of fear in our lives is not measured by how weak or how strong we are as humans, for this is a purely human measurement system. It is by how much we as humans give way to fear in every area of our lives. We allow fear into our lives in the first place when we buy into the thought that we are imperfect or simply being less than anything else. This is because we are functioning on a three-out-of-four-cylinders-firing syndrome. Our spirits are being excluded from the program, and our personalities are running amuck. Ego is tripping along nicely through its adolescence of invincibility, when it realizes that there is something bigger than it and it is outside the human form.

Mass consciouness is not the true higher divine self, and therefore creates alienation from the real self.

Mass consciouness is more like a artificial concept of reality.

The ego’s prime supports are pride (ignorance), desire (to propagate its continuance), and fear (of death). Of these, the most primordial is fear, because the ego’s vulnerability is that its seeming reality is illusory and therefore subject to disillusion. The most prevalent conscious fear is that of physical survival because the body is believed to be the primary reality of life. The body is also evidence of being separate, unique, and individual; therefore, the mind becomes the instrument that primarily serves physical survival plus its accoutrements of comfort, status, and security. Therefore, the schemes and efforts to ensure survival or success take up the time and energy of most people. The ego identifies with all these elaborations, and the fears and defenses become innumerable and unending. The ego’s investments take the form of pride and identification with belief systems; therefore, these also have to be defended. This results in a hyperalertness to danger, like that of the animal in the wild. All that is valued has to be defended; therefore, danger lurks everywhere. The ego is ever watchful of every slight, slur, or encroachment on its turf.

Because of the ego’s investments, innumerable positionalities, and false identifications, its fears are endless and continuously propagate. They subside only when the identification of ‘me’ with the positionalities is withdrawn, and the fears relating to physical survival and being separate diminish as a result of total surrender of one’s life and survival to God. The endless everyday fears are subsumed under the common human conditions called worry and anxiety. This is so prevalent that it is accepted as part of being ‘normal.’ Numerous activities are motivated by the desire to escape fear, and often the majority of life’s activities become unconsciously fear motivated. Jesus Christ said that fear was the last, final negativity to be surrendered.

The general trend of fear is that of the loss of assets, which, in turn, means the loss of pleasure and satisfaction or the means of survival. Self-confidence is the normal safeguard against multiple fears, and that capacity is enhanced by the often-painful learning of life skills in the course of events. The common element of most fears is that they are based on the illusion that happiness is dependent on externals and therefore vulnerable. To overcome the illusion of vulnerability brings great relief and the correction of being run by fear so that life becomes benign and filled with satisfaction and an easy-going, confident attitude instead of constant guardedness. Cessation of fear is the result of learning that the source of happiness and joy is from within. It stems from recognizing that its source is the joy of one’s own existence, which is continuous and not dependent on externals. This results from surrendering expectations and demands on oneself, the world, and others.

THE ROLE OF FEAR IN THE MIND FIELD OF THE EGO

We chose to begin our journey in the mind field of the ego, and became our Not Selves. Therefore, we are all somewhere in the mind field of the ego having human experiences for the single purpose of realizing that we are not who we think we are, but pure love or spirit. To know our selves as spirit, we had to forget our Source-God. When we chose to become human beings, which required us to forget our Creator, we took a detour into fear.

As we have already seen, all of our lessons on this planet have been designed by us to teach ourselves that fear is an illusion. When we forgot that God is our Creator, something occurred at that instant in our minds that would have a direct impact on what choices we would subsequently make. What occurred is a separation in our minds, where a portion of it became heavily identified with our external body Although our minds did not literally break into two pieces, the separation meant that a portion ofour minds became dominated by body identification, whose landlord is our ego. As we shall see later, our ego is highly fearful, and resists any attempt made by us to purge it from our minds so that we can once again realize our oneness with God.

This cannot be achieved as long as there exists a thought of separation in our minds. The ego is evident in our minds so long as it causes us to make choices that attempt to satisfy our external bodily needs only.

The separation in our minds is held intact by the ego thought system, and its related tape loops. With them still in use, we create all of our daily experiences according to their demands. Our entire physical reality is, therefore, fear-based, which is the source of all of the pain and suffering that we have thus far created in our personal lives. By taking a careful look at the portion of our minds that is causing our problems, we can speedup our movement toward its unification, and of our remembrance of our selves as pure love and spirit.

The Veil Of Separation in Our Minds: Source of All Our Personal Conflicts

Believing we are cut off from God, we have engaged in the creation of many identities for our selves. Therefore, the separation in our minds is nothing more than our ego, whose lift-span is directly dependent upon the time it takes us to complete this journey, moving from our not selves back to Who We Really Are-spirit.

Any personal identity that we assume that is egocentered is alien to our spirit. No communication exists between our ego and our spirit, which is our true self. Actually, our ego is like the eye lids that cover our eyes; we are not capable of seeing with them; however, our eyelids can keep us from seeing with our eyes, if they are dosed. Similarly, our ego forms a shadow or veil over our spirit, and prevents us from seeing with our spirit.

Thus, when there is a separation in our minds, as is the case for many of us now, we attempt to see with perception, and as a result, our ego uses perceptual stimuli to make choices for us, which usually brings us additional conflict and pain.

Our goal here is to “wake up” out of the dream-like state of the movie of life, and before the dissolution of the physical body, enter a state which is absolutely real, in the here and now, the present moment, the only moment there ever is or could be, This is a state of complete awareness, sometimes called bliss, or benediction, as well as many other terms.

Our thoughts, ego, personality, mind, are all formed out of our individual conditioning. All that these synergies seek to create is not the absolute truth of who we are. The illusion that this is so is largely responsible for the sad state of the human condition, with all of the suffering and pain existing within our current society. The talents of the greatest movie director, producer or actors, or even the state-of-the art theater, all pale in comparison to the egoic sense of self. Awakening is to lose and forget one’s sense of self in the form of that “movie” playing over and over in our heads. One must keep an open mind now, for only by keeping the mind open, can it be transcended. It is only in the transcendence of the mind that true clarity of vision may ensue.

Consciousness, without the conditioned mind, is pure and devoid of subjectivity. This is our original, pristine state of Being. A state of deep peace and joy, which is the birthright of all, and to which we need to return. Absolute reality, compared to that of the relative, is eternal, and a common thread linking all in the manifested universe. This is the bliss for which we came into Being. To do so, the mind has to be bypassed, and absolute truth discovered by “going within.” Then, and only then, can the wisdom of our higher consciousness be combined with all our acquired knowledge, leading to true liberation. The main obstade blocking the attainment of this state ofpeace and bliss is that which we can define as ego.

There is only one thing that the circle world of the ego fears and that is the individual, the activated human spirit inside the fit and healthy human body, the person with the personal power to choose their own lives, the soul that brings down heaven on earth. The whole essence of the circle world is to keep us discon-nected from source energy and healing spirit, to keep us thinking and reacting to the many troubles and tribulations that it faith-fully supplies every day.

Freeing the Soul from Fear

The human ego is full of fear.

By nature, the ego is fearful.

The ego’s prime supports are pride (ignorance), desire (to propagate its continuance), and fear (of death).

Fear finds its roots in the ego’s self-protection. The ego fears both life and death, because both are threatening to its survival. Ego- survives on its constructs, on its concepts of threat, of enemy. We live in the illusion of our separateness, which is always under threat, always in danger of crumbling if we don’t maintain it, defend it, and—if we have the strength—expand it.

The ego fears the loss of conscious existence, and its final surrender means facing ‘the great unknown’. The last step, therefore, requires great courage, faith, and the conviction of the truth of the great teachers. The core of the ego is then relinquished by Divine Grace, and the revelation that it ensures erases the last vestige of fear because its source has been removed.

Our ego fears the opening of this tremendous abyss, or void, where “I will not be anybody.” That is the irony. Here you are fearing being nobody when this way of being nobody is your identity: the space, the pause.

The mechanism of these encounters with fear is direct and real. It goes something like this: When fear gets hold of us we’ve succumbed to its power. We think fear is stronger than we are, stronger than our courage and determination. By remaining present when we feel the fear—at whatever level of intensity—by not averting our gaze and falling back into habitual patterns, the fear may collapse, dissolve, and transmute into freed energy as we “hold our seat,” breathe, and soften.

Fear and ego are almost interchangeable terms. Like ego, there’s no ultimate reality to fear. It lives in the discursive mind, in our thoughts. We know how difficult it is to come to terms with that in daily, real-world experience. We tend to believe that the way we see a situation is the way it is. We believe the stories fear feeds us. The arguments of the controlling ego in our heads can be exceedingly ingenious and convincing. And of course the sheer physical power of fear—the way it grabs hold of our bodies and rattles us—can also be extremely difficult to pacify

We also learned how we are bound by the thoughts we choose and how our choice for the thought of fear over the thought of love has alienated us from God and from our true selves. The Course teaches that the world has yet to collectively awaken from its choice for the thought of fear. It tells us that as long as fear is collectively projected by everyone, its false effects will continue to be collectively experienced. Yet, the Course also says that the power to extend love rather than project fear is still within us. We can take back our projections and reverse the upside-down thinking of fear’s perception. God has given us the means to do this.

Perception and Projection Here’s how it happens: In the realm of the power of thought works opposite to the way it used to work in the realm of knowledge. Knowledge knows the thought of God’s all-encompassing Love and extends that Love. Perception no longer knows Love. Perception no longer knows anything. That’s because it has chosen to believe in separation and in Love’s opposite, namely fear. Fear cannot be extended because fear doesn’t exist. Fear is an illusion. But fear can be projected. In the realm of perception, fear is, therefore, projected out of the mind and onto something outside itself in order to protect the mind that chose it. Perception uses projection to recoil from what it fears.

Upside-Down Thinking Here’s how we do it: In the world of dreams and beliefs, perception is the only means of awareness. What does perception do to gain awareness? Perception employs the senses to gather information. Since the senses can only recognize concrete things or things that have dimension, they cannot transcend the concrete, three-dimensional realm. Perception’s scope of awareness is, therefore, limited to what the eyes and ears can verify and to the choices the mind has already made. Being rooted in the belief in separation, perception can now only see parts of the whole. So it perceives separate bodies that seemingly experience separate thoughts and separate wills that are in constant competition with one another.

This is how perception keeps afloat the upside-down thinking that I’m not powerful. The world has power over me.

The ego is the jailer of your soul, guarding it from truth until the holy instant when the captive soul is released to freedom. The will of ego then becomes one with the will of your soul, which is one with mine. Your will, which you may have considered to be isolated and small, you now know to be in union with mine. This knowledge gives you the confidence to go forth in grace toward any goal you made in spirit. You are aware of your soul’s purpose and move confidently in the direction that you must go to achieve this.

The alignment of ego and soul results in harmony of spirit. This harmony is reflected back down through the etheric layers of your body and results in a feeling of well-being or all being well within your soul.

You are powerful; you are strong in your true being, This inherent power within you is your own nature. Your own true being has no fear. It is bold in its identity.

Fear lies at the very heart of much of ego’s driving force. As much as it may disguise, delude and deceive itself, fear is what drives the ego toward narcissism (control), arrogance (compensation) and defense.

In several ways, ego acts like a psychological virus: Ego requires a human host, which it “infects. Self-doubt then acts like a virus. Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. It is an illusion which keeps perpetuating itself through attachment to the individual and, by its various methods, tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego.

Fear of the unknown causes doubt and control to come into existence. Self-doubt acts like a virus.

The ego fears failure

The ego does not want to give up control over the embodied soul. Even during the transition into bodily death, the ego-mind usually, in one form or another, accompanies the soul out of the body and continues with it on its journey. The physical death does not insure the death of the ego-mind. It is only through the process of awareness with acceptance that attachment to the ego is atrophied.

The ego is very aware of its tentative position and lives in constant fear. This fear is manifested in the diaphragm and solar plexus and, with practiced attention, can be directly experienced and known by the individual. This fear energy of the ego-mind is what interferes with the natural course of breathing.

The ego’s fear of extinction becomes encoded in the body, altering breathing patterns and creating greater physical ten-sion and distress. In this way, the ego continues to maintain control over the embodied soul’s consciousness.

The ego knows that if the individual becomes aware of his or her physical tension and distress, the consciousness is likely to become preoccupied with its level of physi-cal health and comfort and to react in various ways to this concern. The consciousness has now become even more attached to ego-mind through fear of loss of well being and an urgency to fix the body.

Ego survives solely through attachment, like a virus, which cannot function independently from its host cell. It cannot be emphasized too strongly that the ego has no life of its own. It is an illusion which keeps perpetuating itself through attachment to the individual and, by its various methods, tricking the individual into believing that he or she is the ego. When attached to the ego, the individual doesn’t “see” the ego. The ego has become invisible because the individual believes the ego is what he or she is and therefore, there is no experience of consciousness as separate from ego-mind. The attachment is complete. When attention is turned inward, the process has begun which will eventually result in the individual “seeing” the ego and finding its true Self.

The offset of loss to the spiritual devotee is the realization that loss represents an opportunity for greater freedom. An attachment is a tie and a fetter of the ego. Although the relinquishment initially feels like an emotional stress, there awakens the realization that the bondage would have to have been surrendered to God in due time in the process of letting go of the illusion that the source of happiness is external.

The true source of happiness and joy is the Self and not the identifications of the ego/self. Through close examination, it will be found that the fulfillment of desires quells the ego’s painful sense of lack, and in the quiet that ensues, it is really the happiness of the Self that was then experienced and not the ego’s acquisition. The source of the pleasure was not from the thing, action, or event itself but from the fact that in quieting the ego’s feeling of distress, the presence of the Self could be sensed.

This is the mechanism behind all ego gains. The painful wantingness or clamor of the desirous ego is silenced, and thus the inner Self is pleasantly experienced. The mind’s error is that it ascribes the source of the feeling of happiness to ‘out there’ instead of ‘in here’. The pain of loss is therefore not due to the loss of the person or object but is from the attachment itself. Attachment is an investment of emotional energy. In due time, it reinvests itself either to a substitute object or, more hopefully, in devotion to God.

The ego is shallow and fear-based, and its primary focus is all about “me”. With this ego-based focus, you are bound to fail, making your worst fears come true. Ego-based fears can be extremely powerful and control our minds. If our self-image is threatened, the ego diligently goes to work by partnering with fear to create a pattern of fearful thoughts, perceptions, and ideas.

Understand the power of divine love is the highest vibration that is able to connect with all other creations in existence and transform the vibrational rhythm pattern of these creations. The greater your connection to divine love, the more powerful your ability to transform your perceptions of pain, fear, and limitation. The key is to connect to the purest source of divine love possible.

The most powerful source of divine love that exists that can be used to transform your perceptions is located in the now moment. The now moment is a state of existence beyond time and the limitation of space where the illusion of the ego, of emotions, of limiting perceptions cannot exist, simply because the purity of divine love transforms these lower vibrational rhythm pattern creations back to the innate perfection within these creations. How you reach the now moment is by living each one of the combat transformation principles, each of which are designed to transform your creations that separate you from your divine perfection, and to focus your unlimited freewill to connect to the power of divine love that exists in the now moment.

You have to transform your perceptions of time and space. You meditate to expand your consciousness into the now moment. Most importantly you have to understand how the mass consciousness affects your ability to connect to the purity of divine love in the now moment.

If you stood in the middle of a vast stadium of pure white light that represented the transforming power of divine love, your freewill could set an intent to heal a limiting perception stored in your chakra. The vibrational rhythm pattern of divine love would connect to and raise the lower vibrations of the limiting perception. In this example there is a clear playing field between your creations and the purity of divine love.

Now add billions of creations of fear to this vast stadium of pure white light. This transforms the pure white light where you could see, touch and connect to pure divine love everywhere into a jungle of limiting perceptions that hide and distort your connection to the pure white light of divine love. To fix this problem of billions of creations of limitation blocking your access to pure divine love, humanity’s requests and prayers for help to higher awarenesses in the universe were answered with the solution of seven energy pathways being anchored by them on the planet as a gift. I

t’s as if you had engineers who went through the jungles and built a road, so that you could now go through the jungle on your transportation much easier then cutting your way through and fighting all of the tree limbs, all of the plants, and all of the things that were in the way. The seven energy pathways anchored to your planet simply have cut a path for you through the vast amounts of limiting vibrational rhythm patterns of the mass consciousness. These pathways are maintained the same as the road may be maintained. You need do nothing to maintain these pathways.

Love knows no fear, therefore is fearless, and ego is just on the opposite— fear is one of ego’s major energy suppliers.

The ego wants no part of the truth and what willbring us freedom. Fear keeps you in the imaginary reality and out of touch with the Truth. Another corruption of the negative ego fear based thought system that distorts reality, nind, perception and the divine nature of being.

The ego and mass consciousness is therefore ruled by ignorance or the veil of ignorance, and through the veil of separation the ego prevents humans from discovering their divine being.

The ego or ego energy works through some type of direct perception, since alone it does not have the power of thought. Thoughts are a lower, more contracted energy. The mind through thought vibration becomes the very voice and expression for ego. So, the mind is a separate entity (energy), created to keep us separate from our higher power, or God, and to perform thinking, and create thought for ego to function through.

This ego has become the god of this world and separate humankind from their higher divine self.

The ego, on the other hand, is worried only about its immediate, finite survival. It is a living element of fear. The ego is created through our survival belief systems that focus upon fear and anger. We accept the ego as a necessary part of our mind. But our ego is wrapped in its cocoon of fear and cannot survive in its present state in the energy of love, faith, and trust. These loving energies dissolve our shell of fear and the ego becomes humble in the love and wisdom of our soul and spirit. Our perception of life is then expanded beyond our linear view. When the ego is merged with the divine nature it becomes humility.

When we experience the energy of fear, we must understand that it is our ego fearing for its survival and not allow our ego to convince us that no other path is possible. Understand that as eternal spirit created by God we cannot be destroyed, and that all things not created by God will not survive. It is our fear of death that attaches us to the fear of change. We fear what we can’t see and we can’t see beyond the veil of beliefs that surrounds our intellect. Change is symbolic of the death of our old beliefs and behaviors.

Change expands the very essence of who we are. Each and every change that we experience in our conscious awareness allows us to have a new perception of ourself and other people. Each change that we experience will naturally replace our old belief system with new beliefs and behaviors. It is this sense of eminent change happening within our minds that allows our intel-lect and ego to withdraw in total fear.

Fear can capture our physical body in the same manner that it captures our intellect and ego. Fear is one way to create physical disease. Our ego fear will create physical symptoms within the body because fear constricts the heart and blood vessels, which has an effect upon every cell within our physical body. Our heart is the point of power for our spirit. Anytime that the ego succeeds in constricting the heart, it is winning the tug-of-war with the spirit.

This change takes place within our energy fields, which triggers our emotions, and which then triggers our physical body response. Identical responses occur in our liver as a point of power for our soul. If we refuse to acknowledge our life lessons we can choose to create disease. Our lungs are the point of power for our physical life. If we are feeling suppressed or controlled physically, by ourself or someone else, we will develop breathing problems. Each of these three important organs are connected to our spirit consciousness, soul mind, and intellect and ego, and they will reflect the control that we are creating from our mind restrictions. This is not a conscious action of our aware mind but it occurs at a subconscious, soul level and an unconscious, spirit level.

Change is a challenge because our beliefs do not honor our power. We have allowed ourself to live from the beliefs of others.

Our fear of assessing and changing beliefs that no longer serve us has allowed us to create a distortion in the energy upon Earth. Many believe in change, seek inner and higher changes of self, and want to explore methods of protecting Earth and the Universe. Others continue to fanatically protect the old beliefs that come from the primitive levels of our soul growth. This protection is the symbol that represents the ego and spirit tug-of-war in the mesocos-mic level of society.

Our physical house can easily be destroyed. But the tree from which our house was built has been created by God and it will regrow. We can destroy our physical body, but we will live again. An understanding of the eternal life within us should give us the energy of hope, faith, and trust, because what God has created will live eternally. We are part of the Creator, we have been created by the intention of the Creator, and we are eternal. We bring the destruction of ourself, our society, and the world upon ourselves to serve as our lessons of change and growth.

Öur ego has withstood a constant bombardment of electromagnetic energy as our spirit tries to inspire our intellect into change and openness.

Our ego has created the cosmic shellaroun ourintellect to give the illusion of the trinity of ourself as the intellect, the ego, and the physical body. As our ego lifestyle of separateness becomes apparent to our intellect, we will begin to open our mind to change and inspiration.

The lifestyle of our dependent intellect is dosed, limited, and complacent as it is controlled by the ego in its cosmic shell. Our intellect lives like a ship in a bottle. No matter how magnificent and beautiful the intellect is it can never sail to far away places because even its imagination is limited by its cosmic shell.

Our ego is the last bastion that separates our intellect and keeps it from discovering the truth about itself and becoming one with our soul and spirit. As we live the major lessons of our soul without changing our conscious awareness, our soul goes deeper and deeper into the abyss of the shadow side of our soul and brings forth our primitive reflections to remind us that change is essential to our health and happiness.

The possibility of fear enters the world. The possibility of separation enters the world. Hiding from God and separation from God represents the ego, instead of being connected with the large Self which knows no fear, and knows no differences, now they identify with the small self, the small ego, the one that perceives differences and they become afraid. It is the ego that experiences fear. in the ego is a fear-based reality because the ego is always subject to harm. Living from the world of the Transcendent is a bliss-filled reality because the Transcendent knows no change.

Fear, as we know it, is the main supporting column of the Ego, and it feeds heavily on the energies of Chaos. Fear imprisons the mind and requires drastic, attention-getting measures to break free from the bars of this mental prison cell.

Consciousness recognizes that the more you learn about your Self, the more you come to understand yourself. For us individuated humans, this crucially means the more you understand about the structure of the entirety of your Self, the more you come to understand your ego-self—and how it operates. Moreover, the wonderful thing about understanding something is that any fear around it dissolves. In the case of your Self, because your ego-self generates fear, understanding how it operates and what causes the fear will give you a better chance of living a life free from it.

The author of fear is the ego, and ego is the mass consciousness, and to control the masses the ego of mass consciousness using massmedia, television and masstechnologies to stay in power and control of the human mind or the matrix.

The mass media provides us with our on-the-surface view of reality. This superficial view reflects the beliefs we currently hold to be true of reality. The news media’s reports tend to focus on events that stimulate our fears—which are generated by our collective core beliefs. As you may have gathered from the media, the prevailing worldview suggests we live in an unsafe universe—echoing a primal fear within our collective psyche, that we are separated from Source. The beliefs of both science and religion predominantly support this view.

Constant fear programming creates an subconsciously desire to belong to the group of mass consciousness and fear is also the component thatopens up the mind-channel for negative mind programming

We have been intoxicated with these media news and dramas of life as social media. These bind us to collective consciousness. These collective consciousness polluted by our collective energy release and affecting the psyche of every one of us. When we are into these fearful thoughts, vibrating negativity, we are forced to feel the collective energy response, whether we like it or not. We feel everything, but may feel difficult to express. But when we free ourselves by detoxifying ourselves, remaining media free, news free, ads free, etc you will free yourself from this matrix.

Then once the authorities were tuned in, they manipulated the mind into controlling the mass through fear and false belief systems. Even today, the authorities control us with fear, obligation, and punishment.

Once the authorities of those days gained mind control over the mass population of the land, the more we, as a human group, separated ourselves from our own spirit, soul, universal divine mind, and body. And today, those in power, even our motivational speakers, now look at the rational mind as the king and the source of what is gained in life. Because of the hypnosis of rile mind, using fear, belief systems, motivational workshops, and intelligence as the foundation, we now

Its all about controlling the ego-perception.

Such control, was never considered as belonging to the Soul. Bodies and feelings, with their intermediate images, were thought of as the Self and were held by thought forms, which crystallized all of life in a rigid way and manifested behaviors that separated the human instruments from each other time and time again. People never learned that the crystallization in which they were held was the controlling form of one thought — the mass consciousness of humankind, from which there was no escape.

Mass consciousness is ruled by the concepts of mass;

Mass society reflects industrial mass production in which people consume the same industrialized products and culture.

Mass society, mass media, mass production, mass distribution, mass consumption, mass-produced and mass-consumed, mass entertainment, mass communication, mass education, mass consciousness, mass psychology, mass hysteria, mass illusion and finally all these parts is the Matrix.

Waking up from the Matrix, breaking the bondage (of) false consciousness (the dreamworld) and wakening up from the illusionary reality, is done when people are shown the true workings of the Matrix-system.

“False consciousness is the result of culturally and economically dominant groups indoctrinate the masses.

The Matrix – is a artificial dreamworld controlled through the art of mass psychology to create mass consciousness, and then the Matrix is a “mind prison” the mass consciousness prevents humans from awakening up from this dreamworld to be able to see through the veil of ignorance and illusions.

The Matrix is a dream world made to cover our eyes with illusions and ignorance.

The meek has inherited the world, because they are born into bondage, living an illusion, asleep and unconscious.

Consciousness is the awareness of being aware of the program.

Both subconscious and conscious ‘five-sense’ mind were subject to the manipulation of this now self-aware ‘entity’ that the Matrix had become. The reason why the Matrix projection needs the energy of fear to empower itself is because it is fear, self-aware fear. These fears keep us locked in the matrix, the morphogenetic grids of our awareness, of our active consciousness. It is also our collective consciousness that induces fears into others.

Morpheus, whose name is taken from the Greek god of dreams, reveals to Neo that the Matrix is “a computer-generated dream-world” , the product of an elaborate computer program.

The solution is that Neo needs to wake up from the dream, just as Gnostics learn that sensory perception in the material realm is not reality.

A neural simulated dream world, the Matrix is a complex engineered reality designed to keep humanity under control. Our engineered world is a psychological construct created by humanity.

The film explores the relationship between two different, but related, worlds. The first is a dream world, where people’s perceived realities are actually projections and illusions. The people in this dream world are unaware that their perceived realities are actually produced by an inhumane system of oppression. The second is the real world; in this world, the state of wanton oppression is revealed, and a group of liberated human rebels, who have rejected illusory human existence, fight the inhumane power hierarchy.

MORPHEUS, “What is the Matrix? – Control! The Matrix is a computer-generated Dream world built to keep us under control, in order to change a human being into a battery of energy. We are the energy source easily renewable and completely recyclable. All they needed to control this mind was something to occupy our mind. And they built a prison out of our past; wired it to our brain and turned us all into slaves.” “The Matrix is everywhere; it’s all around us, here even in this room. You can see it out of your window, or on your television. You feel it when you go to work, or go to church, or pay your taxes. It is the world that has been pulled over your eyes to blind you from the truth.””That you are a slave, Neo. That you, like everyone else, was born into bondage. . . kept inside a prison that you cannot smell, or touch; A prison for your mind. Unfortunately, no one can be told what the Matrix is. You have to see it for yourself.

Finally, Neo realizes that the dreamworld of the Matrix is an artificial place, built by the machines according to rules set to enslave humanity. Neo would lead people out of the illusions of Plato’s cave, the veil of Maya, or the darkness of the world into a higher consciousness. His goal is to “free” the mind from the dreamworld as the false consciousness.

This is evolution of consciousness rising up from the depths of ignorance, superstition and dogma to becom conscious of the fact we are spiritual beings having a human experience.

How to Transcend Mass Consciousness and Become One With the Universe and break free from this sheep-mentality of the majority, that will just and always be representing themselves as they are – self destructive section of humanity. Mass consciousness is created through concept of fear. The collective mass consciousness represents oppression.

What came to mass consciousness first as a symbol of collective apocalyptic fear.
Then fear become the illusionary power for fear of death.
It then continues to include fear of exclusion from the group or mass consciousness
Then it come to include to be accepted by mass consciousness
It then continues to include to have others approval to make – or change the mass consciounsess programming of the human mind
Human then begin to fear to not fit in
Then they start fear to no be something

Fear is low vibrational frequency and it keeps humankind trapped within a one dimension reality that easily can be social enginered, manipulated, conditioned, programmed. This world hiding and conseals its mind control methods within the daily living envoriment, use of technologies, cell towers, radio, television, newsmedia, music, movies, food products, or in the airs through chemtrails and nanotechnology.

The author for all these concepts and belief systems of fears is the ego and mass consciousness. This is how humans from their beginning giving away their inner power to other or to the outer-exsternal forces of the ego. The human ego, mass consciousness, the matrix, the ego-body-identity is not the real identity of humans. It´s hiding the real divine higher self in concepts created by the ego, mass consciousness, the matrix to keep everyone in line and follow what their are programmed to do.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

Mass consciousness is now generating great fear and hysteria, which is causing the physical manifestations of the disease to increase upon your planet.

When we stop giving collective power to this cloud of ignorance and withdraw the authority we have lent to it, it will dissipate without delay.

The expanded in consciousness to the point they leave the belief system of the Mass Consciousness behind.

In the mass consciousness of slaves and drags down the bravest individuals to the level of cowardice of the most cowardly in … When a brave individual struggles to break free from this slave consciousness.

Since the conscious mind is the creature of the senses, it generates its reality through materialization of what appears to be data from its environment

Since the conscious mind is the creature of the senses, it generates its reality through materialization of what appears to be … and in turn to the ganglionic cellular mass at the back of the stomach, known as the solar plexus or abdominal brain.

Control nature inside and you will move as a master out in this universe. You can evoke states of consciousness by applying stimulus to the periphery and again mental states evoke corresponding vibrations in the cellular life of body and brain. The solar plexus is also known as the Abdominal Brain and your brain depends and draws upon this vital centre.

MASS CONSCIOUS AND THE DICTIONARY What is the definition of the term mass conscious? The Dictionary (as other dictionaries) lists such words as mass market, mass products, mass produce, mass number, mass media and mass medium, but does not mention the term mass conscious(ness). What would be our definition of mass conscious?

Density consciousness, the first layer in the Pyramid of Spiritual Awakening below, is the vibrational stratum of mass consciousness, characterized by fear and self-preoccupation. The ego arises to deal with fear and is strengthened by these separation energies. The ego is a product of separation, a refraction of you.

Only your choice of the ego and the mass consciousness stop you from expressing the totality of who you are.

Separated consciousness is rather susceptible to the mass energy of others’ separated energy.

Man’s problem is that of dual vision … recognizing another reality other than the Absolute, besides which there is no other. What we recognize, we materialize. Separation only exists as the illusion platform within the dual mind of form-consciousness. Separation is the ruling principle in the plane of duality . . . that which keeps the pendulum swinging. The apex frequencies can be instructional to the masses, resident in the realm of polar opposites .. . base-consciousness (mass consciousness). At the bottom of the pyramid is where the masses reside in consciousness. This is usually represented on the pyramid as the two extremes of the pole which must be reconciled before our desired estate can come forth. How we perceive, interpret, observe and recognize energy, determines whether or not we reconcile our discordancies.

Mind control (mass consciousness hypnosis). Mass consciousness primarily lives in the Lower Mind, using logic and emotion as primary modes of information/decision. Film and television are undoubtedly the most powerful techniques in the mass technology of mind control.

One of the forces that can stifle your force of will is the illusion of a communal or shared material-plane reality. This illusion is a highly deceptive one, suggesting a perceptual harmony in which large numbers of people believe that they see the same or very similar realities. Perceptual harmony allows a large group consciousness matrix to overtake or overlay your own individual consciousness matrix. While this sounds sublime, lovely and convenient as well, perceptual harmony can have its dark side. Once your own consciousness matrix is fully sucked into a mass consciousness matrix, it loses its ability to effectively determine from outside the mass perception the actual nature of the mass matrix and can no longer decide for itself how the energy of your consciousness gets used. Although this can be a positive development, only clear discernment can detect the right use of one’s will in this engagement with a mass consciousness matrix.

The process of spiritual evolution to become a spiritual master requires us to reverse this by undoing all the mass-consciousness programming. We must get complete control of the subconscious mind and not let it run us; we must totally become the computer programmer of the subconscious mind, or one can let the psychology of the mass consciousness enslave the mind and once the own consciousness matrix is fully sucked into a mass consciousness matrix, it loses its ability to effectively determine from outside the mass perception the actual nature of the mass matrix and can no longer decide for itself how the energy of your consciousness gets used.

THE POWER OF MASS CONSCIOUS Mass conscious is a powerful frequency that manipulates those of a fragile personality, those who fall for shallow advertisement and empty promises, or accept to be made afraid. Mass conscious makes them forget the divine insights they may have gained, which could otherwise lead to benefits for all involved. Mass conscious is likely to be initiated or used by someone or a group, desiring to control the individual or the masses for their own gain, for revenge, or for the enjoyment of undue power or profit. Vain promises or creating urgencies, obligations, negative sensational news, dangers, emergencies, rush and anxieties, even “pandemics,” are some of the means to gain general power, directing mass conscious, and hindering the individual to reach Alpha, the state of increased healing and intelligence.

The establishment of the ego decided the separation between the physical realm of energy systems and the energy of Creation. The ego is the false perception of unconsciousness. The ego distorts the truth of reality. All that is known throughout the mass of collective energy has been created by ego. The mass of collective energy is a phenomenon based on a false reality belief system. The false reality belief system is everything that is known within the context of civilization. The false reality belief system strengthens the development of the ego. The goal of civilization shifted from being an entity that was once interested in following the path of the energy of Creation to now being an entity that only wants to please the ego. The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

Higher Self consciousness is the next evolutionary goal for the present modern day Homo Sapient Man. Becoming More than You Are, Evolving to All You Can Be You’re not Finished! “Becoming more than you are” is not simply a motivational phrase, nor is “Evolving to all you can be” only a statement of possibility—it’s all about what you can do to accelerate your own multi-dimensional evolution. And what you should do! A Complex Multi-Dimensional Being:

The Evolution of Future Consciousness

All evolving human beings of this planet earth for their Conscious Expansion to achieve liberation [Mukti] from the 3 material world bondage’s [Trilokas], during their incarnated human lives of physical plane existence as per the evolutionary plans, are required to always “”consciously contemplate’ upon their ensuing desire mind thoughts,…. rather than immediately acting upon them as “Robots”!!

Becoming More than You Are, Evolving to All You Can Be You’re not Finished! “Becoming more than you are” is not simply a motivational phrase, nor is “Evolving to all you can be” only a statement of possibility—it’s all about what you can do to accelerate your own multi-dimensional evolution. And what you should do! A Complex Multi-Dimensional Being:

The first step is the fundamental need to recognize, and remember, that the human person is a far more complex being than commonly perceived as just the physical body, brain, and the familiar personality. You are more than you think you are—a multi-level being of subtle energy bodies beyond the physical—but your degrees of unawareness limits your abilities to function at greater levels. Mostly, you are asleep at the switch, and have little or no idea of what being even a little more awake would be like.

Reactive Emotionality, or Developed, Balanced, and Reliable: The more we develop our “lower” vehicles (Astral/Emotional and Mental) and perfect natural Psychic powers into reliable skills and dependable abilities, the more accessible become the powers of the “higher” vehicles to develop the Intuitive Mind and other faculties of the Super-consciousness.

A Life of Purpose: Instead of passive acceptance and response to “whatever comes your way,” you can act with understanding of your needs and true desires and plan ahead to live a life of purpose, with growth and development to become all you can be.

The evolutionary path to get the desired goal of liberation, which is finally achieved through the self realization.

For man is purposeful, and the high purpose of his life is to attain to full self-consciousness.

Only when we understand the Immortal Being that we really are, exists the possibility of escaping the fishbowl. And once we discover who we are as divine beings, we will also understand the purpose for our journey in this world of illusion: of duality and time. Playing the Master Game reveals that almost all humans live their lives in a sleeping state from which few will ever escape. Playing the Master Game provides the opportunity for freeing our self from this ‘waking-sleep’ by making us aware that our lower self consciousness is not the highest level of consciousness possible

Only when one is fully self-aware is one truly an individual and truly a candidate for the Higher Evolution.

`Transformation of the Human-Animal’ will clarify what it means to be Awake or asleep and why many modern human-animals still life in a collective herd or group consciousness. That evolving to ever higher states of consciousness is the Divine Plan for all of mankind.

Higher Self consciousness is the next evolutionary goal for the present modern day Homo Sapient Man.The matured Higher Self is known as Cosmic Consciousness, Universal Consciousness or Supra Consciousness (Supermind).

Transformation’ also describes, why and how the New Man must learn to reintegrate back into the old lower self world to which He no longer belongs but must continue to live in. How He must constantly learn to integrate and adapt to the ongoing and shifting biological transformation, which in the beginning stages keep Him in a constant state of turmoil. It explains why the New Man must find a renewed and energizing purpose in order to regain a desire for remaining in His old lower self-conscious world.

Transformational Psychology is a method and the inner power fuels and accelerates our transformation, from the human-animal that we are, to that of a more spiritualized being called the Higher Self. Transformative stages occur when our lower self’s vibrational frequency is slowly purified until it is attuned to the vibrational frequency of the Hiigher Self consciousness.

This Higher Self is the next stage in our spiritual evolutionary growth. It is through an intense self-examination of our psyche that we gain a new and broader understanding of who this lower self conscious human, that we believe ourselves to be, really is. Through an increasing awareness that grows in conjunction with the transformation we also pin knowledge of some of the higher states of consciousness that exist.

Once our physical body has adjusted itself to higher vibrational frequencies we can then have access to die raise frequency realms that our body can tolerate and sustain itself in; at least for short durations. Through our widening understanding we learn what actions are necessary in order to transcend our lower self consciousness—a consciousness that presendy keeps us confined within a fishbowl of darkness and ignorance.

This fishbowl is a world in which we have only a dim awareness and where our reality is that of a somnambulistic and robotic being.

The state of fear is state of existence and not life, because we do not know what it means to be fully alive and living to the fullest of our capabilities. In order for us to understand this world and the other beings who live in it with us, we must first be able to understand our self: who we are, why we arc, where we came from and where we are going.

Only when we understand the Immortal Being that we really are, exists the possibility of escaping the fishbowl. And once we discover who we are as divine beings, we will also understand the purpose for our journey in this world of illusion: of duality and time.

Then the desire to free our self from our confinement in the fishbowl begins to grow into a hunger that cannot be denied.This powerful desire for freedom will stir us into taking whatever actions are necessary to make possible our escape from the dark limitations of our present sleeping state.

There it only one way to escape from the fishbowl and that is by transcending our lower self consciousness by our meumorphosis into a higher state of consciousness. Once our awareness has been broadened by experiencing a higher state of consciousness. we come to recognize that this lower self conscious person who we believed ourselves to be. is not who we are!

And, that there are worlds beyond the fishbowl; worlds that hold more reality and more meaning then we could ever have imagined. We embark on our journey of discovery and transformation in order to awaken and to become aware of the magnificence of our potential. It is only through our awakening that we become aware of the Glory that is us-in-the-making!

Before we awaken, we have no idea that we are more than our personality and the roles that we are “playing” on the stage of this life. We do not recognize that we are an unfinished being in-the-making. We do not know that we have the potential to become an autonomous Immortal mortal Being of Light and Love. Nor do we know that the transformation needed to make this possible can only be done while in a physical body within this realm of duality.

This is why our life here in this world is so important. Most of us move up the ladder of Consciousness automatically and unknowingly. a process spanning countless centuries and innumerable life tines.

All of us have the potential to move up the ladder of Consciousness at an accelerated pace but of those who know this, few choose to do so. The fear of the unknown, the fear of change and the fear of personal repercussions from those we know and from society at large, keep most of us rooted within our comfort-zones, even if our existence is meaningless. full of misery and strife.

However, our spiritual evolution can be accelerated through the methods used and practiced by Transformational Psychology. Spiritual growth and the attainment of a Higher Consciousness and more awareness can be accomplished in a much shorter period. However, this can only occur if our personality willingly participates in the destruction of its old physical, emotional and intellectual programming.

We have to conquer our fear of venturing into our inner world in order to discover and examine the many false selves that lurk within us. We are all a house divided, because there is no Master present. We are all a conglomerate of many selves, all competing for being ‘top dog’ and running the show! It is only after surrendering all that we thought we were, that we will be able to realize who we actually are.

We must surrender our ego and our will and follow the call of our Higher Self but this can only happen once we discover who the Master of our House is. And. in order to find and solidify the Master, we must first discover which one of our selves is actually our authentic self. During our stay in this material world we are composed of three separate components: a lower self, a Higher Self and the immortal nortal spark of the Divine. It is this immortal spark of the Divine within us that ‘lives’ us.

This Divine spark is our Essence—our Immortality. It is this Essence spark that enters and resides in each new life that we conic to dwell in. We arc a living spark of Divinity that belongs to our Soul; to which we return after each lifetime in another realm. The lower self conscious Homo sapiens human-animal that we are, is only an actor on the stage of a temporary and illusory life.

We are only mortal personalities composed of an ego and a mind in a physical body. Our lower self personality is totally oblivious to anything outside of the fishbowl existence.This lower being that we are is enslaved by the human-animal body, which is under the control of the law of Mother Nature.

Therefore, we ale motivated by and mechanically follow the body´s animal traits and instincts. Until we awaken from this animalistic state we will remain confined and bound to our sleeping fishbowl existence.

Our Higher Self knows us better than we know our self, for our Higher Self is closer to us than we are to our own Beingness. Some intuitively call the lfigher Self their guardian angel—and they are right. it is! We are unaware of our Higher Self until our awareness becomes connected and tuned in to ‘Its vibrations.

Only then do we sense It as a living and intimate presence that is above and beyond our personality level. And then we understand that we are always connected, because we are an integral part of this Higher Self. It is only when we lose awareness of our Higher Self that we feel aimless and alone; when in actuality we are never disconnected from our Higher Self. Our Higher Self is always with us, watches over us and heart and responds to our every call that we send out.

Our Higher Self is the bridge that connects us to our mortality and immortality, for It has access to both the lower self realm and the transcendent realm of our Soul.Our Higher Self is in pursuit of acquiring more growth of essence. This it does through the physical senses of its intermediary. which is the personality. When we. the lower self personality. become connected and aware of our Higher Self. only then is it possible for the personality to actively participate in the acceleration of the transformation process.

We all need to find a game worth playing; for without an aim-game that makes us feel like getting nut of bed each morning with purpose and enthusiasm. we cannot have a creative or useful life. Without a pine worth playing we cannot experience an authentic life—only a meaningless, bleak and robotic existence.T

his is a life of accidie; a life utter boredom, flat, joyless and without any hope that there will conic a changed and brighter tomorrow.This is the only type of life that billions of our fellow human beings ever experience. Everyone, knowingly or unknowingly plays a game.

Most of us from the time of our birth have been cast into a particular game; a game that contains the aims for our life.The majority of us never feel a need to stop and examine our life because we do not recognize that we are role-playing within a particular game.

We believe that the roles we act out are actually who we are. But all our roles are only make-believe masks belonging to our personality. It is only when we no longer find any meaning in our life or we are overcome with suffering or feel a persistent yearning for ‘a something’ that we cannot define, that we pause and question what our life is all about. It is this pause. this suspension in dine, which gives us the opportunity for changing the direction of our life.

We can either alter our old game or choose an entirely new game to play. But, only after having fully awakened to our fishbowl existence arc we able to wisely choose a new game to play. And the game we choose defines the aim of our aspirations and spiritual maturity. Most may not think it necessary or even possible to change their present life-game; but any game, once we realize it’s only a game, can be altered for the better.

This is what Transformational Psychology is able to do.Through an intense and truthful examination of our inner self, we can uncover the illusions and falsehoods we harbour that keep us from leading a more productive and happier life. As we become more aware of who and why we are, we see the people in our life from a higher and more insightful perspective.

Through our continual transformation, a wider awareness and a more receptive understanding will develop. We will discover a new meaning in all that we do and this will greatly increase the quality of our daily life.

As we spiritually mature we develop a more positive and discerning outlook. We become more sensitive to our actions and words when we interact and co llllll unicate with others. We are able to accept more easily what we cannot change and be more daring in changing what we can.

There are two types of games: Meta games and object games. Object games are played strictly for acquiring the things of this world: wealth, fame, power and control over others. For many, life’s aim is simply to squeeze as much out of this material life by acquiring and consu g at much at possible.

Some of the more common games that people play are: the misery and suffering game, the wealth game. the fame and prestige game and the glory and power gante.The most co llllll on oral’ is the householder game: to eat and be merry. to procreate and raise a family. this is the aim for the majority of people.

Object games come instinctively to human beings and therefore require little effort to play. Then there are those who have no aim-game at all. It is better to play any game than to have no game at all. for without a pme, there is no aim and no direction to one’s life.

Aimlessness can only lead to misery and spiritual regression and the waste of one’s precious lifetime in the body. Meta games are played for experiencing altered realities, for spiritual enlightenment, acquiring knowledge. creating artistic works and deliverance from bondage to the darkness and ignorance of our fishbowl existence.’ he most difficult of all the Meta games to play is the Master Game*.

This game is played by few, for it demands all that a person has to give. It is played mainly within one’s inner world. It is played to sprout the seeds of all our highest potentials. To uncover all the powers that are normally hidden and locked up within our psyche and our physical body.

Playing the Master Game reveals that almost all humans live their lives in a sleeping state from which few will ever escape. Playing the Master Game provides the opportunity for freeing our self from this ‘waking-sleep’ by making us aware that our lower self consciousness is not the highest level of consciousness possible.

By playing the Master Came. it becomes possible to get a caste of various states of altered consciousness. including that of our Higher Self. And when we are transported for a moment out of our normal waking-sleep, we get for the first time a taste of freedom. The Higher Self consciousness awareness is a realm of complete objectivity. for in that condition we exist in a state of complete detachment.

Yet included within this gate of detachment are blended in the elements of Total Satisfaction and Fullness. In this super-aware state. we are for the first titre in harmonious balance, experiencing and feeling ourTrue Self. Through the method and practice of Transformational Psychology our life can be transformed. thereby accelerating our spiritual growth.

Self-awareness develops through an intense in-depth exploration and examination of our psyche. This inner self includes not only our personality but also our Essence.This Essence is our immortal mortal Beingnets. It is the core of who we actually are. This it the immortal core that migrates with us from one life-time to another.

A method used to achieve more self-awareness is learning how to direct all our attention not only to the outer actions occurring around us. but at the same time. directing our awareness to the movements within our inner self. Through this balanced two-way attention our Watcher is activated. This Watcher is an objective, detached Observer who simply views all actions. emotions. thoughts and responses of our personality without making judgments. Our Watcher is also aware of the motivations behind all that we do and say.

This Objective Observer, this Watcher. is our Higher Self. Growth of sell-awareness is acquired by a constant observation of our thoughts and actions. It takes time and practice to develop this delicately held two-way awareness. mainly because of our easily distracted and fluctuating mind. Rapid movements and actions and the noise of outer activities surrounding us pull us magnetically outwardand plunge us back into our lower awareness.

Within a nanosecond our dual awareness is extinguished. Through this nvo-way self-awarenett we also become keenly alert to the actions of our ego and its ‘hidden motives and agendas. This two-way awareness places us outside of the ego and therefore we are able to observe it as an objective observer.

This finely tuned dual awareness attracts the Light of our Higher Self. which will penetrate deep into all the dark corners of our ignorance, revealing all our egoistic desires animal traits and illusions.

Only after the root causes of our imperfections have been revealed can we analyze the basis for their existence. Through this cleansing process of our psyche–our emotions/intellect and physical body—we begin to transcend our lower consciousness by moving ever further into the consciousness of our Higher Self.

This purification is accelerated each ‘ we make the choice to opt for Higher Self value instead of a lower self one. Whenever we choose a Higher Self value and reject the lower animal trait valu especially when aware that this will create difficulties for us. we decrease the power of our ego-driven personality and speed up our transformation.

In order to advance on our journey we must have the heart and determination of a warrior, for the struggle to overcome Mother Natures’ spell is a long and difficult one.

It will be a fierce battle and in order to succeed, we must be spiritual warriors with a strong aspiration to free ourselves from our animal heritage. She will fight us by activating and bringing to the surface all the influences of our animal instincts and traits that are as yet lodged in our physical body and our psyche.

Through the practice of Transformational Psychology we embark on a new path, a vertical path that takes us higher up the ladder of evolution into the transcendent realms. Moving vertically, we will begin to disconnect from the horizontal path of time, duality and matter that is the producer and sustainer of our lower self consciousness. This vertical course is the beginning of the acceleration of our transformation out of the Human-Animal consciousness into that of our Higher Self consciousness.

Through the gradual disintegration of our lower self consciousness, the connection with our Higher Self will deepen until we experience a rebirth into a new and higher state of consciousness. This Higher Self conscious state is programmed to be the next step in our spiritual evolution—a transmutation into a new species called Cosmic Man.

We will be transformed from being slaves to the laws of our ego, mind and programmed personalities of our fishbowl reality, into new beings who are inner directed by the guidance and calls of our Higher Self.

It will be from the purity of our inner life where our aims, aspirations and actions originate and not from our robotic, egoistic outer self personalities. It is not ‘up there’ in the transcendent realms that our transformation is to be accomplished but right here in this physical body. But in order to transform, we must listen and surrender to the promptings and calls of our Higher Self. Only then will our Higher Self send us the circumstances that we need in order to keep us moving on the Path to our eventual Glory.

After birth into Self-Realization we do not automatically become a perfect Being. We are now glaringly Aware of our own ignorance and imperfections. We can no longer escape our defects by ignoring or hiding from our motives. We are now noticing the disparity between our intentions and our actions.

With this new birth has also come a heightened sensitivity, making us more susceptible to pain and suffering. Fortunately, we have also acquired a deeper depth of endurance and faster recuperative powers, which shorten emotional and mental distress. We must find and walk the middle path between the old man and the New Man, charting a new course ofAwareness and balance between the two—the one, who is being left behind, and the New One, who we are being absorbed into. Gaps occur between the two worlds, when each one is distinctly felt and in conflict with the other; but mostly there are varying degrees of over-lapping.

Each step out of the old is taking one step further into the New Retreat back into the old is no longer an option. Our roots are now embedded within the New Consciousness. To acquire ever more freedom from the old world of duality, we must continue to make ever deeper inroads into the New and this is done by bringing the Higher Consciousness down into the coarser vibrations of the lours self.

Through this meeting and merging the finer vibrations will absorb and transmute the lower. heavier ones. This transformation can only occur within the realm of the lower self. To prevent the lower self front being obliterated or incurring damage to the physical body, the transmutation must proceed at a slow and steady pace. For a permanent change in consciousness to occur. the lower nun must actively—and in full Awareness—participate in his transformation. 1t must bring the Higher Consciousness into his daily life.

The New Values must be lived in order to deepen into maturity.There are stages, stepping-stones that have to be touched and crossed. Periods for fermentation, a ‘Isnot] and adjustment for the construction of a new cohesive State of Being are needed. The physical body is the medium through which the lower self makes its transformation. A new physiology is required for residing in the Realm of Cosmic Consciousness.

The dense cellular structure of the matter-bound body of the old man acts as a barrier between the old and the New.The old body must be cleansed of its denseness and new circuits opened and established so that it can sustain the finer frequency vibrations of the Higher Realm.

Only after the old physiology has been completely transformed does it become possible to ‘slip over’ for permanent existence within Cosmic Consciousness. Till this transformation is complete, each entry into Cosmic Consciousness takes a toll on the physical body. When we return from there, the body feels drained of energy; a lassitude is felt and normally it will take a few hours to recover.

This is why, in the beginning, a lengthy stay is not possible; the body needs to attune itself in stages. The oscillating states that occur between the two worlds provide the opportunity for this adjustment.

While having our Awareness in Cosmic Consciousness we arc unaware of the physical body. It moves and functions under its own volition. This disconnection poses a threat to the safety of the body because we are now unaware of its needs and most dangerous of all—we don’t care!

We are now living in Total-Perfection-And-Satisfaction. Fear and desire do not exist. We glide in an Ocean-Of-Invulnerability in which Acceptance and Surrender are integral elements. Another danger for the lower nun is that Cosmic Consciousness tips him of the personality-ego: it hones and bares him down to his Essence. This leaves hint open and vulnerable. He must not allow himself to be swept away and be obliterated by the Transcendent Bliss nor become addicted to Its sire” call of sensuousness.

If he is to attain to being an autonomous and self directed Being, he matt keep a firm hold on his Am-Ness. He remain in full Awareness of his Selfhood. Just like two lovers who feel as one, yet, at the same time, both remain Aware of their individuality. Intuition is the language of the New Man and it is the transitional language, the bridge between thinking and Direct Knowing. Direct Knowing is the matured language of Cosmic Man. Cogitation will no longer be needed and it will drop away.

This Direct Knowing is the Stillness-Of-Pure-Awareness. This Pure-Consciousness is our real Immortal-Beingness. The New Man is only a transitional Beingness. He is the last and Highest Form of Man existing in a gross physical body within the realm of mind and matter.The Realm of Cosmic Consciousness is the bridge between the world of matter and the Transfinite Beyond. Even Connie Man, when His evolutionary moment arrives, will continue on—on the Great Journey into the All of the All.

Transformation will come to all. It will come whenever our ripeness reaches its peak. We are all One—we are all on the same Great Journey—we all breathe the same breath and our Hearts throb with the same Heartbeat. We are all longing to reunite with our Completeness.

All steps led towards one great purpose—to leap out of bondage and leap into Freedom. Our life on this Earth is a journey of exploration—a journey into the unknown of our Self, where we rediscover that we are a Spark-Of-The-One, a wave within The-Great-Ocean-of-Beingness.

Fear had a much different purpose before. It actually was created as a function, not a state of being. This state of fear is been controlled by the ego. . The very moment we create any illusory thought of separation from God, we then, at that moment, create a dichotomy, and this is been controlled by the ego. The ego is also the vel of ignorance. And the ego has become the god of this world. “The goal of gnostic striving is the release of the “inner man” from the bonds of the world and his return to his native realm of light.” “Man must finish the work which Nature has left incomplete,” said the Alchemists, and transform the leaden consciouness into gold consciousness of enlighment.

The Book of Genesis, the Garden of Eden is actually a metaphor for the Supernal Triangle, or Divine Consciousness. The Creation of Adam and Eve is the creation of Duality. When Adam and Eve were expelled from the Garden of Eden, it is a symbolic depiction of Man’s falling from Divine consciousness into the Ego consciousness, the mind of Duality, where we are separated from the eternal bliss of the Unity of God.

To return to the Garden of Eden they must destroy their individuality, their Ego, their sense of self. Duality must be eliminated; all consciousness of polar opposites must be gone. Only then can one Cross the Abyss back to the Supernal Triangle, the Garden of Eden, and become One with God again.

The state of ego-duality can´t exist in a state of Oneness, so the ego can´t eixst in higher levels of consciousness.

We have left behind the Heaven reality, simply because we have created this altered-ego mentality. The result of this unconscious action has always been, and continues to be, that we fail to embrace the Kingdom.

As we have stated, this “forgetting” of our Truth, was with divine purpose. That purpose was so that God, through each and every piece of himself, could “experience” the all knowing of himself. This being in multitudes of new, different, and unique ways for the expansion of the Universal mind of God. So, with the creation of this “forgetfulness”, we embarked on the true purpose of our being in this experience. That purpose, has always been for the Soul, (God within), to embrace the fullness of that all knowing, and re-member, or mentally re-connect with the Whole of the One.

This is the purpose for the manifestation of our experiences. In essence, the experience of God, re-membering God, through each and every piece of God. This, in and of itself, has been our divine “process” of life through these created experiences. A divine process indeed. In our journey, through the strength and depth of this collective creation, we have manifested our experiences with great power. So great, and so deep, that we have allowed ourselves to get “lost” within it’s very constructs. This happened when the fear of the separation that we perceived from the One, became so great, that it lead us into a survival mode, if you will.

That is to say that we became so entrenched in the thought of survival, we began to forget our core truth. The reality that our oneness with Source, makes us the very creators of this illusory process that we mistake for life itself. We, through the illusions, and the consequences of those illusions, started the process of “believing”. We started to believe, falsely believe, that we are the sum of our own outer creations. That what we consist of, is limited to a mind and a body.

A mind that thinks the thoughts, and a body that carries out those thoughts and bodily functions. That we are just this vehicle that carries us through this “mode” of surviving. So, what this altered-ego would have us to forget most of all, is the truest aspect of ourselves. The soul that is the God within us. This soul is what Jesus was speaking of when he said that the Kingdom is within you. This is what lead to the thought of separateness from that which we are. It is important to note here that we All have egos.

It is what we would consider to be our unique, or personality aspect self. However, this very thought of separation, or dividedness, is what led to the ego being altered to begin with. We, through our “forgetting”, have only attempted to convince ourselves, that the truest part of ourselves, resides somewhere “outside” of ourselves. Now, we have seen that the birth of this false sense of self that we call the altered-ego, was the beginning of the illusion of what is perceived as separation or division. It is our intention, through these writings, to reveal that what we perceive to be negative, painful, or indifferent in any form, are all the direct result of the belief in these altered-ego manifestations.

That is to say, that we believe in, or latch onto what the altered-ego has produced, in order to sustain itself. We do this, instead of embracing the True Creative Essence, and reflecting it’s reality.

The truth is, that our connection to God can never be severed. The very moment we create any illusory thought of separation from God, we then, at that moment, create a dichotomy. A dichotomy is: division into two, usually contradictory parts or opinions, such as; good or bad, right or wrong, strong or weak, pretty or ugly, black or white, superior or inferior. The result of this formulation is that we remove the way of God from the given scenario. Which is to say, that we have attempted to take One and make it two.

The Archons created two worlds out of one, and this world is ruled by an artificial intelligence of the ego, this is also the matrix or the mind prison. The ego´s purpose is to control the state of duality, so no one can leave this three dimensional reality, the matrix or the mind prison and progress to fifth dimension.

Its much easier to stay in the three dimensional reality and accept all the concepts of ego and duality as real.

All of what we humans experience is a direct result of our minds or mentality. That is to say, the thoughts that we manifest and bring forth are the very creators of what we experience. Since our minds are unconsciously filtered through the false sense of self, many of the resulting creations are what we deem to be “negative”.

The most common of these negative states are the illusions of fear, disease, and death. All of which the falsely trained mind has led us to perceive to be very real or solid states. When the truth is expressed through the mind/mentality, then we see these false states for exactly what they are. False states. As it is said, what we resist persists, and what we look at through the eyes of Truth disappears. What we resist, we create more of.

Our mental focus being on the resistance, inevitably will bring forth, or create more of what we are focusing on. When we see through the eyes of Truth, we see the reality of what we are creating. We then see the illusions for what they truly are… illusions, and thus, they cease to be. This, because we now can make the conscious choice to stop the creation of it.

The false state of fear, through the misaligned mind, will create, experience by experience, an inevitable mental confrontation with the Light of Truth. Once at that place, the Light of Truth will only transform the Fear back to it’s original state, which is that Oneness, that alignment with All things, which is the Light itself.

With this being said, we can now understand why Fear can only bring us to the door of understanding, but not carry us through. In our most primitive form of our “human” creation, Fear had a much different purpose. It actually was created as a function, not a state of being.

With this being said, we can now understand why Fear can only bring us to the door of understanding, but not carry us through. In our most primitive form of our “human” creation, Fear had a much different purpose. It actually was created as a function, not a state of being.

Our most primal fear was created for the purpose of “fight or flight”. To this day, it still indeed serves us in that purpose. It can detour us, or stop us in a moment of danger. For example, if I am walking close to the edge of a cliff, what is it that stops me from getting to close to the edge, or even walking over it? Fear serves us to keep the body safe and in tact. If we destroy it, as many of us continually do, whether in a moment, or slowly over time, then the soul must move into another vessel in which to experience this human physicality.

The unfortunate reality of moving into a new vessel however, is that the new vessel does not accept the memories of the previous form. This, with the exception of momentary remembrances. These, we have in our dream state or in other instances that we have come to refer to as deja vu.

So, indeed, for the protection and continuation of the physical self, the creation of fear serves us well. The “problem” if you will, with the state of Fear, is that we have continually chosen to utilize it beyond this most primal function. We have used it, to the extremes of our mentalities, to confirm our greatest doubts.

Our Fear is only a misalignment with our inherent knowing of our God Consciousness, and we cannot have true faith in the Truth of God when our fear only confirms doubt. What is it that we are doubting? If All is God, is it this fact that we are doubting? Does God Fear God? Again, if All is God, what exactly is it that we are fearing?

The creation of fear that we all experience, will always be felt because of the false sense of loss. This combined with the threat of losing that which we deem as valuable and dear to our hearts. The cause for this emotional distress, is due to the multitude of “loss-producing-thoughts” occurring in our minds. It also has to do with the mental perception we use concerning what these valuable items, (people, places, and things), mean to us. We deem these things to be, what makes us a visible being within Creation. Without them, we think that our magnitude of “being” is either diminished or non-existent. In essence, we think that these things of our perceived outer world, are the holders of our identification.

Many of the establishments of power that we have come to know, have gained their power through the promotion of fear. The reality is that we have willingly given to them our own power, as the result of our embracement of fear. They have convinced us of this false sense of our own identification, and we have more than willingly obliged them.

We give them the freedom to manipulate our minds into believing that without their guidance, we will lose the opportunity, individually, to have a successful life. That without our formulations of government, education, and forms of religion, etc., we will only create for ourselves harsh consequences of failure.

Consequences that they would have us believe could not be avoided or endured individually. This being necessary for them to maintain this control for our best interests. With a bit of inner common sense investigation, you will come to understand the reason why most of our “power structures” have become so good at what it is they do. It is because they themselves are in a constant state of fear. The question we should be asking ourselves at this point of awareness is, why are we giving our power away to these “entities of control”, when they are not the sovereign saving gods we think them to be?

And why is it that we have had such a high level of faith in these “outwardly” constructed entities to begin with?”

The reason is that they know that as long as we can remain oblivious to our divine nature, they can continue to feed off of our energy. This being primarily for the benefit of a few. This is an obvious indicator that their own personal perception of themselves is of a powerless one.

This power structure pulls energy from those of us oblivious to the fact that we are relinquishing.

These all promote a sense of need that only serves to intensify the fear of incompleteness. Positioning us for directional placement within these systems. These forms of enslaving systems promote a false sense within us that we must somehow work to obtain our inherent wholeness. This is how the governments govern their people, instead of serving them. Keeping us loyal to their selfish cause.

We are lead to believe that these actions are for God. So that we will “believe” that they are actually the desires of God. The reality is that they are actually for the benefit of themselves. These are people who have become lost in their titles and their ability to attain attention from the masses. This in turn has caused the ego part of themselves to become falsely inflated. Now, having completely immersed themselves within it, that is, it’s alteration, they are completely driven by this false force. This is the very process, as we have described, that takes the True form of ego away from its True purpose. One of the main factors that pulls them away from their reason for taking on this position, is the collection of money. This action should have been to serve the whole, but has only served to be one of our all time greatest vices.

Fear has become the dominate energy projected through the mass consciousness, and fear is the primary momentum creating events on the global stage. The Golden Age will unfold naturally as the mass consciousness shifts from fear-based into love and trust-based ascendancy.

When people are truly in tune with their hearts there will be a paradigm shift in mass consciousness. The collective heart will be activated and it will influence reality. At present collective fear, pulsating and active, is weaving the tapestry of reality. The personal fears of individuals on both sides of the fence, across borders, feed the collective fear.

The rise in consciousness of one individual has a direct effect on the mass consciousness of humanity, thus causing a chain reaction that positively alters the fate of the world.

As we expand our awareness within the three-dimensional world of space (length, breadth, depth) and time (past, present, future), we start to appreciate the tapestry of life in which we live. We reconnect to higher vibrations that wind though and around the linear life, characterized by cycles or patterns which naturally repeat themselves and are reflected in the cycles of the body and the seasons of nature.

It’s critical for our wellbeing and our path to the Living Light Body to understand and recognize the aspects of the third-dimensional box that we have been living in. Duality, reactionary present-time and the rational mind are all intricately woven into the fabric of the third-dimensional matrix. By becoming aware of these underlying templates upon which the third dimension operates, you begin to have the choice to step out of it. You can reconstruct and remember a significant part of yourself, thereby becoming free to move beyond the limits of the third dimension and experience the possibilities of the fourth dimension, the fifth and beyond. Multidimensionality can be available to you.

The goal of gnostic striving is the release of the “inner man” from the bonds of the world and his return to his native realm of light. “Man must finish the work which Nature has left incomplete,” said the Alchemists; which means that we have to live our life in such a way as to blend (the “sacred marriage” of Alchemy) the consciousness of our outer self with the consciousness of our inner self and create a consciousness of one harmonious self. The two strands are not mutually exclusive; turning lead into gold, or creating the philosopher’s stone (which bestows eternal life), may also be seen as metaphors for spiritual, as well as physical, transformation. Many alchemists believed that personal transformation and spiritual purity were required before the physical processes would be successful.

Man, the main object of these vast dispositions, is composed of flesh, soul, and spirit. But reduced to ultimate principles, his origin is twofold: mundane and extra-mundane. Not only the body but also the “soul” is a product of the cosmic powers, which shaped the body in the image of the divine Primal (or Archetypal) Man and animated it with their own psychical forces: these are the appetites and passions of natural man, each of which stems from and corre-sponds to one of the cosmic spheres and all of which together make up the astral soul of man, his “psyche!’

Through his body and his soul man is a part of the world and subjected to the heimarmene. Enclosed in the soul is the spirit, or “pneuma” (called also the “spark”), a portion of the divine substance from beyond which has fallen into the world; and the Archons created man for the express purpose of keeping it captive there.

Thus, as in the macrocosm man is enclosed by the seven spheres, so in the human microcosm again the pneuma is enclosed by the seven soul-vestments originating from them. In its unredeemed state the pneuma thus immersed in soul and flesh is unconscious of itself, benumbed, asleep, or intoxicated by the poison of the world: in brief, it is “ignorant.” Its awakening and liberation is effected through “knowledge.”

“The goal of gnostic striving is the release of the “inner man” from the bonds of the world and his return to his native realm of light.”

The radical nature of the dualism determines that of the doctrine of salvation. As alien as the transcendent God is to “this world” is the pneumatic self in the midst of it. The goal of gnostic striving is the release of the “inner man” from the bonds of the world and his return to his native realm of light. The necessary condition for this is that he knows about the transinundane God and about himself, that is, about his divine origin as well as his present situation, and accordingly also about the nature of the world which determines this situation.

“What liberates is the knowledge of who we were, what we became; where we were, whereinto we have been thrown; whereto we speed, wherefrom we are redeemed; what birth is, and what rebirth.”

This knowledge, however, is withheld from him by his very situation, since “ignorance” is the essence of mundane existence, just as it was the principle of the world’s coming into existence. In particular, the transcendent God is unknown in the world and cannot be discovered from it; therefore revelation is needed.

The necessity for it is grounded in the nature of the cosmic situation; and its occurrence alters this situation in its decisive respect, that of “ignorance,” and is thus itself already a part of salvation. Its bearer is a messenger from the world of light who penetrates the barriers of the spheres, outwits the Archons, awakens the spirit from its earthly slumber, and imparts to it the saving knowledge “from without.”

The mission of this transcendent savior begins even before the creation of the world (since the fall of the divine element preceded the creation) and runs parallel to its history. The knowl-edge thus revealed, even though called simply “the knowledge of God,” comprises the whole content of the gnostic myth, with everything it has to teach about God, man, and world; that is, it contains the elements of a theoretical system.

On the practical side, however, it is more particularly “knowledge of the way,” namely, of the soul’s way out of the world, comprising the sacramental and magical preparations for its future ascent and the secret names and formulas that force the passage through each sphere. Equipped with this gnosis, the soul after death travels upwards, leaving behind at each sphere the psychical “vestment” contributed by it: thus the spirit stripped of all foreign accretions reaches the God beyond the world and becomes reunited with the divine substance.

On the scale of the total divine drama, this process is part of the restoration of the deity’s own wholeness, which in pre-cosmic times has become impaired by the loss of portions of the divine substance. It is through these alone that the deity became involved in the destiny of the world, and it is to retrieve them that its messenger intervenes in cosmic history. With the completion of this process of gathering in (according to some systems), the cosmos, deprived of its elements of light, will come to an end.

“Man must finish the work which Nature has left incomplete,” said the Alchemists

The pearl of great price is the individuated consciousness of our divine self; but to realize our divine self we have to become our divine self with relentless conscious effort, which is what makes it so difficult to realize. “Man must finish the work which Nature has left incomplete,” said the Alchemists; which means that we have to live our life in such a way as to blend (the “sacred marriage” of Alchemy) the consciousness of our outer self with the consciousness of our inner self and create a consciousness of one harmonious self.

Many people are already engaged in this work as we work to heal the wounds in our lives and in our society. The alchemists found that the Philosopher’s Stone, the divine essence within each person, was born of the chaos of the prima materia. This prima materia had to be distilled, and burnt to ashes, and separated and worked, until it yielded up two essences, which were symbolic of the King and the Queen, Sol and Luna, the Masculine and the Feminine, Yang and Yin. It was only after the separation and discrimination of the elements that a new union was possible. This was achieved in the hieros gamos, or sacred marriage, which produced the Philosopher’s Stone, or in Jung’s terminology, the Self.

We understand the Macrocosm to be the entire warp and woof of creation, known and unknown, visible and invisible. We understand the microcosm to be man himself—the epitome of the creation confined within a framework of individuality. Each microcosmic world is a cell in the Macrocosm, a crystal fragment of the Greater Crystal, reflecting a portion of His glory.

The key to infinity is won through the mastery of the lesser self (the microcosm) by the power of the Greater Self (the Macrocosm). Through man’s correct use of the sacred gifts of Life, including free will, his consciousness in the microcosm can identify with the fullness of God’s consciousness in the Macrocosm. But first, it is essential that he learn how to make the contact, how to establish and maintain his relationship with the Superconscious Ego. The figure-eight pattern is used to illustrate the principle of exchange between the Macrocosmic world Above and the microcosmic world below.

At the nexus, the point where the lines in the figure eight cross, the virtues of the Greater Reality of oneself, of the Superconscious Ego, flow downward into the microcosm, and the aspirations of the lesser reality of oneself, of the ego, flow upward into the Macrocosm.

This exchange is accomplished through the consciousness of the Christ, the Super Ego, who, positioned in the center of the cross, is the agent of the alchemical transformation that takes place between the energies of God and man.

The path of liberation is rooted in the genuine attitude of renunciation, while the four mind-changings are the method that engenders this attitude. The path of the Great Vehicle is rooted in the precious mind of awakening, while the four immeasurables are the method that engenders this mindset.

The power of obstruction and discovery of new potential are related to the journey from known to unknown. The known is on obstruction which should be crossed over to reach realm of unknown. This energy is also regarded as illusion to be transient position Every illusion has underlying light of consciousness darkness of ignorance prevent from seeing basic reality.

“Be still and know that I am God”. This Divine force which enables you to tap the power of stillness also divest you from all confusing transitory identification. This stillness destroys negativity. It has a power to stop the functionary of the mind. Infact, destroys false mind construction and the stillness of speech thought and prana is one of the way of transcending known. It is the power of attraction to centre of stillness. It confers mystery all inner energies to go beyond influence is to become unidentified. This is a process of observation whether we are disturbed or at peace. Mind remains as an observer. We are no longer hypnotised by externals but there is an inner spell of hypnotic influence towards core of our being.

It is a power of metamorphosis of sorrow into hidden joy. Of death into the life of failure into success, and of speech into silence. Creation dissolve back into a created absolute. The third eye and heart Chakara are primary centres of this power. The radiance of knowledge, a bright clinching energy sweeps away negative speech patterns. Stillness is the meditation posture arrest the movement of prana and one gets ability to stop the energy at will and attention and will is focused at the self from the externals. Self-awareness remains steady. One becomes rooted and still in the heart.

Meditations activate your higher Chakras and expand your light quotient. A person’s vibration or frequency level is indicative of their inner light capacity. The lower your vibration or frequency the less light capacity you can hold in your system. The higher vibration levels allow you to expand your inner circuitry to receive the higher capacity electrons, which expand your inner light quotient.

This creates awareness of you as a Spiritual being and expands your limited beliefs, releasing your stuck pain, suppressed emotions and stress, empowering your thought process, overcoming fearful issues like worry, and anxiety. By expanding your heart this new energy fills you with greater flow of Love and compassion to gain more confidence, self control, focus and direction which opens up your Spiritual body: Aura, the Chakras, and higher energy channels. You then can develop clarity of vision for your Life path with greater creativity using the creative GOD force, giving you a more open and direct relationship to your higher GOD source.

Through our inner awakening we receive the answers and begin to teach, and help others directly opens up the processes that raises consciousness to higher levels which allows higher dimensional frequencies to assemble into their DNA.

This journey to self-awareness and the Soul awakening requires that your intentions are in line with what your life’s purpose is. You must expand you existing Spiritual beliefs with a deeper hunger to perseverance to know the Universal Truth. You must open your mind to receive teachings and healings from the heart without interference from the Ego-Mind.

As you become more aware you leant to let go of your negative ego your wealth, status, job title, these are all illusions. It’s NOT YOU. You open up and are able to bring more Love in your system. This sometimes creates humility which provides a higher perspective to life. This is understanding your Self as a being of energy existing with multiple subtle body layers, and that you create with your thought forms and feelings.

Positive thought forms create positive energies and negative thought forms create blockages in your system. Clearing all blockages from all your subtle bodies opens you up to the higher frequency energies. The higher frequency energies speed up your development. Expanding your pillar of Light.

Once you open up your sacred Spiritual heart you allow yourself to open up to the pure love GOD consciousness energy and develop your direct connection to the GOD source. As you expand your awareness you activate your higher DNA strands.

Develop your life to this 5th Dimensional Plane is the beginning process of creating Heaven on Earth. The ultimate goal of awakening your Soul is to open up to the higher dimension realities and to truly know your true self. This phenomenon of Self-transformation is a process that has been available to every living Soul on this planet through our advanced Spiritual masters, to aid us in expanding our consciousness.

As you begin to receive a deeper understanding of your Whole Self, the energies within and its relation to vibrations, frequency, and density and varies dimension you begin to align with your higher self, the part of you that is your Soul.

We Are Living in an Artificial System That Doesn’t Suit Our Consciousnesses.

You are currently living in a system on earth that does not suit your true nature – which is love. You are in a low vibrational situation in the fourth dimension, which has been hijacked by malevolent beings who control your people into thinking of themselves as far, far less than who you truly are.

A bird in a guilded cage is still a prisoner,and whether your lives on earth are to your liking or not, you are still living as far less than your birthright allows for. You are trapped.

What is an ego?

It’s the unawareness of the true nature as Spirit.

What Is Human Metamorphosis?

Metamorphosis is a biological process. bv which an animal physically develops into a new form or structure. after its birth through cell growth and differentiation. It is not widely known that human metamorphosis is possible, because it is only beginning to happen to some people today.

Human metamorphosis is a biological process that reorganizes the structure of the brain and nervous system, subsequently causing a new cell growth in the body to reflect the new organization of the brain. The process is triggered by certain DNA switches activating owing to increased vibration in the body. This increased vibration is synonymous with a high level of self-realization.

A new brain and nervous system is built in the existing body, breaking down the old structure and using this released energy as fuel to make the new body based on the new genetic instructions activated when the process triggered. After this completes the person is a new more advanced being than before.

Once the consciousness level is high enough in the form, it has enough energy to flip the latent DNA switches on to trigger the old form to morph into the new form. All instructions for this new form have always been present in our DNA; they are only not activated. It is known that the DNA of most species has the same genetic instructions, what differentiates species is which parts of the DNA are activated. All life on Earth is growing toward expression as a human being. When the trigger point is reached in a human being, the old brain reorganizes. This reorganization releases energy, which is used to metamorphosis into a new species, with a new brain organization in the same body.

Metamorphosis Happens When We Are Quiet

The process of metamorphosis accelerates when we do not use our energy to animate the personality. When we are not using our mind, we can use our energy to reorganize our mind. The mind cannot be changed if we are busy using it. When we are quiet and non-reactive, our higher-self is present and can reorganize our brain.

This transformation happens to a lesser degree in the night while we sleep. When we fall asleep, our higher-self goes to work to change the organization of the brain in the same way. It is not coincidental that dreams occur in various sleep states. Dreams are a symptom of brain reorganization. When we willing quiet our mind, transformation happens and our energetic vibration increases. Increased energetic vibration is evidence of brain reorganization and of self-realization.

It is like slowly creating a new organization in our brain and later when new cells are replaced in the body, the body and mind reflect this new and more efficient organization. It is almost like making a change to the epigenome.

⦁ Reality is the metamorohosis of God in humanity.
⦁ Earth is where the divine metamorphosis takes place.
⦁ The accomplishment of the divine metamorphosis implies the evolution of humanity.

Rising Awareness Is A Biological Process

Imagine a consciousness not limited by the conditions of sense perception. Such a consciousness can rise above the plane on which we move; it can see far beyond the bounds of the circle illumined by our ordinary consciousness; it can see that not only does the line along which we move exist, but also all the other lines perpendicular to it which we cross. Rising above the plane, this consciousness will be able to see the plane, make sure that it actually is a plane and not only a line; then it will be able to see the past and the future living side by side and existing simultaneously.

Our conscious awareness is privy only to a limited and partial scope of the overall information dynamics available and operative in different dimensions of psyche, soma as well as nonhuman and even “non-live” activities. Transducive metamorphosis occurs throughout our bodies and minds, catalyzing a constant interchange and communication with the earth and cosmos of which we are integral parts.

As we acquire knowledge of this mysterious intermediate realm, we are empowered in the ways of healing and bringing new life to an old world. “

The masters of alchemy consider the mineral Adam to be the reflection of the Universe and of Man in the mirror of nature. Having mastered knowledge of the conditions governing the transformation of the Metallic Microcosm, man is able to discover and to understand analogically the rules of his proper metamorphoses. Purifying and making more perfect the Subject of Wisdom, capturing and absorbing energy which comes from other worlds, com-pressed by this mysterious Magnet (Aimant), human being has the way of sowing the Light in the depth of his body and of his consciousness.

Again, the notion of purification brings together human beings and the various realms of their activity. And again the basic reality of the metallic (under)world points towards the original unity and the universal telos of gold. As a famous mythic alchemist puts it: “All metallic seed is the seed of gold: for gold is the intention of Nature with regard to all metals. If the base metals are not gold, it is only through some accidental hindrance: they are all potentially gold.

The possibility ol metamorphosis or transmutation, of crossing the boundaries of everyday reality, is what marks the alchemical or magical view the truly poetic — view of the world.

“You will find as your metamorphosis proceeds that your energy level will increase dramatically. New circuits or spiritual gifts are presently being installed or developed around your chakras that will allow for the safe handling of higher voltages of energy. When a soul is being aligned with the Higher Self new telecommunications circuits are also installed/developed in the brain. The telecommunications circuits allow for increased sensitivity to telepathic messages.”

Once you have completed your metamorphosis you will be able to comprehend many of the spiritual texts that talk about transformation. The study of alchemy, for example, reveals the secrets of spiritual metamorphosis. The true alchemists, such as Paracelsus (1493-1541), discovered that it was possible to transform the body and soul through special spiritual practices. Carl Jung (1875-1961) wrote about the transformation of the self in his book entitled Psychology and Alchemy. He understood that true alchemy is the process whereby the human ego is transformed by the energies of the spirit. He perceived this transformation as a series of psychological transitions that allowed the individual to become cognizant of the true self.

As a symbol, a butterfly represents the state of conscience of change, the powerful alchemy of metamorphosis. During the course of our evolution, we go through a great number of cycles comparable to those of a butterfly. Through the multiple situations and events life exposes us to, as much on the inside as on the outside, we can experience the stage of the fragile, vulnerable, clumsy, greedy caterpillar, still far, far from the ethereal beauty of the final product. Then, during our initiatic trials and ordeals, we find ourselves in the chrysalis stage, where great transformations take place on the subtle levels of our being. And finally, once our metamorphosis has been completed, we reveal ourselves in our true splendor, just like the butterfly.

At the heart of alchemy is the Hermeticist understanding of all matter as alive and in dynamic relation. Alchemy seeks to harness the principle of transformation at the centre of life towards the perfecting of all things. The two strands are not mutually exclusive; turning lead into gold, or creating the philosopher’s stone (which bestows eternal life), may also be seen as metaphors for spiritual, as well as physical, transformation. Many alchemists believed that personal transformation and spiritual purity were required before the physical processes would be successful.

Employing hermetic texts composed of symbols whose meaning was hidden to laymen, true alchemists were interested in the metamorphosis of the soul. The quest of the alchemist was to study matter in order to understand his own being, thereby transcending it. The practice of alchemy constituted an inner journey, a path to supreme wisdom. Only humility and righteousness practiced over time enabled the student to walk this path, discover the philosopher’s stone, and achieve metamorphosis.

The mental transmutation, the true alchemy, is achieved by altering step by step the crude metal (low wavelength) in gold (high wavelength). The rude of the Being achieved metamorphosis in Cosmic Gold by vibration, which enhances you step to step, waggle to wiggle up to the top of the Pyramid of the Ascension, towards planes of consciousness higher.The mental transmutation is the art of changing the conditions of the Universe, because the sky is mental, as is the harder rock and the steam of the clouds. Everything can be transform mentally, does not depend on the greater or lesser density of what you want to transfigure, but also to greater or lesser subtlety, skill and wisdom of the alchemist.

When the path transforms itself: the world of appearances stops being a veil of separation and becomes a veil of revelation. People know there is more to this life than meets the eye. They refuse to go along with the program and are singled out as potential roadblocks for the archon agenda. What do the Archons want? To maintain the world of control. To keep us preoccupied with fear, separation. When we awaken to the illusion of the mind-prison world, then we are no longer at its mercy. It will no longer control us, we will have control over it. When we realise that this world is an illusion, we transcend its limitations and become co-creators of it.

What do the Archons want? To maintain the world of control. To keep us preoccupied with fear, separation. Fear creates separation from the Divine and sepration from the Divine power within feeding fear, and this controls the low vibrational and perception, and perception is the ego on Earth. The ego has become the god of this world because of fear, domintaion and separation, and this creates a veil of ignorance the archons controls and feeding.

People know there is more to this life than meets the eye. They refuse to go along with the program and are singled out as potential roadblocks for the archon agenda. The method used for dealing with these “mavericks” is through the hive mind. They usually are attacked and discouraged by those around them who are largely unconscious and have become archon tools.

There are many levels to this control but they all work towards the same end – preventing us from alignment with the universe. This is why archons prefer hierarchical structures, because they make it easier for the few to control the many. Of course the talking points come from the highest levels of the religious, government and media hierarchy which are then filtered down into the masses. At that point we pretty much take over and control one another. This is the hive mind in action.

By raising our vibration, any anger or hive mind attacks that surround us will necessarily disappear since, again, a low vibrational energy cannot co-exist with high vibrational energy. This is such an important concept it is worth repeating a hundred times until we grasp it.

Fear is also a huge factor in the suppression of our vibrational state. Governments use fear as a tactic to keep people in line. Archons rule by dividing, and this they always did. Archons using mind control and humankind has becoming the food for the archons. They also make people obedient which benefits the archons who want no rebels.

As long as we allow the archon-controlled governments and religions to suppress our vibration using fear tactics, we will have great difficulty progressing as a people. Fear is a sure fire way to shut down our vortex of creation and turn us into impotent spirits that can be easily manipulated in mass. As long as our vibration is kept low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the new world order desired by the archons.

Of course the answer to fear is to raise our vibration by not being afraid of anything, what good will that do anyway? Once we align with our vortex of creation and see our power as infinite consciousness, all fear (and the archons promoting it) will dissipate and the world will change.

Human beings are its prisoners. The predator is our lord and master. It has rendered us docile and helpless. If we want to protest, it suppresses our protest. If we want to act independently, it demands that we don’t do so:’ The archons infect our imagination and use the power of make-believe illusions for deception and confusion. Their pleasure is in deceit for its own sake, seemingly without a particular aim or purpose. They are robotic in nature and incapable of independent thought or choice. They do as they are told. And until now, we’ve been doing what we’ve been told. The only way to overcome their power over us is to become activated in spirit, body and mind.

We are controlled by the archons because they control the false reality we are living in. However, the archons are effectively powerless, and their power over us exists only to the extent that they can deceive us into thinking that the false reality is actually real. This dream world is “real” as long as it lasts. We need to awaken from this sleep of death.

When we awaken to the illusion of the prison world, then we are no longer at its mercy. It will no longer control us, we will have control over it. When we realise that this world is an illusion, we transcend its limitations and become co-creators of it.

The essence of the universe is information. it is not three-dimensional, it is outside space and time altogether. Our world is a mere phantasm, a fallen world, in which space and time are part of the delusion. we have been thrown into this world, and enslaved by an evil entity that projects information which we have been deluded into interpreting as our so-called reality. This world is nothing more than the misinterpretation of an underlying reality of which the essence is simply information.

Ego consciousness is so fragile, and is designed for this world of shadows, for this dimension of duality. It cannot contain a dimension of light upon light, love upon love, a oneness in which there is no semblance of duality.

Meditation is an important technique to enable us to transcend the ego and the mind. Stilling the mind, we begin to have access to a different dimension. Initially we feel the invisible presence and effect of the beyond. But as our meditation deepens we can develop a of what is beyond the ego. Then we come to know the illusory nature of the ego.

As we progress along the path we develop a psychological strength and quality of consciousness that can contain these very different realities: our everyday ego-self and a deeper dimension that is featureless and formless, unlimited and undefined. We are freed from the prison of our ego-self and yet still able to function in an outer reality that requires that we think we exist as a separate person.

The world that had hidden the face of our Beloved begins to reveal Him to us. No longer caught in the limited vision of the ego, the lover begins to see with the single eye of the heart. When our consciousness is ruled by the ego, we see through the eyes of the ego. We experience a world in which we are present and He is absent. The world seems a playground of illusions, or a desert filled only with our longing for Him. But when the ego surrenders its power, then the eye of the heart opens and reveals the hidden face of creation. The eye of the heart is an organ of spiritual consciousness that belongs to the Self. Through this eye we see things as they really are, as a reflection of our Beloved. We cannot know Him in His essential non-being, but we come to know Him reflected in His creation.

When the ego has been merged into the Self it ceases to be the dominant factor. A quality of being emerges from within the heart to become the focal point of life. This quality of being does not belong to the ego but to the Self. It is a reflection of His being: “God is, and nothing is with Him.” Initially experienced in meditation or at the moment of emerging from meditation, the consciousness of being gradually becomes present in everyday life. This consciousness is the consciousness of divine presence, the consciousness of oneness which we carry with us in our daily life.

Something real is present in a world full of illusions. At the beginning these veils of illusion prevent us from seeing our Beloved. Knowing this outer world is not real, we seek what our restless heart longs for. We are drawn by this primal need, to look within, to go deeper and deeper, to return to the “root of the root of our own self.” But once we have touched the hem of His garment, the ancient secret of lovers, then the path transforms itself: the world of appearances stops being a veil of separation and becomes a veil of revelation.

The Spirit of revelation removes the veil. Christ has opening the veil of separation which kept men out and has opened a new and living way by which all are invited to approach. “The Ego is a veil between humans and God’.”

What had appeared an impenetrable wall of unreality begins to be permeated with His divine light. This transition is not a single moment of revelation. Like many processes it reflects the spiral nature of the path in which we repeat a similar experience at different levels of intensity, as we awaken more and more fully to the higher consciousness of the Self.

At first imperceptibly, a quality of “being” is born with-in us through which we sense a reality hidden within this world. There may be powerful experiences that accompany this awakening, moments of illumination or oneness, but often it is a gradual transition which only later do we realize has taken place.

As our consciousness begins to change, as an inner perception opens, the inner reality of oneness begins to manifest through the outer world. This opening is different for each of us. Each wayfarer makes his own journey behind the veils and then realizes with-in himself and within the world the qualities of his Belowed.

As our divine qualities come closer to conscious-ness we begin to experience life not just through the limited vision of the ego, but through the circle of the Self in which our divine nature is born. As our divine child opens its eyes the true nature of life is seen.

The mystical journey is from separation back to union, and then returning from union to a state of servanthood. The first part of this journey is “the journey back to God” in which we turn our attention away from the veils of separation, seeking the truth that can only be found within the heart.

“The Ego is a veil between humans and God’.”

The aim of yoga Sadhana is to eliminate ignorance, so the Yogi must remove the veil of ignorance by pierce the veil of ignorance.

After the removal of the veil of ego, the removal of the veil of Nature and her inferior modes that govern our mind, life and body. As soon as the limits of the ego begin to fade, we see how that veil is constituted and detect the action of cosmic Nature in us, and in or behind cosmic Nature

This realization does not, therefore, entail the transformation of the human into the Divine since the human has in essence been the Divine all along and does not change: divinity lies hidden in man by the veil of ignorance which, when drawn, enables man to realize his identity with and as the Divine

That men do not realize their divinity is only due to the fact that they have not yet removed the great veil of ignorance which shrouds the vision of the Infinite.

As long as the ego-consciousness is dominating in an individual, the connection to his consciousness is impassable. Ego-cons takes over the true consciousness, and pretends itself to be the True Self or consciousness. In reality, it is an ego-consciousness or ego self.

The, ego, is threatened by any form of change in the illusionary context. Higher consciousness is a movement toward the true meaning and purpose of life that is governed by the natural energy of Creation. Ever since the ego separated from the truth of existence it has served as a unified unconscious entity that cannot see beyond anything that is not real within itself. The ego must remain in control of the physical realm of existence because that is all that it knows. The ego is threatened by confrontation of consciousness.

The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

The ego therefore disconnects higher divine concepts and promotes its own concepts of duality and concepts that stimuates low vibrational frequencies. Therefore the ego will prevent any real spiritual progress. Then the ego has become God of this world we vibrate through our general low vibrational concepts of this world.

The perception and control of changes in states of consciousness, we can change our vibration into any quality by the quality of thought, our body expresses the quality of a vibration, the higher quality of thought produces the higher vibration, when we vibrate, we vibrate through our general concept, therefore the result cannot be greater than our concept. By reaching up for the greater consciousness we gradually come to realize it. The concept, that on the background of one Great Consciousness we live, move, and have our being, is one of the grandest concepts in this world. When our Ideal inspires our action we act as divine beings.

Earth is a vibrational mind prison and humans is kept within a full-scale vibratory imprisonment or enslavement of this world

The archons has pushed human race into a “an ever-depening spiritual sleep.” David Icke has written in The Veil of Tears that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information, and that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information.

Through technologies they can create a “vibratory prison.” He asserts that all we need to do is extend this concept to the planet as a whole to get an idea of how spiritual information is being perceptually blocked from the 4th dimension, creating a material prison. He writes:

The complete takeover of the Earth by extraterrestrial expressions of the Luciferic Consciousness was accomplished by creating a vibratory prison. We are multidimensional beings, naturally able to experience many frequencies and dimensions at the same time. However, when the imprisoning vibration an imposed blocking ‘frequency net’- was thrown around this planet long ago, it prevented us from accessing the higher levels of our consciousness and potenpotential – or, the higher dimensions. It caused us to cease to be ‘whole’ or tial we became disconnected from ‘the Father.’

According to Icke, the full-scale vibratory imprisonment of Earth humans may also have been effectuated by closing down crucial Earth vortexes linking the physical (3-D) world with other space/time dimensions. Some of these important windows, however, are still open, and, as well, certain rituals are said to be able to re-open them. Icke speculates that these interdimensional portals may have been closed to prevent negative entities from entering this space/time reality. Thus, this may have been a necessity to minimize chaos and disorder. However, it left Earth humans detached from higher levels of being and cut off our “eternal memory” of who we are. This is essentially the story of the “Fall of Man.”

He writes, “we forgot who we were and where we came from.” Icke explains:

The human race has for ages been living out its existence inside a kind of meta-physical box with the lid held down. We sit in the dark, believing that our potential, and Creation in general, is limited to what is within that box, within that vibratory prison. Over the ages since the vibratory net was cast around the Earth, we have been a people working at a fraction of our full and infinite potential. Life on Earth was changed dramatically by our extraterrestrial jailors, and this also affected the animal kingdom.

Luciferic consciousness works through human consciousness to manipulate human nature and our understanding of reality. It stimulates us to perform inhumane acts by awakening negative emotions.

The finitude of the individual is not due to its bodily existence, but to the presence of the ego. So long as the ego remains, fiditude, in the sense of limitations of personality, remains. Liberation is liberation from the ego and its limitations. The individual is liberated by transcending the ego.

Thus, liberation is not primarily a permanent relief from all types of suffering, not even the realization of an abstract undifferentiated con-sciousness, but rather the transcendence beyond the ego and its restrictions. By cutting the knot of the ego, consciousness ceases to be personal; it is spread out infinitely, and becomes identical with the universe. The universe is then seen to be identical with the transcendental consciousness, arising from it and again with-drawing into it.

So long as consciousness is egocentric, all thoughts, feelings, and actions are directed towards furthering the interests of the ego. But when consciousness is universe-centric, thoughts and actions no longer serve the interests of a single individual; they become disinterested. As there can be no sense of want in that state, there is no longer any feeling of pleasure or pain; there is only a sense of fullness, unvarying and undying. There is nothing outside this transcendental consciousness, there is nothing to be attained; all actions and thoughts are unmotivated, completely free, not even restricted or governed by the laws of logic. Therefore, there is no reason why thoughts and actions are there; they are there, simply because the free transcendental consciousness freely wills them.

The underlying root of all delusions is the fundamental ignorance mis-apprehending the nature of reality. This ignorance is a state of misconception. Since it misapprehends the nature of reality, it has no valid grounding in our experience or in reality. In fact, it apprehends reality in a manner contradictory to the way things actually are. Hence, it is an erroneous and distorted state of mind. As this is so, it opens up for us the real possibility of eradicating it.

The ordinary man is ruled by this ignorance. But in the state of uplifted divine consciousness, ignorance is dethroned and wisdom rules in its stead.

The merging of the ego and consciousness is known from the beginning of human consciousness and played a significant role in the evolution of human consciousness. That means to recognize and organize the experiences based on ego to transform into ego-consciousness. Ego-consciousness is present in the waking state, dreaming, and sleeping states of an individual.

It pretends to be the real self where as in reality it is not. Since ego-consciousness is composed of mind, intellect, and body, it can be recognized based on its distinct form and qualities. It is modified with the mind. It envelops the soul with thoughts, events, and memories and prevents it from shining. The ego-consciousness suffers as it influenced by the objective world. It enters a state of objectivity by identifying itself with various objects. It remains there and gets attached to the materialistic world and does not want to come out even in extreme circumstances. It extends itself into the illusionary world (Maya) through the mind and the senses.

Ego-consciousness is contaminated with desires, instincts, emotions, thoughts, impressions, and memories. It is like a mirror covered with dust.

Some drastic experiences of the ego-consciousness leave latent impressions and accompany the soul to the next birth. As per Vedanta, the ego-cons is subject to the five limitations of space, time, knowledge, power, and happiness. As long as the ego-cons lives in its natural form, there is no escape for the soul from its physical existence. The bodily consciousness is held as prisoner and is influenced by the mind with all kinds of mental formations and objective knowledge.

The ego then becomes the god of this world, and the ego becomes mass consciousness, and mass consciousness becomes organized gang stalking. The savage of the ego was to become the saint of the soul.

While the mental level is dominated by ego, the integral level is ego-free, which means our identities are not committed to serve that initial ego set by others in society. It is an ego, which fuels excessive pride. Understanding the self and the nature of our ego will be necessary to become ego-free. The self can choose to serve the self, others, or God.

To be ego-free is a choice to move beyond the self-referencing frame of science and that of most individuals. At this integral level, the self is able to reach out to that source, which precedes all the levels of consciousness.

This leads to the rise of God- knowledge in the self, which marks the freedom from ego-consciousness. The removal of ego-consciousness does not mean the removal of the self itself.

The source of dichotomy is the condition of man’s consciousness. Mankind was made caretaker and co-creator of the Earth. We have chosen to build our world on beliefs in darkness, separation, and Fear. We have created a reality that falls far short of God’s magnificent vision for us. Because any whole can only rise as high as the vibrational frequency of the sum of its parts, all beings, all things in this reality are held back and prevented from manifesting their true potential on this material plane by the belief constructs contained in mass consciousness.

A few men behind the scenes with power which most citizens don’t know about carefully plan ethnic cleansing, chaos, and disaster for their own purposes. They are behind all the myths, lies, organized belief system, social engineering, conditioning, and brainwashing of society. This also includes organized gang stalking, organized bullying, or organized collective gaslighting.

Many believe in these belief systems and many are lies of concepts that you were trained, conditioned, and brainwashed into believing. Society is ruled by their televisions, which are designed to train citizens to conform to a pre-planned group consensus and reject what is really true.

The media diverts the public’s attention from what’s really going on. All positive groups throughout history have been infiltrated to cause destruction within the groups themselves through conflicts and murders. The only way to win a spiritual war is through education. Everyone vibrates on certain life energy frequencies.

The human condition we live under is the result of us believing lies, causing us to vibrate on a low energy level. The forces of maya controls the three dimensional reality and world, and with it follows illusions, deceptions and distortions of mind and reality.

The common energy level of society will rise when people wake up. Educate yourself, do your own research, look for the truth, be open-minded to new information, and build your own opinion. The ego is a design with its belief system to block new information to enter because new information or new higher frequencies will open the doors to other dimensions.

Organized belief systems was created by the elite to make it hard for people to find the truth. Society is controlled by religious belief systems, which are huge bodies of lies with small bits of truth. People are so occupied with their religions that they don’t know what’s really going on. All religions cause conflicts by causing division through one religious belief system against another. There is only a small amount of truth in each

The Elite mold you along correct lines through the social engineering of your consciousness by using mass programming instituted through the avenues of television,

The world has been indoctrinated to change their way of thinking so that bad becomes good and good becomes bad. The majority doesn’t notice this due to their gradual indoctrination. The powers that be rely on fear, stupidity, and ignorance to accomplish their goals.

The world of maya, or illusion is really a very sophisticated form of indoctrination and mind control.

The effect of habitual television is powerful because the mass mind control operates on the deepest level of human response. The programming is unconscious, which is how media manipulators can make us feel how they want us to feel (if we keep watching TV). The reptile brain allows us to survive as biological beings, but leaves us open to propaganda techniques. Television activates the reptile mind (activity in the lower brain regions), leaving one open to the manipulations of television programmers. The manipulators behind the media tap into your emotions and use them to control you. The news distorts information to move you in certain directions. The mass mind control through network television is usually undetected and takes place in the subconscious.

Television images define the terms of people’s understanding, the boundaries of human awareness. Without an offsetting system of imagery in people’s lives, television images take on a quality of reality that they do not deserve. The political consequences of such a situation, where a population becomes isolated within an artificial information environment, has been a favorite subject of many science-fiction writers over the years. George Onve11’s 1984 describes an information environment so monolithic and aggressive that it became the total source and absolute limit of human knowledge. … The effect of the total control of imagery was to unify mass consciousness within a single-media version of reality. With all information coming disembodied via the telescreen, and with the whole population receiving this monolithic information at the same time, and with no verifiable points of comparison, how was one to know what was true and real and what was not? Television has become the primary world we relate to.

When television elevates illusion to the status of virtual reality and truth, the telegenic becomes virtually real and compellingly true. Tragically, nothing is less telegenic than that which can not be said or seen. God, in any serious sense, makes for lousy television; nature, on the other hand, makes for superb television even if the images are routinely accelerated and selective, just as nature may be slow and collective. (First Nations storytelling traditions would probably escape television)

⦁ The effect of the total control of imagery was to unify mass consciousness within a single-media version of reality.
⦁ The effect of low vibrational frequencies creates a one dimension reality, were all other dimensions and higher levels of consciousness is not accessible
⦁ The effect of computers creates one dimenison by left brain dominace. Computers eliminate all right-side brain activity. The right side is the side that produces creativity, innovation, intuition, imagination, and insight, and these aspects go hand in hand with consciousness, creating, and the essence of your soul.

The more they can keep you coming from the left side of the brain, the more easily you can be controlled and manipulated, and the easier it is to distract you from finding out who you truly are and what you are truly doing here. The leaft brain is also the core that is using fear to stay in control and power, and fear is also the component that opens up the channels for mental negative programming of the mind. The powers that are using computers to dumb down the masses and the next generation. Computers eliminate all right-side brain activity. The right side is the side that produces creativity, innovation, intuition, imagination, and insight, and these aspects go hand in hand with consciousness, creating, and the essence of your soul.

The limbic system controls the emotions, feelings, and moods of the brain. Fear-based television stimulates the reptilian response of “fight or flight,” in turn creating a mental state wherein we may overestimate the threat of fear.

The process of spiritual evolution to become a spiritual master requires us to reverse this by undoing all the mass-consciousness programming. We must get complete control of the subconscious mind and not let it run us; we must totally become the computer programmer of the subconscious mind.

We get caught up in working with our five senses, usually to the extent that they are being modeled around us. Blocking out our MULTI AND META-SENSORY POTENTIALS AND ABILITIES, we are often unable to tune back into our Soul Consciousness and our inner knowledge, thus learning to depend on external forces to show us how to live an Earthly life. Through the cycles of time, a mass consciousness has developed which does not incorporate the knowledge, wisdom, and truth of the Soul. MASS CONSCIOUSNESS is the prevailing human view of life usually based on misbeliefs and disbeliefs that have been handed down from centuries of restricted human programming. To break the cycle of operating under mass consciousness, we must find a way to return to SOUL CONSCIOUSNESS. That’s what living as a human on Earth is really about.

Humanity is under a mass “negative hypnosis”

The world is living in a mass negative hypnosis of separation that does not exist in reality. It only exists in our minds.

The problem is that the negative ego tells us that all we are is the body. In … Awakening from the Spell of Matter In this new millennium humanity as a whole will wake up from the spell of matter.

This is illusion and spiritual teaching contaminated by negative ego programming

Mind can be purified by meditation, but meditation is impossible if the brain is not calm. One has to practice many centering and visualization exercises before one achieves a proper balance in body chemistry. Meditation exercises that start with concentration change the body’s metabolism and increase melatonin. Concentration solves problems that create emotional complications and puts anxiety, anger, and pessimism to a stop. It purifies the nervous system and tames the wandering mind. It creates freedom to rise above the worldly desires generated by the stimuli around us. It makes one centered.

Unfortunately, meditation is becoming more and more difficult in today’s world because of the network of artificial electrical fields that influence our own electromagnetic fields. The hole in the ozone layer, which lets in dangerous amounts of radiation, and even the bombardment of media-generated desires make meditation more difficult. Because of this, it is necessary for us to meditate more than did our ancestors, who lived in a world less polluted by both radiation and technology-driven desires.

All tear in your mind, whether conscious or unconscious, distorts your thinking, feeling, and perceiving, and casts its dark shadow across your entire life. The lifting of this dark shadow permits happiness to return and take its place.

Now is the only time there is. The present is independent of the sequencing which you impose on time; it is not limited by time unless you impose limits upon it. Now is where you meet God, for He is always present. In the present, the Truth reveals Itself as your Mind, and only then can your mind live again as Truth. Whatever you may do, whatever you may believe, has no meaning unless it arises from the Truth of your Mind. All else, whatever it may be, is the continuation of the meaningless patterning of the ego.

As long as the past continues to dominate your mind, the present cannot be revealed to you. In the present you live, move, and have your Being. You learn and transform only in the present. To fully enter and abide in the present, the past must be released, forgotten, even for a little while. The present blossoms in a mind that is empty, receptive, and quiet. Like Truth, it cannot come until the mind makes room for it and meets its conditions.

Orwell stated; “Who controls the past controls the future. Who controls the present controls the past.”

When you are constantly busy in your mind, reliving the past or projecting a future, the present is covered up by the constant flow of thoughts and images, none of which have their origin in the now. Truth enters a quiet mind in which the meaningless activity of constant thought has ceased, and stillness prevails. Truth will never force Its entry but can only respond to sincere invitation. When the continuous busyness of mind and body characterizes your life, Truth is not welcome and will be missing from your experience.

The only thing you need do for Truth to return to your awareness, is be willing to receive It. This is not as simple as it sounds for your mind is split into many parts, and contains conflicting wishes, desires, and even goals. Your mind must be integrated in its entirety, inner conflict resolved, and a condition of, at least, relative peace restored. To attain this integration and stability in which willingness can meaningfully develop, is the goal of spiritual practice.

Spiritual vision takes perception beyond the “seeing” of the body’s eyes, and shows you Truth’s reflection in the dream. The Vision of Christ is still illusion, for all states of perception must be illusory. Yet is It a unified perception, Whose Wholeness is like unto the Unity of direct knowledge that j the Kingdom of God. In the mirror of Christ’s Vision is Truth reflected, and are you brought close enough that It can flow across the little gap between perception and the knowledge of Truth, and restore you to Heaven. When this occurs, is the journey through time brought to a close, as there is no more need for a body or a world. This will happen of itself when you are ready. Until then, you must maintain the commitment to Truth and the spiritual discipline and practice that heal the mind and restore it to Wholeness.

The aim of spiritual practice is to bring you to the place where you go beyond the mind as you know it, and enter the realm of spiritual experience. Even there however, the need for spiritual focus and practice continues until the mind is completely healed, and restored to its natural state of resting in God.

This world prevents anyone to go beyond the mind or concept of the ego, and it prevents the old evolutionary brain to heal from a state of duality into oneness, and therefore also prevents anyone from knowing their inner higher divne self, and thsi creates a loop and past-consciousness that dominates reality and forms it view of it. This world prevents anyone from opening their third of eye intuition.

The definition of intimidation: Intimidation is the art of deterring someone through fear. The ultra ego wants to deter you from new ideas, new visions and new territories. That is why he is alarming you, frightening you and warding you off.

Fear keep humankind trapped and imprisoned within the leaden consciousness, so they can´t tramsform their minds into the higher gold consciousness, This is the meaning of alchemy; transforming lead to gold, or transform the old brain concept of the ego to the divine higher self. This world keeps humankind trapped and imprsioned within a concept and loop of past consciousness.

The ego is the definition of the old brain concept and the ego is the definition of the past-consciousness, and then the ego want´s control the mind, life and world it must control the past-consciousness and prevent it from transforming or dissolving the ego into higher levels of consciousness were the ego will lose some its control.

Orwell stated; “Who controls the past controls the future. Who controls the present controls the past.”

Fear is the lowest energetic vibration we can experience in either reality. Fear is paralyzing. Fear prevents us from moving forward with our dreams, goals and desires. Fear blocks the heart from expanding, loving fully and feeling pure joy. Fear brings discomfort into the cellular structure of our bodies and minds. Fear control lower vibrations, fear prevents dna activation of higher dna strands, fear blocks new information, fear blocks visions, fear blocks learning, fear blocks mental alchemical transformation, fear controls the aging process, Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. Fear disconnects humankind from the divine source of light through the veil of ignorance, and the ego is this veil and all fears comes from the ego. Through knowledge one can overcome this fear when one understand how they using fear to control the masses thorugh the ego-mass consciousness

The old world paradigms of separation, egotistical power and control through fear. The heavy density of these lowest vibrations has had a stronghold in our world for centuries. Fear vibrates at a low density frequency. Third density understanding keeps humans in a low vibration and cages them into the physical world. The ensuing ‘chaos’ ensures humanity is kept in a space of limitation, suffering, and illusion (veil of ignorance).

Fear is also an enemy of God and also of our divine destination. Fear distracts your focus and hinders spiritual growth. Fear scuttles your spiritual potential and powers.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.

Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.

When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking).

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

The ultimtate result of visionary insights is when duality becomes oneness and the principle is; the further backward you look, the further you can see forward. In the state of Oneness everything is experienced in present time (past and future becomes now). When humans abilities slowly disconnects from her roots of evolutionary history and evolutionary reference, in combination with lost of ability to self-reflection, and lowered levels of Consciousness it will be more difficult to see further in the plans of future. The logic is easy; to see forward you must have ability to see backwards. When they disconnected 10 of humans spiritial dna strand they disconnected their evolutionary references and their intuition, and therefore lost the abilty to see beyond the veil of ignorance, and this gives them the advantage to control and make humankind manageable and easier to keep them enslaved in the Matrix.

The Ego as Belief

Whatever arises in your mind as thought or feeling comes from one of two sources: the ego or the Holy Spirit. There are no others. The ego speaks to you through a constant stream of thoughts, feelings, and impulses, whose purpose is to dominate the conscious mind, control its attention faculty, and keep it busy reacting to and acting out egoic content. The conscious mind is a kind of receptor, or receptive level of awareness, that receives impulses from the unconscious and acts upon them. Action or behavior follows thought, which is why your thought system is so important.

Virtually all behavior and perception are determined by your thinking. Whenever you act upon thoughts and impulses received from the egoic levels of the unconscious, you are responding mechanically, automatically, uncreatively. This is the nature of the ego: a static core that is the belief in separation, and a set of repetitive, habitual patterns of thought, feeling, and behavior. The ego is unloving, having been made in fear and as a response to fear. All it can ever offer you is the continuation of that moment of fear and separation in which it originated. Love is not a part of its repertoire, although the ego will never allow that to be revealed.

This must be kept hidden along with the malice it bears towards you, for it regards you as guilty, and deserving of punishment and death. This will never change for the ego itself is beyond redemption, being the denial of redemption and the constant attack upon it. There is only one way to respond to the ego sanely: to withdraw your allegiance and identification with it. The ego is not you. although it would have you believe that it is.

The ego does not have your best interest as its purpose. and in fact, just the opposite is true. although this is disguised and kept from your awareness, or you would renounce the ego immediately. The ego is the belief you are separate from your Creator and your Self, and are a bodily identity in a world of form. Thus is it a belief about yourself, about reality; and the ego’s thought system is the crystallization and expression of that belief in many different ways.

The ego is in your mind, a part of your mind, and through the act of forgetting, is experienced as you. This was a profound error of identification, and you have suffered from it ever since. Through your identification with the ego, its seeming reality has been established. Because the ego identifies itself with the body, you have seemingly become a body, and the world of separation is made real to you.

The mind believes in what it makes; and this power of belief gives the world you have made the effects it has on you and the limitations it seems to impose. The world could have no effect on you at all, if you did not assign to it the power to do so. You can withdraw that power at any time, but first you must recognize your responsibility for the world and everything in it. Your mind is cause, and what you sec and experience is its effect.

The ego is not the real divine self, and in same way the ego of mass consciousness is not the real divine self either.

Mass consciousness is the Kingdom of The Ego. When man functions from the external energy of the ego, he does not relate to the consciousnesses within the inner self and the higher self. This man, in effect, does not know who he is. Therefore, man will search for his identity within the external energy forces of life. He is functioning within the external ego world so it is logical for him to create support for that ego self from that external world. External identity consciousness creates an external support system for man and his ego. Maintaining the collective unconsciousness of the mass of collective energy in a negative state of mind will only give more power to the ego making reconnection of the spiritual and God’s energy impossible. This “game” can be reversed by alchemy, meditation and spiritual knowledge.

Humankind has been teached, conditioned and trained to belive the powers is outside him and not within, and this is to give away the inner power to the outer external ego and mass consciousnesss.

This creates concepts of the ego and fear concepts;

⦁ Fear of death
⦁ Fear of exclusion from the group (mass consciousness)
⦁ Fear to not be accepted
⦁ Fear to not be something or somebody
⦁ Fear for not fit in

These fear makes people to confirm to this world of the ego and then everyone make same thing this become mass consciousness and the creation of it was based on fears and it will then continue to live a life based on fear and follow the this negative mass programming of the mind.

How does this control-matrix called “corporate thinking” work? We all desire to be accepted. Every one of us has an inherent need for the approbation and acknowledgment of others. Because the enemy knows this, as soon as he gets control of a group, he brings all who may object to his will under control using the fear of not being accepted. It is called the “fear of exclusion.” This type of fear is an intimidating fear.

Some people live in what is called “people bondage.” People bondage is when people cannot separate their personal lives from other people’s thoughts and opinions about them. Because they cannot separate the two, they are perpetually governed by the opinions of others.

Fear and intimidation controls mass consciousness, and producing a “corporate thought pattern”, that keep people in bondage and separation, and subconsciously this creates a fear of exclusion. This state of fear and intimidation is been affected through the “tribal consciousness” that is part of the lower matrix (ultra ego) and this mind-prison.

For eons, human will has been controlled by the collective will. For example, the will of the tribe has dictated the will of its tribe members, i.e., “my will and tribal will are one.” However, the individualization process requires that we develop a sense of our own will. Only when we can make decisions based on our inner guidance can we liberate ourselves from the dictates of the collective will, external authorities, as well as the manipulative and exploitative political and economic systems.

From an energetic perspective, when our electromagnetic field and psyche are merged with mass consciousness, the tribal mind controls our mind and emotions. We are at the mercy of the directives of our tribe. We thus make ourselves available to be manipulated and exploited by the prevailing social and economic system. In fact, we are not only dependent upon external authorities, we are open targets for their abuse. If we are a slave to external forces, our will is not free. Our individualization process and separation from group consciousness requires that we focus on ourselves and become masters of our own energy.

Fortunately, we can participate in shifting the global paradigm by extricating ourselves from the prevailing matrix and by reclaiming our will. Connecting with the power and truth of universal forces within is the only way to reclaim our authentic will. When we embody the strength of the Divine and our soul, we can be released from the web of mass consciousness. Our tribal affiliation is replaced by our oneness with universal Spirit. The right use of will is then possible. As we become able and willing to listen to and follow our inner guidance, we cease to listen to and follow the directives of social, religious, parental, and other authority figures. Ultimately, we experience that our will and Divine Will are one.

Corporate thinking, people bondage, fear of exclusion, tribal consciousness, mass consciousness creates a advanced system of control mechanism, and these methods can be seen in today´s organized gang stalking. Negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, pain, mind terror is what keeps humankind trapped in the matrix.

The definition of intimidation: Intimidation is the art of deterring someone through fear. The ultra ego wants to deter you from new ideas, new visions and new territories. That is why he is alarming you, frightening you and warding you off.

Revealing their true self causes ridicule, persecution, and never ending insults of projections of being labeled as delusional or heretics against the false reality belief system within the mass of collective energy.

The process of spiritual evolution to become a spiritual master requires us to reverse this by undoing all the mass-consciousness programming.

Negative ego/fear-based/separative consciousness, imbalanced thinking and limited lens seeing from mass consciousness earthly programming, it will contaminate your Spiritual channeling, teaching, healing, psychic work, scientific teachings, and earthly service work.

As we discover each new thought, belief and emotion that you have consciously hidden away, we are going to set some recodes deep within your mind.

You have been programmed to run with the herd and to do as they do, but you can break free from this small mindset.

A Paradigm is a set of thoughts which form the basis of a belief system. When we define who we are and look clearly at our beliefs we either live in love or fear, in poverty or prosperity, in disease or wellness. One’s inner paradigm is his or her belief system that has been placed there from years of programming sometimes before birth. The “Collective Consciousness Paradigm” is a set of beliefs shared by the masses.

Unhook from Aging Right now we are facing a “programming” of mass which causes aging to occur. You can reverse the causes and ideas for aging by unhooking from beliefs about aging. Do yourself a favor and do everything you can to reclaim your divine mastery in all areas. You can empower your cells to pull their from another healthy version of you! In fact, you can work with your divine blueprint and set your ideal age. Keep the wisdom, and unhook from aging!

When masses of people believe something for centuries, it has a huge impact on Mass Mind Consciousness and can easily become part of our programming, without our awareness.

The critical faculty is an “energy barrier” between the conscious and subconscious mind. It has the job of preventing anything from reaching your subconscious unless it agrees with what is ahrarbi programmed. This is another reason why change is so difficult. Besides having an “operating system” that says you’re not supposed to change, you have a non-physical barrier in your mind that’s as hard to penetrate as steel that prevents anything new from getting into your subconscious.

Fortunately, you can break through the barrier and reject what the masses accept, and accept what the masses reject

Man is no more conscious of communication than a fish would be conscious of the waters of the sea. A tidal wave of television programing has covered our land during the past twenty years.

Fear comes from the base of the human ego, whose data emerges as self-created illusions, and is one of the greatest blocks to your flow and progressive movement on your earth dimension. It is that which keeps you from fully realizing and experiencingyour potential power and from going to the top of the tree and to the outer limbs. It is that which imprisons your mind and gives power to others, to governments, and rulers of this world.

The real issue we must come to terms with is that, for millennia, we have been programmed to be powerless and, consequently, dependent upon others for our survival, especially in the areas of spirituality and health. Of course, fees were involved, and this exchange has significantly contributed to our current global crises. Yet there is an easy way out of our self-imposed matrix: we can simply reprogram our lives. By acquiring and acting upon new awareness, we afford ourselves an opportunity to rewrite the programs of cultural limitations. The first step in reprogramming is deprogramming. We do this by examining the program from outside the matrix.

We have felt powerless because we have been TOLD we were powerless! .

We program our lives through our positive or negative thought patterns. Tracking our thoughts makes us aware of our program cycles. If it is difficult to track all the thoughts that enter our mind, we can pay attention to the ones we dwell upon most frequently. These repeated thought patterns determine whether we are in a positive or negative program cycle. Positive program cycles boost our ‘will’ power, while negative program cycles give a fillip to our ‘won’t’ power. The good news is that these program cycles can be reset by giving new instructions to our conscious mind. Our mind is a tool we can use in any which way. We are not its helpless victim but its master because in any given moment we have control over our current thought. We relinquish this power because of our herd mentality. We have been told what to think for so long that we have forgotten how to think. We blindly follow others, do as they do and think as they think. We feel afraid of thinking or behaving differently. We believe whatever our social, political, religious, media and other authority figures say.

The controllers want humans to be enslaved followers and to not find their higher self and become a master of their own energies.

The Global Elite, are simply a group of people who realized what the true nature of our Universe was, eliminated everyone else who knew this information, and used the information to harness the power (chi, ability to do) of the uninformed masses. The global elites know the truth about the Universe. They know that we create and the power of thought. Therefore, mainstream news channels and media are doing the work for the global elites, which promotes fear, ego, negative public opinion, competition, hate, separation, and lower vibration mental states. They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through the prison bars (the low vibrational state of ego and break through the veil of ignorance) and free ourselves from the prison – the matrix. The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

The Global Elite, are simply a group of people who realized what the true nature of our Universe was, eliminated everyone else who knew this information, and used the information to harness the power (chi, ability to do) of the uninformed masses. Their methodology is very mechanical in nature. They use sacred geometry, power points on the Earth, as well as mind control via the media and chemicals. Plus a continuing elimination of those individuals as well as native people and cultures who hold the sacred knowledge of creation.

Their bread and butter is FEAR. When we are fearful, we are weak and a low frequency or vibration. The lower state of the ego is more fixed in the vibration of what we call ‘negativity’. As you are born into a physical body and learn how to control it with your physical brain, you automatically become absorbed into Mass Mind. The three dimensional world and reality is disconnected from the divine source becaus elow vibrations not vibrate fast enought to be in touch wither higher levels of consciousness. The ego waves of fear has come into every center of consciousness. These dark masses of energy bring our vibration down and keep us heavy in the lower frequencies of the physical world and reality.

The mind, the intellect, the lower mind (not the soul or the higher mind or intelligence) thus arises from a basic fear reaction to this state of unknowingness. This basic fear polarizes as desire and crystallizes as the ego, not the pure I of the conscious Self.

Fear keeping separation in place and prevent all forms of spiritual progress. They inducing negativity, stress, fear, woriies, anxiety and panic into the mass consciousness to keep the state od duality in action. Beyond the veil of ignorance is the Higher Self and in the state of Oneness there is no fear, so to prevent humankind from transforming themselves from the ego-identity (of fear) to the state of Oneness (state where there is no fear). Fear feeding eth ego-diality state on Earth. In the three dimensional reality/world “Matter mentality” suppresses “Spirit mentality”, in this state it is Matter over Spirit, but when one has transform from ego to spirit its “Consciousness over Matter”. At this state one can create with Consciousness. This new state can not just create it can also heal, and one will have access to unlimited knowledge about life and existence, and living in present reality of here and now. One will also be able to see into the future. In this new state of mind there is no past or future. just present and one will be able to live in present time of reality. FEAR keeps these spiritual asleep and affects the free will to do want others want you to do and think.

The Elite are presently working very hard at cultivating FEAR among the masses. They do this by staging, or broadcasting, natural or man made disasters, wars and pestilence around the world at regular intervals. FEAR keeps people ASLEEP. Someone who is ASLEEP has no FREE WILL. They are enslaved. FREE WILL is one of the fundamental laws of this universe. The Elite have broken that law by taking away the FREE WILL of billions of living beings in this planet.

Fear and illusion are synonymous. Fear has no reality whatsoever. Fear is that component of the illusion that says you can be destroyed somehow, or you can be harm or you can experience pain which is perceived to be all very real to the ego. The large part of the illusion lies in who you believe you are. In the perceptions of many lifetimes you believe you have a physical body that can be destroyed or can be hurt. You believe that you can be controlled. You believe that you can control others. There are a lot of beliefs that you have. Now, these beliefs say that you are in danger, and so the beliefs d say you are in danger translates to fear. Fear started expressing through emotions. Now fear began to express itself emotionally in many ways as the ego reacted to its perception of its experiences. Fear reacts in the emotion of happiness.

The illusion is the ego’s limited belief of who you are. The illusion is that little tiny pie-shape of your total consciousness, when reality is the totality of who you are. If you knew your reality, you would have no reason for fear, because there would not be anything that would take place that would create the reactions that you are having in this limited state of illusion. “Fear and illusion” versus “Divine Love and Reality”. Fear expresses as an emotion, a part of the ego system, a belief system of this limited part of your knowing of your consciousness. Fear expresses as the ego belief you are separated from your soul’s

Many experts in the field of metaphysics would like for you to believe their way is the only correct way, their insights are grander, and their channels are more real. This is metaphysical dogma. At some point you will be expected to see, feel and think for yourself, for confidence, creating a firm basis of your own understanding, connection to source and disconnection from being a “sheeple” (sheep + people). Creating a solid foundation is beneficial for grounding.

The more automatic, mechanized, monotonous and routine-oriented humans become the more they lose their ability to transform, or change or progress in self-realization. The more they lose this ability the more enslaved they become. Freedom is the ability to be able to change and transform. This world keeps human tuned into one dimensions or one low vibrational state of frequency. Then the ego can´t exist in higher state of consciousness without being dissolved the real freedom and liberation is to find beyond ego-duality-preception.

The more automatic, mechanized, monotonous and routine-oriented and predictable humans life becomes the easier they can be programmed to not change or tuned itheir life nto higher levels of consciousness.

Mental alchemy is the process of transmuting your thoughts to improve your life and expand your mind, while spiritual alchemy is the never-ending process of transmuting a soul personality from a less refined one into a more refined one. As we know, everything is energy—everything vibrates. The difference between one substance and another is based on its rate of vibration. Thoughts, feelings and beliefs also vibrate. As a spiritual being, you also vibrate and exist on many levels.

Alchemy is the process of replacing or transmuting lower, negative vibrational energies with higher, positive ones—at every level of your existence—body, mind and spirit.

Every decision you make is based either on your ego or your higher self. Spiritual alchemy is therefore the process of incorporating more and more of your higher self into your life decisions. When you align with your higher self, your energy and the power of your intent increases. This is a positive, self-reinforcing cycle that leads to mastery and self-realization.

In the three dimensional world and reality humankind is disconnected from the higher state of vibrations because of the actions and dominated ego. Low vibrational enviroment keeps humankind disconnected from Divine knowledge and light because the don´t vibrate fast enough to be in touch with higher realms.

When less part of the brain capacity is needed you are not even exerting your conscious awareness enough to even be aware of what you are even doing at the moment you are doing it. This is in combination by making make everything so predictable as possible reality and life becomes mechanized and robotized. This make it even easier for the controllers to control the mass consciousness and control everybody destiny.

Fear is an energetic threshold that will hold you back until you finally find the courage to break through it. It actually truly creates a metaphysical barrier.

The ego is the lower Self It is the negative and fearful, and lives in constant comparison to others.

The false belief system of illusion is in its’ glory because the more you are frightened the more it validates that the ego exists.

The more you release and transmute these lower vibrational energies from your personal signature, the more you allow your vibration to expand and elevate!

This was to control masses and place fear in place for the mind, body and spirit. This resulted in humans pushing love away. If humans feel fear, then they can be controlled.

From then until now, your Earth has been at a low vibration. … They could not comprehend a world without fear, control and domination.

When you begin to expand your consciousness beyond duality, your energy vibrations rise to a level where those who remain governed by duality beliefs are simply not a part of your world anymore. When you trust the process of letting go of your controls, your fears, belief in good and bad, even your belief in death, you will find your world becoming happier, healthier, and much more abundant. This is the indication that you are crossing the barrier from a 3-D world of duality to higher dimensions.

The reason for the fall into fear rested with the new overlords of the earth. The overlords who had gained control of earth were of a mind to control the humans by instilling fear. They did not want the human beings to remember their God given gifts because the overlords were mostly interested in mining Mother Earth and using the humans to do the work.

You have created a global drama that is rather diverse, uncertain, not very stable, and in a time when things can seem chaotic. This a period when you think you are sailing in one direction and suddenly the course changes on you, the seas may seem stormy, recognize this is the epitome of frightened ego drama worldwide. The false belief system of illusion is in its’ glory because the more you are frightened the more it validates that the ego exists. The ego truly has a great stake in continuing its’ existence and its’ drama believing it is keeping you safe. The ego is never validated by a sense of peace, calm or love. The ego is only validated by fear. Keeping spiritual as the ‘knowing’ of your reality, let us look at how you may choose to live in the physical during these times.

Precarious Times All around the world there are emotions, perceptions, opinions, and fears that show a great fear of helplessness. It is the feeling of helplessness of the masses that is disturbing because it shows the ego is so encased that individuals feel they are powerless. There are individuals who try to express those opinions, whatever they are but are not acknowledged. Humanity has become so driven and so limited by the ego system that they feel they have no power. It has been a globalization of bringing out that feeling. If your judgment, your perception has been a positive of what is taking place, then you are feeling empowered by the experience.

Humans are still asleep to their own divinity. Low vibrations keeps humankind in sleep to their own divinity. Then the ego has become god of this world, it does not want anyone to awaken to higher divine vibrations than the ego itself because the ego want´s control and have power over all other beings.

Ego, mass consciounsess, negative fear programming, the human body bio-computer, FEAR keeps people ASLEEP, predictable lifestyle, transhumanism and technoracy creates mechanized and automatized beings more like predictable machines that can be programmed to do want the global controllers want´s, the more the computers thinking for humans the less brain awareness humans need to use and this is loss of free willpower and creativity, The autopilot state of the mind is what prevents the third eye of intuition from be activated. The ego and intellect is the opposite to intuition, and may even be the enemy within because it prevents anything from be changed and evolved. The ego, intellect and autopilot prevents the third eye of intuition from opening. Low vibrational frequencies controls all this progress of the human mind and humans even welcome this reallity.

Mass consciousness will not work for nothing else than carnal desires of man or the desire consciousness.

The human being is considered to be nothing but a bio-computer made up of organic matter. And computers do not have a free will. They are meant to be manipulated and programmed.

Mass consciousness is a programming mentality program to become like all the others that also is programmed to be like all the others. And if one not follow this programmed progamming one will be excluded or the ego needs the collective cobsciousness to be able to exist. Humans can still decide how this influence us. We cannot change others. We can only change ourselves. One cannot change others or their programming to become like the others to fit in, one can only change the own programming to not become like programmed machine. When others understand how this programming is working through the mass consciousness they will be anle to free themselves from the enslavement-matrix-programming.

By changing ourselves, we also change the world because we are constituent parts of the world. Consciousness is the essential determinant and the instrument of free will. Therefore, in manipulation the `lever’ is first positioned on people’s consciousness.

Making people believe only what you want them to believe by continually telling them it is true and preventing any other information from reaching them. Pressuring someone into adopting radically different beliefs by using systematic and often forcible means. Persuading by means of propaganda or salesmanship.

What is crucial for the globalists in order to keep the pubic unaware is by keeping information from entering the conscious mind, and the corpus callosum is the alpha bridge between left and right brain hemisphere. Negative programming and fears makes the alpha bridge to dissapear.

The power elite continue to bombard the collective unconscious with fearful programming and fear-concepts in order to hold your wandering minds at bay.

When the corpus callosum is shut off it just not block new information, fear blocks ones visions, it blocks new ideas, it blocks new concepts, fear blocks the third eye of intuition, and this blocks and prevents hyper-communication, and blocks new dna strands from be activated. Fear, stress, worry, or hyperactive intellect prevents successful hyper-communication or the information will be totally distorted and useless. In nature, hyper-communication has been successfully applied for millions of years. Fear is the autopilot thinking pattern and the autopilot of the mind is the controlled mind and is the opposite to intuition (third eye).

Escape from this war within the matrix on Earth is through consciousness, not the mind. The great awareness we call consciousness liberates you. Mind traps you in the third-dimensional ego states of being, but consciousness is larger than the ego, and expands to include a multi-dimensional self-awareness.

This new era, has already started with the forced reengineering of our planet and us humans. ChemTrails are not only changing the environment we live in, but are changing us from the inside out. Planetary re-engineering goes beyond controlling the weather. The people behind geo-engineering are after the human race. Transhumanism.

Transhumanist intend to replace all natural laws with their own set of rules which will make it easier to control it all. It is nothing more than an agenda to destroy humanity and human nature. It seeks to devolve and enslave humans in a way that will be irreversible.

If transhumanism can destroy humanity and the human nature, this mean that ‘AI’ may even be more dangerous than nuclear weapons.

By denying you access to particular knowledge, the enemy tries to keep that power for itself, and keep you in a state of ignorance. Yet, what it has ignored is than it is severely ignorant itself, as evident by its erratic approach to power.

As the ego or the egoic mind is the matrix composed by all the thoughts, beliefs, concepts, ideas, biases and assumptions that you picked up along the way, are not yours and that create within you a false sense of self and a false notion of who you are, the “Higher Mind” is, in fact, your real mind, made of your true essence and it contains your most pure sense of self.

Since emotional processes can work faster than the mind, it takes a power stronger than the mind to bend perception, override emotional circuitry, and provide us with intuitive feeling instead. It takes the power of the heart. Meditation removes that obstacle. That, which is, is the nectar of immortality. When one obtains nectar, the fear of death is removed. To separate the vision from the view is to awaken from the delirium of transitory, material pleasure. As the sight moves towards the viewer, the delirium lifts, and when the sight is fully turned upon the viewer, the two become immersed in each other. This is the ultimate stage of internal awakening, upon reaching which it becomes possible to be fully human. This process is the shift from the view of ego perspective to the divine higher self (lens of the soul perspective) and its wholeness.

Removing tear is one of our greatest tasks to overcome that illusion of separation.

The source of most evolved fear is the human being’s disconnection — or perception of a lack of something. The result of this lack down through the ages has been to take control over, take power from, deceive, and repress oneself and others, in a multitude of ways.

We can create the illusion of power over others by the use of fear — and it is fear that actually motivates someone to want to overpower others. We have become unconscious of the fear propaganda that saturates us, and the blind paralysis we have adopted by believing or complying with so much of it. In other words, we have given up and turned over much of our own personal power to someone or something else. We have looked outside of ourselves to validate our goodness and find acceptance, and we have looked outside of ourselves in search of purpose and happiness. We should be looking within to discover our personal truth, our own personal power. We cannot gain by taking from another. We can only become powerful and free by empowering ourselves and then support others in freely doing the same.

We have been teached to believe the powers is outside and not within, and the outer outside is the external ego, and ego is mass consciousness.

Become a seeker of personal truth by choosing to search within, to determine whether that which comes to us from the outside passes the test of our never-failing inner spiritual relationship to our truth with God. Realizing that we have free will to be powerful individual beings who can move away from fear, the greatest illusion, becomes our greatest power, and can bring us into a more wondrous way of being — perhaps a true human “becoming”.

“Since emotional processes can work faster than the mind, it takes a power stronger than the mind to bend perception, override emotional circuitry, and provide us with intuitive feeling instead. It takes the power of the heart.”

Destruction of Fear

Meditation is that act which will remove the broken needle from the finger, and neutralise the poison in the stomach. Meditation not only uncovers the hidden poison, it can also destroy it. When the mind is totally uncovered, one’s life ascends to a level where all wants and deficiencies melt away, and it becomes possible to live in that pure universal consciousness which is beyond all emotion. That which is not real becomes an obstacle in the path of achieving that which is. Meditation removes that obstacle. That, which is, is the nectar of immortality. When one obtains nectar, the fear of death is removed. The destruction of fear is the manifestation of love, and only when love appears can life touch fulfilment, because love rises above all alienations and differences.

The awakening of love causes the heart to bloom like a flower, spreading its sweet fragrance of generosity and magnanimity. The veena (lute) of life begins to play and divine wisdom prevails. It becomes possible to build a flawless, unbroken identity because love can put together the bits and pieces of life, after rendering them fault-free. The personality is unified and mental weakness destroyed. One’s consciousness rises above all types of hypocrisy and pretensions, and life becomes meaningful and healthy. The grip of circumstances is loosened and it becomes easy to mould them favourably.

Meditation Destroys Ignorance

Unbiased viewing of the self is meditation. Through meditation we can know our lack of knowledge. This leads to destruction of ignorance. Thus meditation is a tool devised for the destruction of ignorance. Through the medium of meditation we become aware of our ignorance about the gross body. The material differences of black and white, high and low, vanish.

Perception of our unfamiliarity with the subtle body destroys those beliefs which are based on esteem and contempt, and which keep feeding the idea of “me and mine” while destroying others. The flow of ideas based on “me and mine” is stilled. Ideas vanish into non—ideas. Coming into the non—thinking state one becomes aware of the causal body, which in turn causes the destruction of ego. In the state of sleep man reaches the causal body.

Meditation can free us from such senselessness. To separate the vision from the view is to awaken from the delirium of transitory, material pleasure. As the sight moves towards the viewer, the delirium lifts, and when the sight is fully turned upon the viewer, the two become immersed in each other. This is the ultimate stage of internal awakening, upon reaching which it becomes possible to be fully human. To be established in the Self is real bliss. This is mukti (salvation), the experience of Truth.

Meditation is the means for making life meaningful. Meditation gives life the firm foundation of truth. The same foundation may be used to build a unified human being and an undivided identity. Such a complete human being leads an outwardly active life while remaining inwardly tranquil.

Concentration Vs Meditation

Often, people confuse mental concentration for meditation This is a grave mistake. Mental concentration is not meditation. Meditation means full perceiving the mind. When full perception of the mind is accomplished, the mind’s supremacy over one’s life is destroyed, and the rule of Atma (Self) is established. Then life is managed not by the mind, but by the Self. When the mind cannot indulge its fancies, instead of being unconsciously controlled, ou actions and reactions are conscious and aware. When meditation is successful the manager of life remains ever wakeful and alert, and internal vigilance prevails. Then nothing we do is done coercively. All our actions are perceive and undertaken in the light of divine wisdom. Presently, our vision is engaged with the view. The practice of liberates the vision from the view, while merging it with the viewer. That which remains when the act of merging is completed is Parmatma.

Two primary forces work within the universe—the Knowledge and the Ignorance (Vidya and Avidya). Ignorance works through our subconscious compulsions, dispersing the light of knowledge into the external world, where we lose our true being. This ignorance is based on a belief in an external reality, a bodily identity and a self that is separate from other selves. It is not simply personal but a cosmic force creating mate-riality, density and inertia.

Knowledge is the inner light that reveals the self-sufficient reality of being. We all sense this deeper knowledge in our intrinsic yearning for the eternal, the pure and the real. This higher knowledge is self-knowledge, which is not personal iden-tity, but the perception of the entire universe within our own hearts. It is a cosmic force of awareness, freedom and creativity. We must learn to move from the Ignorance to the Knowledge, which, to use an ancient Vedic prayer, is to cross over from non-being to being, from darkness to light, from death to immortality.

This is the path of discrimination, which takes us beyond illusion to truth. Our false identity or separate self is discarded. Our eternal nature or true Self is revealed, like the sun that shines forth after an eclipse. To find the truth we must negate the falsehood that obscures it, which is the main method of the yogic path of knowledge. However, this is not to leave us in a state of negativity but to remove the veils so that our inner light, which is self-effulgent, perfectly pure and full, will no longer be obscured.

The world is the unlimited under apparent limitation. If we look superficially we see the limited. If we look deeply we perceive the unlimited. The unlimited abides in the state of seeing, our own awakened consciousness, not in any object seen. Thought focuses on the limited and pronounces it to be real. In this way we limit our own reality. Awareness reveals the unlim-ited, not as a theory but as the fact of perception. Which of these two directions in consciousness we choose determines our own reality, and our happiness or sorrow.

The Divine Powers of Spiritual Man and Intuition. By perfectly concentrated Meditation on the heart, the interior being, comes the knowledge of consciousness. By perfectly concentrated Meditation on experience for the sake of the Self, comes a knowledge of the spiritual man. Through mastery of the upward-life comes freedom from the dangers of water, morass, and thorny places, and the power of ascension is gained. This is possible because the spirit world builds into it the organ of intuition, just as the physical body builds for it the sense organs. The senses transmit sensations by means of the soul body, and the spirit transmits to it intuitions through the organ of intuition. According to the Alchemists, the key to understanding our universe is meditation

By perfectly concentrated Meditation on the heart, the interior being, comes the knowledge of consciousness.

The heart here seems to mean, as it so often. does in the Upanishads, the interior, spiritual nature, the consciousness of the spiritual man, which is related to the heart, and to the wisdom of the heart. By steadily seeking after, and finding, the consciousness of the spiritual man, by coming to consciousness as the spiritual man, a perfect knowledge of consciousness will be attained. For the consciousness of the spiritual man has this divine quality: while being and remaining a truly individual consciousness, it at the same time flows over, as it were, and blends with the Divine Consciousness above and about it, the consciousness of the great Companions; and by showing itself to be one with the Divine Consciousness, it reveals the nature of all consciousness, the secret that all consciousness is One and Divine.

By perfectly concentrated Meditation on experience for the sake of the Self, comes a knowledge of the spiritual man.

Spiritual man begins to see, to hear, to touch, to taste. And, besides the senses of the spiritual man, there awakes his mind, that divine counterpart of the mind of the physical man, the power of direct and immediate knowledge, the power of spiritual intuition, of divination. This power, as we have seen, owes its virtue to the unity, the continuity, of consciousness, whereby whatever is known to any consciousness, is knowable by any other consciousness. Thus the consciousness of the spiritual man, who lives above our narrow barriers of separateness, is in intimate touch with the consciousness of the great Companions, and can draw on that vast reservoir for all real needs. Thus arises within the spiritual man that certain knowledge which is called intuition, divination, illumination.

The divine man is destined to supersede the spiritual man, as the spiritual man supersedes the natural man. Then the disciple becomes a Master. The opened powers of tile spiritual man, spiritual vision, hearing, and touch, stand, therefore, in contradistinction to the higher divine power above them, and must in no wise be regarded as the end of the way, for the path has no end, but rises ever to higher and higher glories; the soul’s growth and splendour have no limit. So that, if the spiritual powers we have been considering are regarded as in any sense final, they are a hindrance, a barrier to the far higher powers of the divine man. But viewed from below, from the standpoint of normal physical experience, they are powers truly magical; as the powers natural to a four-dimensional being will appear magical to a three-dimensional being.

Through the weakening of the causes of bondage, and by learning the method of sassing, the consciousness is transferred to the other body.

In due time, after the spiritual man has been formed and grown stable through the forces and virtues already enumerated, and after the senses of the spiritual man have awaked, there comes the transfer of the dominant consciousness, the sense of individuality, from the physical to the spiritual man.

Thereafter the physical man is felt to be a secondary, a subordinate, an instrument through whom the spiritual man works; and the spiritual man is felt to be the real individuality. This is, in a sense, the attainment to full salvation and immortal life; yet it is not the final goal or resting place, but only the beginning of the greater way.

The means for this transfer are described as the weakening of the causes of bondage, and an understanding of the method of passing from the one consciousness to the other. The first may also be described as detach meet, and comes from the conquest of the delusion that the personal self is the real man.

When that delusion abates and is held in check, the finer consciousness of the spiritual man begins to shine in the background of the mind. The transfer of the sense of individuality to this finer consciousness, and thus to the spiritual man, then becomes a matter of recollection, of attention; primarily, a matter of taking a deeper interest in the life and doings of the spiritual man, than in the pleasures or occupations of the personality.

Therefore it is said: ‘Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust cloth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal: but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust cloth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal: for where your treasure is, there will your heart be also.’

Through mastery of the upward-life comes freedom from the dangers of water, morass, and thorny places, and the power of ascension is gained.

Here is one of the sentences, so characteristic of this author, and, indeed, of the Eastern spirit, in which there is an obvious exterior meaning, and, within this, a clear interior meaning, not quite so obvious, but far more vital.

The surface meaning is, that by mastery of a certain power, called here the upward-life, and akin to levitation, there comes the ability to walk on water, or to pass over thorny places without wounding the feet.

But there is a deeper meaning. When we speak of the disciple’s path as a path of thorns, we use a symbol; and the same symbol is used here. The upward-life means something more than the power, often manifested in abnormal psychical experiences, of levitating the physical body, or near-by physical objects. It means the strong power of aspiration, of upward will, which first builds, and then awakes the spiritual man, and finally transfers the conscious individuality to him; for it is he who passes safely over the waters of death and rebirth, and is not pierced by the thorns in the path. Therefore it is said that he who would tread the path of power must look for a home in the air, and afterwards in the ether.

When that condition of consciousness s reached, which is far-reaching and not confined to the body, which is outside the body and not conditioned by it, then the veil which conceals the light is worn away.

The condition is, briefly, that of the awakened spiritual man, who sees and hears beyond the veil. Mastery of the elements comes from perfectly concentrated Meditation on their five forms: the gross, the elemental, the subtle, the inherent, the purposive.

Thereupon will come the manifestation of the atomic and other powers, which are the endowment of the body, together with its unassailable force.

The body in question is, of course, the etheric body of the spiritual man. He is said to possess eight powers: the atomic, the power of assimilating himself with the nature of the atom, which will, perhaps, involve the power to disintegrate material forms; the power of levitation; the power of limitless extension; the power of boundless reach, so that, as the commentator says, ‘he can touch the moon with the tip of his finger; the power to accomplish his will; the power of gravitation, the correlative of levitation; the power of command; the power of creative will. These are the endowments of the spiritual man. Further, the spiritual body is unassailable. Fire burns it not, water wets it not, the sword cleaves it not, dry winds parch it not. And, it is said, the spiritual man can impart something of this quality and temper to his bodily vesture.

Thereupon will come the manifestation of the atomic and other powers, which are the endowment of the body, together with its unassailable force.

The body in question is, of course, the etheric body of the spiritual man. He is said to possess eight powers: the atomic, the power of assimilating himself with the nature of the atom, which will, perhaps, involve the power to disintegrate material forms; the power of levitation; the power of limitless extension; the power of boundless reach, so that, as the commentator says, ‘he can touch the moon with the tip of his finger; the power to accomplish his will; the power of gravitation, the correlative of levitation; the power of command; the power of creative will. These are the endowments of the spiritual man. Further, the spiritual body is unassailable. Fire burns it not, water wets it not, the sword cleaves it not, dry winds parch it not. And, it is said, the spiritual man can impart something of this quality and temper to his bodily vesture.

We communicate with the material world through the body. We communicate with the spiritual world through the spirit. This communication with the spiritual is not carried on by means of the mind or emotion but through the spirit or its intuitive faculty. It is easy for us to understand the nature of the communion between God and man if we have seen the operation of our intuition. In order to worship and fellowship with God man must possess a nature similar to His. “God is spirit, and those who worship him must worship in spirit and truth” (John 4.24).

There can be no communication between different natures; hence both the unregenerate whose spirit obviously has not been quickened and the regenerate who does not use his spirit to worship are equally unqualified to have genuine fellowship with God. Lofty sentiments and noble feelings do not bring people into spiritual reality nor do they forge personal communion with God.

Our fellowship with Him is experienced in the deepest place of our entire being, deeper than our thought, feeling and will, even in the intuition of our spirit. A close scrutiny of 1 Corinthians 2.9-3.2 can provide a very clear view of how man communes with God and how man knows the realities of God through the spirit’s intuition. “What no eye has seen, nor ear heard, nor the heart of man conceived, what God has prepared for those who love him” (v.9).

The larger context of this one verse speaks of God and the things of God. What He has prepared can neither be seen or heard by man’s outward body nor conceived by his inward heart. The “heart of man” includes among other facets man’s understanding, mind and intellect. Man’s thought cannot envisage God’s work, for the latter transcends the former. It is therefore evident that he who desires to know and commune with God cannot depend solely upon his thought.

The body builds itself up out of the world of physical matter in such a way that this structure is adapted to the requirements of the thinking ego. It is permeated with life force and becomes thereby the etheric or life body. As such it opens itself through the sense organs towards the outer world and becomes the soul body.

The sentient soul permeates this and becomes a unity with it. The sentient soul does not merely receive the impacts of the outer world as sensations. It has its own inner life, fertilized through thinking on the one hand and through sensations on the other. The sentient soul thus becomes the intellectual soul. It is able to do this by opening itself to the intuitions from above as it does to sensations from below. Thus it becomes the consciousness soul.

This is possible because the spirit world builds into it the organ of intuition, just as the physical body builds for it the sense organs. The senses transmit sensations by means of the soul body, and the spirit transmits to it intuitions through the organ of intuition.

The spiritual human being is thereby linked into a unity with the consciousness soul, just as the physical body is linked with the sentient soul in the soul body. Consciousness soul and spirit self form a unity. In this unity the spirit man lives as life spirit in the same way that the ether body forms the bodily life basis for the soul body. Thus, as the physical body is enclosed in the physical skin, so is the spirit man in the spirit sheath.

Intuition begins expand at the 5th level of consciousness and being when man has activated his intuition, awakened his spiritual consciousness and is thus truly able to unite human effort with divine grace.

Spiritual Alchemy – Transmuting Our Inner Matrix

Alchemy can be defined as any magical power or process of transmuting a common substance, usually of little value, into a substance of great value.’ Early alchemists are best remembered for their attempts to transmute lead into gold. Over the centuries, the concept of alchemy has grown from its foundation in metallurgy to encompass psychological and spiritual transmutation. Dr. Carl Jung’s work, for example, focused on the alchemical transmutation of shadow into light, or the transformation of leaden aspects of the self into enlightened, golden aspects of the self. And modern spiritual traditions invoke the power of alchemy in the transmutation of the self from a singular inward-turning consciousness to one that is awakened, dynamic, and open to the subtle energies around us.

Traditions of energy healing—that is, activating, supporting, or unblocking the body’s own subtle energy fields to facilitate healing and well-being—can be seen as a form of spiritual alchemy. In restoring a balanced flow of energy through the body, energy healing brings us back into alignment with universal energies, or the Source from which all form and energy emanate. Thus aligned, our consciousness opens; our inner matrix meshes with the world around us, and we are drawn to the path toward our highest self. If we intend to undertake the spiritual alchemy of our own inner matrix, we must begin by exploring what that matrix is made of. That conversation begins with the concept of vibration.

There is no political alchemy by which you can get golden conduct out of leaden instincts. (Spencer 1969: 669–70). For individuals, then, the path of progress is always open; steep and difficult, especially at first. There will never be a crowd gathered round this gate; “few there be that find it.

The alchemical steps which lead to the making of gold were processes in their own bodies and built up and vitalized organs. This body of gold was to be transmuted out of the ordinary body, which is like lead. The symbols of transmutation: Both the body and the psyche can be transmuted, or refined and perfected, by means of a regenerative transformation which is psycho-spiritual alchemy.

Alchemy— The science of alchemy is the philosopher’s stone, the key to the mystery of life. Mystical” refers to revelations of supra-rational character concerning the origin, activity and destiny of the soul.

Those who have read something about alchemy will know that the fabled Philosopher’s Stone (believed to be capable of prolonging life indefinitely and transmuting lead to gold) was said to appear in three stages. The initial dark phase (nigredo) signified unenlightened matter, and could refer to most of the Earth’s dormant rocks, which are spiritually asleep. The second or white phase (albedo), signified a state of spiritually awakened matter, capable of attuning to spiritual Light and awakening the alchemist to his or her higher destiny.The third and final phase of the development of the Philosopher’s Stone is the red phase (rubedo), in which the Stone has fully developed all of its powers. In its red phase, the Philosopher’s Stone is believed to supply the alchemist with power over his or her own longevity, and the ability to heal others and transmute matter from one state to another.

Man’s inner self hides various latent and active abilities which expand his being, his consciousness, beyond the physical. It has also been pointed out that the familiar reference of turning base metal into gold is a metaphor referring to the psychological transmutation of turning the leaden aspects of our mind into the golden strands of consciousness.

The art of alchemy is shrouded in mystery and intrigue. In a historical sense, the chemical reactions and mathematics explored by early alchemists gave rise to the modern science of chemistry. But even amidst the birth of a hard science, alchemy followed a spiritual directive. Today the notion of alchemy has mostly been reduced to the search for the philosopher’s stone. It has been veiled as a romanticized treasure hunt, one that possibly yields unimaginable wealth and eternal life. The true work of the alchemist, however, isn’t oriented around the physical world; it is a spiritual journey that uplifts and refines the heart.

Literature has favored a technical approach to alchemy. Obscure tomes are littered with arcane symbols and complex rites and formulas depicting the Great Work of the alchemists. However, alchemy could also be seen as an art so simple that it could be written on an emerald. Alchemy is not a process to be explored with reason alone, for it is the process of reuniting our heart with the divine mind. Thus, the master alchemist is our own heart. Listening to our heart and actively working to remember its union with Source are the only tasks we need to perfect.

When we stay engaged in spiritual practice, our life begins to change. These shifts may be small at first—almost imperceptible—but will grow exponentially with diligence. The outcome of healing the heart center is a return to Source, the source of all love, and this change is so radical that it empowers the heart to transfigure our entire life to become congruent with this spiritual perspective. As ego dissolves, the conventional separation between heart and mind yields to a state of perfect heart-mind unity, and, similarly, other tokens of duality or conflict in the material world are reworked into the truth of unity.

The process of raising consciousness beyond the limits of duality and into oneness is a lesson in alchemy. Historically, alchemy focused on the processes by which we might transform base metals into precious metals, such as lead into gold. Although many historical alchemists pursued the literal transmutation of one substance into another, the core principles of alchemy reflect spiritual transfiguration, with physical changes being a secondary manifestation of the inner changes taking place. In healing the heart center, we are brought to the cusp of this evolutionary process. Once we arrive at this plateau, we must make a concerted effort to rise to the next level in growth. This is where we stop identifying with the world of the material plane altogether and find our awareness moved into the realm of the unseen. Even the word spirit denotes an invisible essence, something that is just out of reach or comprehension in the physical world. The heart recognizes this quality, and embracing it yields dynamic change in our life.

Spirit is the basis for inspiration. It is literally the act of being filled by spirit, and it applies equally as well to the breath as it does to creative pursuits. In both instances we empty ourselves in order to receive the blessings of life itself. Medieval texts describe “spirits” as vapors or energy fields originating from the heart, not unlike how the heart center, or Anahata, of ayurvedic tradition is closely linked to the air element and to the breath. Whichever view you choose, the heart orchestrates our existence, as it is at the center of our physical and nonphysical anatomy.

The very hollowness of our physical heart reminds us to become empty as the alchemical crucible. By focusing on a spiritually oriented paradigm of the heart, we start to lose our attachment to the mundane, dualistic world. The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness. In this awakening, we cultivate a direct, continuous relationship with Creator, and through this relationship, unconditional love transforms everything that it touches in our lives.

The stones that support the process of heart-centered alchemy have uplifting, opening, and evolutionary energy. These crystals are often described as “high-frequency” stones, for they have tangible effects that border on becoming overwhelming, especially when we are not quite ready for them. Use them with respect and a modicum of caution, as it is easy to overload the energy field when being introduced to these alchemical gemstones. These Stones for Alchemy of the Heart accelerate our spiritual growth. They clarify and strengthen our connection to Source and speed up our processes of manifestation, growth, and healing. As they broadcast their energies into our aura, these gems fine-tune and elevate the consciousness of the heart, assisting it in broadening and strengthening its influence. When the heart is fully awakened, it can be harnessed to transmute any aspect of our existence into its highest potential. Thus, the pinnacle of healing the heart can be considered the noblest form of alchemy.

The individual frustrations and social tragedies of our time are leading men of conscience and goodwill to search for some alembic that will transmute our leaden instincts into golden conduct.

For alchemy truly was a profound marriage of science and spirituality. Its actual aim was for the alchemist to transmute from a state of “leaden” earthly awareness to one of “golden” spiritual perfection. And its core philosophy is that an underlying and all-pervasive energy or consciousness connects everyone with everything, all with all, mind with body, and biology with psychology.

Within the individual, it is coming into true wholeness. In an interior alchemy, our leaden, fragmented self is transmuted into gold, its true nature and highest expression. Whether we then are immortal, as the alchemists predicted, is a mystery beyond knowing.

⦁ The esoteric alchemist’s aim was to transmute the base metals of ignorance into the gold of awareness.
⦁ Turning base metal into gold is a metaphor referring to the psychological transmutation of turning the leaden aspects of our mind into the golden strands of consciousness.
⦁ The objective was to transmute leaden consciousness into golden consciousness. It was to transmute bondage into freedom and poverty into prosperity through a direct rapport with the Higher Self.
⦁ The Philosopher’s Stone – the latter was said to be the catalyst for the transmutation of lead to gold. In alchemical writings, this was often viewed as a metaphor for the transmutation of the self from the crude ego-bound person to the awakened spiritual human.
⦁ “This resonates with the old alchemical assertions that the lipid” is inherent within the lead; and that the processes of transmutation will “free” the gold within the lead.
⦁ The alchemical steps which lead to the making of gold were processes in their own bodies and built up and vitalized organs. This body of gold was to be transmuted out of the ordinary body, which is like lead. The symbols of transmutation: Both the body and the psyche can be transmuted, or refined and perfected, by means of a regenerative transformation which is psycho-spiritual alchemy.
⦁ For alchemy truly was a profound marriage of science and spirituality. Its actual aim was for the alchemist to transmute from a state of “leaden” earthly awareness to one of “golden” spiritual perfection.
⦁ The very hollowness of our physical heart reminds us to become empty as the alchemical crucible. By focusing on a spiritually oriented paradigm of the heart, we start to lose our attachment to the mundane, dualistic world. The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness.
⦁ The master alchemist is our own heart. Listening to our heart and actively working to remember its union with Source are the only tasks we need to perfect.
⦁ The process of raising consciousness beyond the limits of duality and into oneness is a lesson in alchemy. Historically, alchemy focused on the processes by which we might transform base metals into precious metals, such as lead into gold.
⦁ The soul in its chaotic, unregenerate state is lead.
⦁ The leaden consciousness of the slumbering mind is transmuted into its golden, luminous state of perfection: the heart-mind that identifies with its own holiness.
⦁ Hermeticism could have to do with transmuling the “lead” of ordinary experience into the “gold” of consciousness.
⦁ We can learn the art of transmutation, that process philosophers and alchemists dreamed of long ago by means of which we might turn the lead of ordinary consciousness into the gold of self-realization. Transmutation of the human identity into lasting awareness of the Self cannot take place unless it is preceded by a process of individuation.

The true alchemical trnasformation is the true gold of conscious realization of the Self, redeemed from the leaden matter of its unconscious existence – a emergent evolution, an alchemical vessel that takes our leaden thoughts and turns them into gold- a flame burning and purifying the ignoble leaden condition until it reaches the sublime golden state

The ordinary state of the body and ego is the slumbering state of leaden consciousness, so civilisation has been kept in this state of mind for eons, thosuends of years, generation after generation by the controllers of this planet.

The slumbering state of the veil of ignorance may be the leaden consciounsess that´s keeping humankind trapped and imprisoned within matter, and prevents the spark of life to become enlighten. “This resonates with the old alchemical assertions that the lipid” is inherent within the lead; and that the processes of transmutation will “free” the gold within the lead.

Man’s inner self hides various latent and active abilities which expand his being, his consciousness, beyond the physical. An alchemical process can occur whereby the leaden ego is transmuted into the gold of the Self.

The Transformation of Human Nature and Consciousness

The fiery energy passes up through the body’s energy centers, energizing them and burning off the “coverings” that block or dwarf their expression, finally to unite with the spiritual consciousness in the “crown chakra” at the top of the head

Unfolding the Tree of Our Life of the human nervous system itself (the “tree”), caught in the crucifix of dual opposites — good and bad, pleasure and pain, craving and aversion. Each of these myths also points to the release from bondage.

Blessings is said to set in motion a series of neurobio-logical shifts within the brain of the recipient by which previously dormant functions of the frontal lobes are activated; this eventually results in a new enlightened perception of reality.

We cannot activate the future circuits of our CNS/RNA-DNA systems until we start developing a new language for it Meditation activates the inner Language of Light. Consciounsess is Light, and Light is Spiritual Intelligence. Meditation is like building a spiritual bridge were spiritual energy or electricity can flow through the system. Meditation activates the lamp and electricty and activates dormant light codes of higher level of consciousness. Meditation activates this spiritual alechemy and meditation it the experience that will make the lamp to shine brigher and brigher. It has taken thousends of years of conditioning to downgrading gold consciousness to the lead consciousness, and it will take some time re-connect, re-program to re-store this inner temple.

Language of Light and DNA Light Codes Activation

Each of us holds light codes in our energetic body that are connected with our DNA, these light codes are pre-set to activate higher consciousness at different stages of one’s life. Everyone’s are different; you can speed up the activation with Light Language, meditation, light body activation, and with assistance from inner guides, and one also activates these light codes during the travel to your home star during mediation.

On your journey toward self-realization, you start out as an apprentice Alchemist. Eventually, you will acknowledge the urges and impulses that compel you to seek knowledge that will empower your transformation.

To accelerate the process of attaining the ‘golden consciousness’ that unlocks the full might of your Inner Power, requires the presence of a catalyst. The most powerful catalyst in the metaphysical Universe is the Philosopher’s Stone. The Stone will accelerate your growth exponentially and grant you access to true power.

According to medieval alchemists, the key to activating The Philosophers Stone is with a substance they called Vitriol. The word Vitriol derives from the Latin word vitreus, meaning glass, referring to the glassy appearance of the sulphate salts. For example, blue vitriol is copper sulphate and green vitriol is iron sulphate. Vitriol was so important to the alchemists because it is extremely corrosive. In fact, it can dissolve every metal it encounters, except for the one that they were seeking — Gold. Gold is the only metal that can resist the corrosive action of Vitriol!

Pay particular attention to the wording on the outside of the emblem, which says Visita Interiora Terrce Rectificando Invenies Occultum Lapideni. Upon closer inspection, you will notice that it is also an acronym spelling V.I.T.R.I.O.L. This then is the secret formula to producing the esoteric alchemists Vitriol. So what does it mean?

Translated, it simply says ‘Visit the interior of the earth and, by purifying it, you will find the hidden stone’. The interior of the earth is a metaphor for consciousness or awareness. So, to forge the stone, you purify your awareness to the point that mind is transcended entirely. That is, to enter the state of ‘no-mind’, also known as ‘cessation’.

Hence, the Philosophers Stone is not a thing, not a stone, but the state of mind that transcends mind and its polarity altogether. It is to abide in the domain of First Cause, of Pure Awareness itself. During these brief windows of cessation, you achieve the integration of the part with the whole, the local with the non-local, the finite with the infinite. The contemplative traditions refer to this state of being as Cosmic or Unity Consciousness. You experience the brilliant radiance of your own true nature, Pure Awareness itself. Like Vitriol, Pure Awareness dissolves everything in its presence, except for true gold. As a result of repeated exposure to the Stone, you take the individual (part), infuse it with the Universal (whole), and take both back to your everyday life. It results in the ultimate realization of your essential whole/part nature. To produce the Stone is to unite with your wholeness and to open a window to the causal domain of the metaphysical Universe.

Amrith in ancient sanskrit refersing the secretion of the pineal gland. following the yogic metaphor, even as a tiny drop of this nectar may, under proper conditions, influence all the glands and chakras and confer enlightenment. Spiritual alchemy has been used to describe spiritual practices from Ancient Egypt, and elsewhere which lead to transformation and realization in which all apparent opposites—masculine and feminine, heaven and earth, divine and human, the whole and the part, the visible and the invisible; body, heart, mind and spirit-are reconciled, integrated and made whole. The underlying principles of the universal human concept are the same as those that guide the evolution and development of the universe and life itself.

The core alchemical maxim as above, reveals what we learn about the atom teaches us about the solar system, and what we see in natural processes around us reveals the pattern of our own inner development. Edgar Cayce explained in reading (137-181) that every physical being is composed of atomic force, and each atom is a universe in itself, with a mind of its own, under the supervision and influence of the body’s mental faculties. The process of spiritual transformation is a part of the Great Work which is at the same time a spiritual realization. This fact is very often overlooked in alchemical studies claiming alchemy to be wholly a spiritual discipline (Sadhana). In order to obtain the Elixir man has first to triumph over obstacles which culminate in the production of the Philosopher’s Stone which has the property of transforming base metal into gold.

The best authority on spiritual alchemy is our inner guidance and our awareness that when we meet our master, God is the force listening. As soon we see the master, we will steer ourselves toward inner peace, put our light on the map that shows our unfolding path, and attract God’s grace by allowing our inner self to reflect Divine Peace. The journey to inner peace takes time, patience, persistence and faith. After we have gone within and transformed our lead to gold, we will naturally attain the real peace just by direct and constant awareness of God.

The Foundation of mysticism teaches symbolically the fundamental unity of all substances and their inherent faculty of transformation. To the alchemist, the faculty of transformation has a universal meaning. This miraculous power of transformation went far beyond the Philosopher’s Stone, which is supposed to fulfil all wishes or the Elixir of Lift which guaranteed an unlimited prolongation of earthy life. He who experiences this transformation has no more desires, and the prolongation of earthy life has no more importance-for him who already lives in the deathless. That Elexir gained is gained by the way of miraculous powers loses in the moment of attainment all interest for the seeker, because he has grown beyond the worldly aims which made the attainment of powers desirable. In this case, the means sanctify it into a higher aim.

Without a living Master spiritual alchemy wanes, as a lamp goes out when the oil is exhausted. The real Master always teaches man that God is within him, and he always shows his devotees the exact way to God realization and helps them to Self-realization. For this very important reason a living Master is always essential.

Man is steeped in illusion. and he cannot free himself from this illusion. He forgets his origin and he does not understand the Universal Absolute. However, if this situation did not exist, there is no reason why the overself should come as an Avatar (God man) at all. What exists as a reality is only one, but what we see is manifold. What is real is the supreme-Light. This Supreme-Light is the splendour of the Self. That has been called the Light of Oneness. This light of oneness is the Light of the Sell which is the embodiment of Bliss. You can only experience the embodiment of Bliss and it is not possible to exhibit it in any other manner. You are the image of the Supreme Self; the image that is reflected in the body that is part of Nature. It is to discover in and through this agitated world the Peace that is your birth-right and utilize that peace of the illumination of the heart, which will reveal the splendour of the Self which you really are. The devotee must so act so that the heart of the guru melts at his devotion. Only that will cleanse the mind of evil and vice. If man develops devotion and steady faith, he will achieve the glory of Self-Realization.

The Divine alchemy transmutes human clay into something noble and indestructible, that makes from a base substance a precious spiritual distillation. Love is the path, the love of the person for his creator, the individual for the Divine, the man for God. Only in this way does inner alchemy of Divine love transmute the entire existence into a Divine fire with a Divine purpose. Whereas chemistry deals with scientifically variable phenomena, the alchemy constitutes the hidden ESSENCE of all religions. Alchemy teaches the latent forms of things (TRUE ESSENCE) according to their truth and not according to their appearance. If consciousness is transmuted from an ordinary (lead like) level to a subtle (gold-like) level of perception, the TRUE ESSENCE, can be realized as the highest love.

True alchemists have actively sought the universal Medicine, which, ultimately sublimated, becomes the Elixir of Life, the Fountain of Youth and the key to Immortality in a spiritual and a physical sense. This Elexir rejuvenate the human body into an incorruptible “BODY OF LIGHT”. The Adept (he who hasattained the Gift of God) would then be crowned with the triple crown of Enlightenment, Omniscience, Omnipotence, and the joy of Divine Eternal Love. But the very few among the few have succeeded in reaching the ultimate goal. The gold-making is relatively of little consequence comparable to the super-power obtained by the great sufis, which are important by-products of high spiritual attainment.

Through the gift of prophecy that through certain techniques of ecstasy reached by long exercises of meditation, the soul of man acquires some of God’s power. It is on that assumption that Alchemical Activity and Transformation are based. Anyone who does with repetition experimental prayers, meditations of Devotion and Love; changes his own personality and acquires divine power by which he will succeed in producing Alchemical Transformation. God is the highest and greatest that no body can conquer. Divine Love has a great inner value. This inner value is the greatest treasure, it is loving to everybody and hostile to no one. Change Yourself, the heavenly wisdom says, from a dead Philosophical Stone into living Philosophical Stone.

Within one’s Self but not from his ego, is everything which he needs and which he wrongly seeks outside. The light which we must find within us belongs to God who has put it into us. So the truth is not to be looked for in our ego but in God which dwells within us. There is no God except God and in Him is the whole of existence.

By finding the inner truth within ourselves, all doubts get slowly dissolved. In the alchemical sense, the melting of our false egos and putting them into an inner melting pot, out of which comes the one inner truth. We have to begin with ourselves.

The soul in its chaotic, unregenerate state is lead.

The Philosopher’s Stone is the Divine Name, in contact with which the soul in lead is transmuted into gold which is its true nature. This true nature is revealed unveiled, and realized by the practice of dhikr. The alchemical work thus symbolized spiritual realization. The essential work is a transformation of that which is base into that which is noble.

Finding the “hidden stone” and the soul journey; 1. Meditation is the experience, 2. Alchemy is the tool for transformation, 3. Sel-realization is the consciousness/awareness to choise. Liberation is the goal, 5. Mind programming is the fueling ingredience/the spiritual food

Humans have two consciounsness, so there may therefore also be two alchemist of the human thinking system. One negative ego mind alchemist that programs the mind with fear and negativity, and the other alchemist is the Divine alchemist of Consciounsess. If the inner Divine trying to enlightens and uplift the mind, so does Satan darkening the mind by dumbing down the masses to keep them in the state of ignorance or keep them in ordinary “lead consciouness” and prevent it to be transformed from lead to gold consciouness or Christ Consciouness.

The ego has become the God of this world, and it may be Chemtrails is a result of this ego-outer-external alchemy to gain control over humanity.

Satan and God as two alchemist who can create its own alchemical formula to gain power of mind

By retrieving the sparks of light trapped in our bodies and uniting them with the light of consciousness freed from egotistical control, we create a brilliant beacon to the universe.

Self-realization

When we experience the world in an ordinary state of consciousness, it is radically extemal to us

Then from within, a power works on the outer to make it a conscious instrument so that finally the inner and the outer get fused into one another and become one!

We can learn the art of transmutation, that process philosophers and alchemists dreamed of long ago by means of which we might turn the lead of ordinary consciousness into the gold of self-realization. Transmutation of the human identity into lasting awareness of the Self cannot take place unless it is preceded by a process of individuation.

Hermeticism could have to do with transmuling the “lead” of ordinary experience into the “gold” of consciousness.

The first three levels of consciousness are considered to be ordinary states of consciounsess , and the fourth one is said to be a nonordinary state of consciousness.

The fourth state of consciousness is the nonordinary state of nondualiv or turiya. Upanishad defines turiya as: The fourth state is not that which is conscious of the subjective, nor that which is conscious of the objective, nor that which is conscious of both, nor that which is simple consciousness, nor that which is all-sentient mass, nor that which is all darkness. It is unseen, transcendent, the sole essence of the consciousness of self, the completion of the world. Turiya is said both to permeate and to transcend the three states of ordinary consciousness. The subject of the first three states of consciousness is the ego, while the subject of turiya is the higher Self.

From a alchemical understanding the three first levels of consciounsess may also represents the three first physical chakras that needs to be transformed. From a chakra perspective the fourth heart chakra is the Christ Consciousness, so the fourth state of consciousness is the transformed fourth chakra or Christ Consciousness. Then we have turned the lead of ordinary consciousness into the gold of self-realization or Christ Consciousness.

Meditation is a two-way process. It is a lifting of the conciousness upward and then a holding of it there to receive that which comes down from a higher level. The mind and the heart must be absolutely stilled. Only when so stilled can an know his true purpose and destiny. Only when so stilled can his consciousness perceive the higher.

Meditation is not an exercise. It is an experience.

With all the faculties, inner and outer, under control and mastered, the consciousness is made to rise higher and higher, until it experiences.

The guided meditation involves visualizing the progression of dying from the “outer dissolution” of the senses and elements of the body to the “inner dissolution” of consciousness, culminating in the arising of the clear light or ground luminosity of pure awareness. What would ordinarily be considered the moment.

“Bardo,” as noted, means in-between state. So whenever we’re in between two states, no matter what the scale, we’re in a bardo state. These two states could be living and dying or being awake and being asleep, but they could also be the just-past moment of thought and the moment about to come. Thus “bardo” includes the gap between the cessation of one moment of thought and the arising of the next moment.

Every process, transformation, transmutation is in the middle of change, and this includes self-realization.

The purpose with meditation is the progressive expansion of human consciousness and awareness.

The veil of ignorance and alchemy

Piercing the veil of ignorance is a process of meditation and alchemy

The veil of ignorance represent darkness and negativity and this veil is what creates separation between minds and consciousness, or separation between inner and outer consciousness

Through meditation and alchemy one start an spiritual light transformation process

Alchemy is the alchemical-spiritual process that activates the light within us.

Meditation is a two-way process. It is a lifting of the conciousness upward and then a holding of it there to receive that which comes down from a higher level.

Meditation activates an alchemical and spiritual transformation and changing the lower outer/ego awareness (darknes of mind), into inner higher self light consciousness.

There is a time to adore the rose and there is a time to probe its secrets. If you would become the rose, if you would unfold the petals of your own Christ consciousness, you must be willing to pursue the alchemy and the geometry of creation. Without the freedom to create, there is no freedom. The way of freedom is to find the path that leads directly from the place of the soul in the seat-of-the-soul chakra to the place of the Christ in the heart chakra.

When one remove the veil of ignorance from the eyes, one will behold that which many have sought and few found.

The veil of your understanding, who are wrapped in the darkness of ignorance

Alchemy and Christ Consciousness

One can´t reach Christ Consciouness without alchemy and meditation

Meditation activates transformation, and transformation is alchemy, and alchemy removes and purifies, and transmutes lead into gold.

Meditation and alchemy enlightens and strenghtens the inner lamp-Christ Consciounsess.

The letter is the Philosopher’s Stone which is the elixir to Immortality. It is symbolized as a substance that can turn lead to gold. The lead symbolizes man’s basic dense self. The Philosopher’s Stone is the knowledge to transform the basic self to awaken to Christhood. Gold symbolizes the Christhood of being Awake.

The guided meditation involves visualizing the progression of dying from the “outer dissolution” of the senses and elements of the body to the “inner dissolution” of consciousness, culminating in the arising of the clear light or ground luminosity of pure awareness. What would ordinarily be considered the moment.

The Philosopher’s Stone is an allegory used as a legendary alchemical substance that is used to transform base metals into gold. It was sometimes believed to be an elixir of life. useful for rejuvenation and possibly for achieving immortality. This was a sought out goal in western alchemy. In spiritual alchemy the philosopher’s stone would bring enlightenment. Alchemy was the very early step into understanding chemistry. The main difference between the two is that chemistry is motivated by science whereas alchemy was motivated by the belief in the supernatural. In other words chemists believe that there is a reproducible and rational explanation for why things happen. whereas alchemists tended to believe that there were certain magical or charmed things that would get the job done for them. Alchemist did chemistry; they just had a different view of it.

This also applies with spiritual alchemy which is really biochemistry. We are still learning about the human body. Spiritual alchemy or Inner alchemy such as the practices of meditation and yoga for example were once considered magical practices. Today it is known by science how meditation and yoga benefits us. It is based on biochemistry. The ancients knew in order to become spiritual required proper diet, exercise and meditation. They may have not understood the science behind it. Our body chemistry has to do with how we feel our personality our whole well-being. Biochemistry directly affects our psychological well-being.

The body is heavy, a bond, a chain, a prison for the soul; the soul is the true man, which tends to free itself from the body in order to achieve its true nature.

The state of the Soul! Go beyond the subconscious and conscious minds and go to the Super-conscious, where the Electricity of God flows into the Spine through the Medulla Oblongata; and diffuses into the spine, limbs, organs, tissue and brain. Do not in any way be a slave to the senses! Meditation is a practice in the Presence of God!

You become what you contemplate, and by dwelling on the attributes, qualities and potencies of the Infinite within you, you are no longer in the world, or mass mind. You are then in tune with the Infinite, and you are living at higher levels of consciousness, enabling you to find peace in this changing world.

As man realizes his Oneness with Creative Mind, he is released from the bondage of false thinking. Man has to realize his inner nature, that is, his spirituality which reveals oneness with the ultimate.

It is only when man realizes his oneness with the Infinite and believes that Omnipotent Power is at his disposal, that the Spiritual Power within becomes available. So long as man has doubts and fears or disbeliefs, this special power is not available. It is his, but his state of heart and mind prevents him from either realizing the presence of the Power or making use of it. Before the machinery of a workshop can run it must be connected up with the engine room. In the same way, man, before he can live the new life, must become one with the Infinite Life and Power.

Through the Divine Spark within him, which is really his real Self, man is connected with the Infinite. Divine Life and Power are his, if he realizes that they are his. So long as he is ignorant of his oneness with the Divine Source of all life, he is incapable of appropriating the This Power, then, is Divinity’s, yet it is also man’s, but it is not revealed to him until he is fit to be entrusted with it. It is only when man realizes his oneness with his Divine Source that he becomes filled with Its power.

Our higher self s capable of aligning with Source.Man is not separate from his Divine Source and never has been. He is, in reality, one with the Infinite. The separation which he feels and experiences is mental, and is due to his blindness and unbelief. Man can never be separated from Spirit, for he himself is Spirit. He is an integral part of one complete whole. He lives and moves and has his being in Divinity (Universal, Omnipresent Spirit), and Divinity (Spirit) dwells in him.

The majority of people are unaware of this intimate relationship with the Divine, and, because they are unaware, or because they refuse to believe it, they are, in one sense, separated from the inner life of Divinity. Yet this separation is only in their thoughts and beliefs, and not in reality.

Man is not separated and never can be, yet so long as he believes that he is separate and alone, he will be as weak and helpless as though he actually were. As soon as man realizes the truth of his relationship to the Infinite, he passes from weakness to power, from death unto life. One moment he is in the desert, afar off, weak, separate, and alone; the next, he realizes that he is nothing less than a son of Divinity, with all a son’s privileges and powers. He realizes, in a flash, that he is one with his Divine Source, and that he can never be separated. He awakens also to the fact that all the Power of the Infinite is his to draw upon; that he can never really fail, that he is marching on to victory.

It will thus be seen how great is the power of man’s thought. While thought is not the power of the Spirit, it is the power by which man either connects himself up with the Infinite Power, opening himself to the Divine Inflow, or cuts himself off and separates himself from his Spiritual Source. Thus, in a sense, man is what he thinks he is. If he thinks he is separate from Divinity and cut off from His Power, then it is as though this were really the case, and he is just actually existed apart from Divinity.

If he believes and thinks that he is a mere material being, then he lives the limited life of a material being, and is never able to rise above it. But if, on the contrary, he thinks and believes that he is a spiritual being, then he finds that he possesses all the powers of a spiritual being. The powers within you are infinite and by having faith in themselves humans can be connected with the Infinite Source .It depends each individual to harmonize body, mind and spirit to reach the state of higher consciousness the body, mind and spirit connects him to the Sacred Flame, thus making him potentially a Divinity in the making.

We’ve been programmed by current culture and media to believe that we can’t thrive without constant distraction of cell phones, computer games, social media, and the latest music. These build up the illusion that there isn’t anything significant going on within us if all this barrage of input ceased—which is very far from the truth. The glories of Divine potentials exist at a subtle level of consciousness. These are as powerful as the roaring ocean when we develop our skills of opening to them. They will most likely remain hidden to those who tune their consciousness mainly to the mass mind and the latest popular fads. The sacred treasures of higher potentials reveal themselves freely to those who approach with quiet respect, clarity, purity, and patience. There is a conduit of powerful energy that opens up from one’s crown center at the top of the head and gradually accesses up toward the higher Spiritual levels of consciousness which come down to meet it. This is one’s connection to higher realities. It is one’s lifeline to expressing brilliance and profound capacities. This pathway to God Consciousness is a superhighway that cuts right through the chatter of the mass mind and limited thinking and self-doubt. It is a direct access route to the powers of one’s Higher Self and God.

As you ascend spiritually, you will automatically avoid the negative experiences of the mass mind.

The Almighty has implanted genius within the soul of everyone and what we need to do is to unearth that inner genius and cause it to shine forth. We will never do this while we look to others for guidance. “To thine own self repair, wait thou within the silence dim, and thou shalt find Him there.”

All the power and intelligence of the Universe is already within, waiting to be utilized. The Divine Spark must be fanned into a blaze of the living Fire of your own divinity.

Self-reliance is the word to dwell on. Listen to your own voice; it will speak in terms that are unmistakable. Trust in your own self more than in all else. All great men have learned to do this. Every person, within his own soul, is in direct communication with the Infinite Understanding. When we depend on other peo-ple we are simply taking their light and trying to light our path with it. When we depend on ourselves we are depending on that inner voice that is God, speaking in and through man.

We are not limited by actual boundaries, but by false ideas about life and by a failure to recognize that we are dealing with the In-finite.

Limitation is an experience of the race, but it is not the fault of God, it is the fault of man’s perception. And to prove that this is so, let any man break the bonds of this false sense of life and he at once begins to express less and less limitation. It is a matter of the growth of the inner idea.

0 thoughts on “Mass consciousness, that enters through the solar plexus. Solar Plexus — The area of the body below the diaphragm down to and including the perineum. In the understanding of the Christ Consciounsess, the science of the Rainbow Body, the solar plexus is the alchemical laboratory where the higher Christ consciousness is gestating. As humanity begins increasingly to understand the world around us as a perfectly interwoven fractal pattern, with us as the eyes of that pattern, we will enter into the Age of Synthesis. In order to know what Synthesis means, you must first unlock the latent genius within your DNA. The very manifestation of that genius is to see beyond any single discipline. At the level of genius, one can see and directly know the interconnectedness of all patterns and disciplines. As humanity begins to move more as a synarchy, we will begin to externalise the truth of synthesis. Synthesis is the art of unite duality into Oneness or transform opposite state of energies of duality into Oneness and enlightment.”

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *